EPA-R4-73-012, Vol. b
CR-2-273/1
USER'S GUIDE TO DIFFUSION/KINETICS (DIFKINj CODE
FINAL REPORT
Contract No. 68-02-0336
J. R. Martinez
R. A. Nordsieck
M. A. Hirschberg
December 1973
Prepared for
Environmental Protection Agency
GENERAL n
RESEARC-II VP CORPORATION
P.O. BOX 3587, SANTA BARBARA, CALIFORNIA 93105
-------
ROUTING AND TRANSMITTAL SLIP
1 TO (Name, office symbol or location)
EPA
Region III - Library
Curtis Building
COORDINATION
6th walnut btreets
Philadelphia, PA 19106
INFORMATION
NOTE AND
RETURN
PER CON -
VERSATION
SIGNATURE
REMARKS
A revised version of volume b of the final report on
contract 68-02-0336 has been received. The original
version was published in October 1972 and was releasec
through NTIS (PB 220 243/0). The new version is datec
December 1973 and replaces the October 1972 version.
Do NOT use this form as a RECORD of approvals, concurrences,
disapprovals, clearances, and similar actions,
FROM
, office symbol or location)
Jeannette M. Gore
Technical Publications Branch
3/12/74
537
OPTIONAL FORM 41
AUGUST 1067
GSA FPMR ( 4ICFR) 100-11.206
SPO 043—10—8H18-1 419-015
5041-101
-------
CR-2-273/1
USER'S GUIDE TO DIFFUSION/KINETICS (DIFKIN) CODE
FINAL REPORT
Contract No. 68-02-0336
Jose R. Martinez
Richard A. Nordsieck
Morton A. Hirschberg
December 1973
Prepared for
Environmental Protection Agency
:'',. ?-i.:\-!y.'.:','iti:,} Proisefein Agency
!'.. •';.!! lii. ir; formation Resource
('-•,:\\:i \^?t';'j2}
Fi.^s^iphia.PA 19107 ..-..
-------
ABSTRACT
This manual is intended for users of General Research Corporation's
Diffusion/Kinetics (DIFKIN) code for simulating photochemical smog. The
general structure and operational capabilities of the code are described.
Detailed instructions for program use are provided to assist prospective
users in operating the code.
-------
11
-------
CONTENTS
SECTION . PAGE
1
2
3
4
5
— f.
ABSTRACT
INTRODUCTION
INPUTS
2.1 Reading the Data Cards
2.2 Problem-Control Inputs
OUTPUTS
3.1 Trajectory-Generation Outputs
3.2 Source Emissions Output
3.3 Summary of Input Data Used to Compute
Concentrations
3.4 Output of Species Concentrations
3.5 Utility Outputs
TECHNIQUES FOR USING DIFKIN
4.1 Changing the Chemical Model
4.2 Multiple Runs
4.3 Date and Time Subroutines
4.4 Cases with Constant Flux
4.5 Assignment of Peripheral Units
PROGRAM MODIFICATIONS
5.1 Adding New Wind Stations
5.2 Increasing the Number of Wind Stations
5.3 Changing Station Influence Radii
5.4 Increasing the Number of Measurement Dates
5.5 Changing the Station Azimuth Exclusion Sector
5.6 Increasing the Number of Trajectory Nodes
i
1
5
5
6
21
22
24
30
36
39
41
41
42
43
44
45
46
46
47
47
47
48
(Wind Vectors) 48
iii
-------
CONTENTS (Cont.)
SECTION PAGE
5.7 Increasing the Permitted Number of Grid Line
Crossings 49
5.8 Increasing the Maximum Number of Flux Change
Times 49
5.9 Changing the Source Grid 49
5.10 Increasing the Maximum Number of Power Plants
and/or Oil Refineries 50
5.11 Increasing the Maximum Number of Species in
the Chemical Model 51
5.12 Increasing the Maximum Number of Chemical
Reactions 51
5.13 Increasing the Maximum Number of Mesh Points 51
6 BOUNDARY CONDITIONS 55
7 CONTROL OF INTEGRATION STEP SIZE 56
APPENDIX A THE AIR TRAJECTORY MODULE 57
APPENDIX B THE FLUX GENERATION MODULE 71
APPENDIX C LISTING OF INPUT DECK PRODUCED BY SUBROUTINE PREDAT 81
APPENDIX D COMMON BLOCK LOCATIONS 97
APPENDIX E LIST OF SUBROUTINES AND THEIR USE 101
APPENDIX F PROGRAM LISTINGS 127
APPENDIX G COMPUTATION OF N02 PHOTODISSOCIATION RATE CONSTANT 221
REFERENCES 239
iv
-------
ILLUSTRATIONS
NO. PAGE
1.1 Schematic of Diffusion Model for Air Pollution Simulation 2
1.2 Schematic Flow of DIFKIN Processing 3
2.1 Process for Reading Data Used by DIFKIN 5
3.1 Summary of Data Used for Calculating Trajectory 23
3.2 Description of Computed Trajectory 25
3.3 Printer Plot of Trajectory 26
3.4 Directory of Cell-Boundary Crossings 27
3.5 Source Emissions Along Air Trajectory 28
3.6 Source Emissions as Used by Code 29
3.7 Summary of Input Data 31
3.8 DIFKIN Output of Initial Concentrations 37
A.I Input Verification Display from Subroutine WINDY 61
A.2 Reverse Trajectory Development 66
A.3 Optional Extra Trajectory Output 67
A. 4 WINDY Flow Chart 68
B.I HC Emissions Adjustment for Morning Cold Starts 76
-------
VI
-------
TABLES
NO. PAGE
2.1 Problem-Control Inputs 7
2.2 Guidelines for Printer Plot Scaling 13
4.1 Summary of First-Case-Only Inputs 43
4.2 Peripheral Devices Used by DIFKIN 45
5.1 Dimensions of Source Emissions Data Arrays 50
5.2 Dimension Changes Required to Add More Species 52
5.3 Dimension Changes Required to Add More Reactions 53
5.4 Dimension Changes Required to Add More Space Mesh Points 54
A.I Wind Stations and Their Coordinates 59
A.2 The Digital Wind Azimuth System 60
B.I Vehicular Emissions Data 73
B.2 Stationary Source Emissions Data 74
B.3 Symbol Definitions 79
D.I Common Block Locations for Intermodule Data Transfer 97
D.2 Common Block Locations in the Air Trajectory Module 98
D.3 Common Block Locations in the Flux Generation Module 98
D.4 Common Block Locations in the Chemical Module 99
G.I N09 Photodissociation Rate Constant as a Function of Solar
Zenith Angle for Wavelengths 2900-3850 A 222
G.2 Problem-Control Inputs for Computing k 225
G.3 Standard Time Meridians of United States 227
vii
-------
Vlll
-------
1 INTRODUCTION
This manual contains instructions for using the computer code, DIFKIN,
developed by General Research Corporation to model photochemical smog.
These instructions describe the features of the code which a user must
know in order to successfully utilize the program. In addition, instruc-
tions are provided regarding certain modifications of the code.
DIFKIN is written in FORTRAN IV compatible with the IBM 360 system.
The program contains 55 subroutines and operates in single-precision mode
requiring approximately 40,000 words (160,000 bytes) of core storage for
execution.
Figure 1.1 is a diagram of the concepts used in the model. An air
parcel moves along a path determined by the local prevailing wind speed
and direction at various times during the day. The air parcel is divided
into a mesh of equally-spaced points in the vertical direction. As the
air parcel moves over a region it receives pollutant emissions (fluxes)
from the ground. The pollutants within the air parcel then undergo
chemical reactions and mixing, with the incident sunlight driving several
of the chemical reactions that occur. At each mesh point, the concentra-
tions of several species of pollutants are computed; the output of the
program consists of these concentrations as functions of time and height.
The program performs three major tasks; the three tasks are performed
sequentially and consist of: calculation of an air trajectory; determina-
tion of source emissions (fluxes) along the trajectory's path; computation
of the concentrations of the various pollutants in the air parcel.
The air trajectory is computed in subroutine WINDY. The required
inputs are the starting location or a destination and the corresponding
starting or final time. Additional inputs required for this task consist
of the wind data collected at the various stations located in the region
of interest. Having obtained the trajectory, the next task is to calculate
-------
SUNLIGHT ISGIVEN AS
A FUNCTION OF TIME
TIME-DEPENDENTMIXING
AND REACTION IS COMPUTED
FOR AIR PARCEL UP TO THE
MIXING HEIGHT h
SPACE/TIME TRACK
-THROUGH THE SOURCE
GRID IS DERIVED
FROM WIND DATA
-POLLUTANT INFLUXES AT ANY
ELEVATION (INCLUDING THE
GROUND) ARE IMPOSED BY THE
EMISSION SOURCE FUNCTIONS
Figure 1.1. Schematic of Diffusion Model for Air Pollution Simulation
the fluxes along the path of the air parcel. This is done in subroutine
EFFLUX. Three types of flux are computed: nitric oxide, reactive hydro-
carbons, and carbon monoxide. Inputs required to obtain the fluxes are
the spatial and temporal description of the sources present in the area.
The fluxes serve as input in performing the final task of computing the
pollutant concentrations along the path of the trajectory as functions of
time and height. These computations are carried out in the main program.
In addition to the fluxes, inputs required for these calculations are the
initial concentrations of the various pollutants, sunlight intensity, and
meteorological data describing the dispersion parameters along the
trajectory. This part of the program thus combines chemical reactions,
emissions, and atmospheric mixing in obtaining pollutant concentrations.
The mathematical details of these computations are discussed in previous
1 2
reports ' and will not be repeated here.
-------
Figure 1.2 is a simplified flow chart showing DIFKIN input, processing,
and output. The user provides meteorological and source data, specifies
the trajectory parameters, and provides chemical rate constants and ultra-
violet radiation intensity. The program computes the concentration of
each of the species at each mesh point at specified time intervals along
the path of the moving mass of air.
It should be noted at this time that several subroutines used in
DIFKIN are specialized for the chemical model and in general must be
modified if the chemical model is changed. These subroutines are discussed
in Sec. 4.1. However, changes in the numerical values of the chemical
rate constants require no program modifications. Hence the rate constants
can be changed at will simply by changing the appropriate input cards.
-SPECIES, ETC.
Figure 1.2. Schematic Flow of DIFKIN Processing
-------
The sections that follow describe the operation of the program.
Appendixes A and B contain more detailed explanations of the contents of
the trajectory-generation and flux-generation modules. Appendix C
includes a listing of the input data deck generated by the program.
Appendix D contains a table of the location of the COMMON blocks.
Appendix E describes all the subroutines used in the code and Appendix F
contains a listing of the main program and all the subroutines.
The determination of the parameters which depend on sunlight intensity
requires separate treatment because such a determination must be done out-
side DIFKIN. The parameter in question is the rate constant of the photo-
dissociation of nitrogen dioxide, and a separate computer program called
ZENITH has been developed for computing its value. The output of ZENITH
is a deck of cards containing a table of values of the rate constant.
These cards then become part of the input of DIFKIN. Appendix G contains
a description of the operation and use of ZENITH together with a listing
of ZENITH and its associated subroutines.
-------
2 INPUTS
Before discussing the input parameters, we shall provide a descrip-
tion of the input process. This is necessary because the proper logical
unit numbers must be assigned by the job control cards in order to run
the program.
2.1 READING THE DATA CARDS
The process of reading the data cards is illustrated in Fig. 2.1.
The data cards are read by subroutine PREDAT from the card reader, which
PREDAT refers to as unit 3, e.g., READ (3,N) LIST. PREDAT reads the
data until it detects an end-of-file mark or a card with the word "MORE"
punched in Cols. 1-4, and then produces a listing of the data deck on the
line printer, which is designated as unit 6, e.g., WRITE (6,N) LIST.
Appendix C shows an example of the output produced by PREDAT. The sub-
routine also writes the data on a scratch peripheral memory unit such as
a disk. This unit is designated by the logical unit number 5. After
writing the data on unit 5, the subroutine rewinds unit 5 and the data are
then ready to be read by DIFKIN, which reads from unit 5.
UNIT 6
LINE PRINTER
OUTPUT
PREDAT PRODUCES A
LISTING OF IMAGES
OF DATA CARDS ON
LINE PRINTER
DATA CARDS
CARD READER
UNIT 3
SUBROUTINE
PREDAT
SCRATCH DISK
UNIT 5
DIFKIN READS
DATA FROM
UNIT 5
READS FROM CARD READER
TO WHICH IT ASSIGNS
LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER 3
PREDAT WRITES THE
DATA DECK ON UNIT 5.
UNIT 5 IS REWOUND
AFTER WRITING
Figure 2.1. Process for Reading Data Used by DIFKIN
-------
2.2 PROBLEM-CONTROL INPUTS
The input parameters of the program will be discussed in the order
in which they are read by the code. The reader should refer to Appendix C,
which contains a copy of the listing produced by PREDAT, in order to ob-
tain a better picture of the actual structure of the data deck. Table 2.1
shows a list of the problem-control inputs along with a description of
the function of each input variable, the name of the variable used in the
code, and the format. The input number refers to the position of the
particular input in the data deck, but the input may consist of more
than one card.
Several modes of operating the code are available to the user. One
option is to use the program simply to generate wind trajectories without
computing the concentrations of the various pollutants. This is accomplished
by setting inputs 2, 3, 4 in Table 2.1 to NO (as opposed to YES).
A second option is to input a trajectory which has been computed
externally. In this case the user sets TRAJEX = YES (input number 2)
and the wind trajectory is then input as specified by inputs number 18-20
in Table 2.1.
A third mode of operation allows the user to input fluxes which
have been determined externally. Obviously, there is no need in these
circumstances to compute or input wind trajectory data. To use this
option, set the variable EXFLUX = YES (input number 3, Table 2.1).
2.2.1 External Trajectory Inputs
If TRAJEX = YES (input number 2, Table 2.1), the wind trajectory
is not computed by the program and the user can input any trajectory of
his choosing.
The time (24-hr clock), wind speed (miles per hour), and azimuth
(in counterclockwise degrees from east) at the nodes of the trajectory
are input on the same card in columns 41-50, 51-60, 61-70, respectively.
-------
TABLE 2.1
PROBLEM-CONTROL INPUTS
Input
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
.10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Variable Name
Used In Code
TITLE
TRAJEX
EXFLUX
GOAHED,
KPWIND
KPSTAT,
KPWDAT
NWDTE,
HAH,
APT, PT .
XIMPH
CONVRT
KXTRA
IDT,
XLCL
STIME
ID.XS,
YS
TTOTAL
DTSEG
AZ.VEL
ITF
IRF
NC
Variable Function
Label for each page of the
output
Wind trajectory la Input
from cards (YES) or com-
puted Internally (NO) .
Fluxes are Input from
cards (YES) or computed
Internally (NO)..
Species concentrations
computed (GOAHED-YES) or
not (NO). Wind trajec-
tory output in cards
(KPWIND-YES) or not (BO).
stations (KPSTAT-YES)
or not (NO) . Print
wind measurement data
(KPWDAT-YES) or not (NO) .
Date, Station name,, number
of compass points, and 24
digital azimuth readings.
NWDTE-999999 terminates
reading of all wind data.
24 wind speed measure-
ments corresponding to
the. 24 azimuths In PT.
Multiplier needed to con-
vert wind measurements to
miles per hour.
data with names of
measurement stations
used (YES) or not (NO).
Pate and local clock
time at trajectory
initial point.
Local time; either
STANDARD or DAYLIGHT.
Station name, X coordi-
nate and y coordinate
(statute miles) of
. Initial point.
Desired time duration
of trajectory, hours.
Time interval between
wind calculations, hours
Azimuth (degrees CCW
from east to vector
parallel to wind) and
velocity (mph) of
initial wind vector.
Trajectory is to be
generated forward (+1)
or backward (-1) in time.
Wind measurements
weighted as 1/R if (01)
or 1/R2 If (02).
Number of nearby measure-
ment stations desired
for each wind vector
Interpolation.
Format
(20A4)
(40X.A4)
(40X.A4)
(40X,A4,6X,
A4)
(40X.A4,
6X.A4)
(I6,1X,A4,
A2.15X,
F2.0.2X,
24F2.0)
(32X,
24F10.0)
(40X,
F10.0)
(40X.A4)
(40X.I6,
4X.F4.0)
(40X.A4)
(40X.A4,
A2.4X,
2F10.0)
(40X,
F10.0)
(40X,
F10.0)
(40X,
2F10.0)
(40X.I2)
(4QX.I2)
(40X.I2)
Remarks
May contain any comments user wishes to make.
All 80 columns of the card may be used.
This is a Hollerith variable which Is either
YES or NO. In either case the word must start
in column 41 and must contain n_o blanks. See
also Inputs 18-20.
See comment for input number 2 . See also input
number 30.
See comment for input number 2. The words begin
in columns 41 and 51, respectively.
*
will precede the first case output. See com-
ment for input number 2 .
Input in first, case only. See Sec. 2.2.3 for
explanation of use.
value will be replaced by 1.0 internally.
input number 2.
Date is year, month, day. Clock time is in
0-2400 system.
This is a Hollerith variable which is either
STAN or DAYL. See additional comments for
Input number 2.
See Sec. 2.2.4 for explanation of use.
See Appendix A.
Must be an even multiple of the measurement
interval. See Appendix A.
These optional inputs override the initial wind
vector calculation. Blanks or zeros yield
normal operation.
See Appendix A.
See Appendix A.
Acceptable input values are 01, 02, and 03.
See Appendix A for further explanation.
-------
TABLE 2.1 (Cont.)
Input
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Variable Name
Used in Code
STIME
T, V, TH
XL.XR,
HEMP
CEMF
CARFAC,
FYFAC
PPFAC
ORFAC
FXFAC
FLXTIM,
FLXIN
(1,1),
FLXIN
(2,1),
FLXIN
(3,1)
BELT
TSTMAX
TSTMIN
UPLIM
LOWLIM
BELZ
SUNTIM
x, y coordinates of the
in statute miles.
Indicates whether local
time is daylight or standard.
Time, speed, and azimuth at
Left, Right, Bottom, and
plot (statute miles).
Average driving cycle emis-
grams/mile.
Driving cycle emission
from one cold start,
grams /mile.
Overall growth multipliers
source emissions.
Species emissions multipliers
for freeway vehicles.
for surface street vehicles.
NO emissions multiplier for
power plant sources.
Species emissions multipliers
for oil refinery sources.
Species emissions multipliers
Flux times and input fluxes.
Initial value of integration
step size in minuteg.
Step size control parameter.
Upper limit on step size.
Lower limit on step size.
Height of one cell of space
mesh in meters.
Time interval in minutes
for updating N02 photo-
dissociation rate constant,
V
Format
(40X.2F10.2)
(40X.A4)
(40X,3F10.3)
(30X.4F10.0)
(40X.3F10.0)
(40X.3F10.0)
(40X.2F10.0)
(40X.3F10.0)
(40X.F10.0)
(40X,2F10.0)
(40X.2F10.0)
(20X,
4E10.4)
(40X.F10.0)
(40X.F10.0)
(40X.F10.0)
(40X,F10.0)
(40X.F10.0)
(40X.F10.0)
(40X.F10.0)
Remarks
number 2) .
This is a Hollerith variable which is either
DAYLIGHT or STANDARD. The word must begin in
column 41 and must contain no blanks. Only the
See comment for input 18.
See Sec. -i.2.1 and comment for input 18.
See Sec. 2.2.5 for explanation of use.
NO , HC, and CO emissions. See Sec. 2.2.6 for
explanation of use.
NO HC and CO emissions. See Sec. 2.2.6
X*
NO , HC, and CO emissions.
NO only.
NO and HC.
NO and HC.
X
Input Is required only if EXFLUX=YES (input
number 3). See Sec. 2.2.2 .
The value of BELT Is changed by the code during
execution. The initial value should be small
as a general rule, e.g., BELT < 0.01 minutes.
See Sec. 7 for explanation of use.
The step size cannot be greater than UPLIM. A
typical value is 0.5 rain.
The step size cannot be smaller than LOWLIM.
A typical value is 0.002 min.
BELZ = H/(N-1) where H is the mixing depth
and N is the number of vertical mesh points
including the ground and the upper edge, where
N ° NOSTAT (aee input 53).
The updating is done periodically since kj^ is
a function of solar zenith angle. May have any
dummy value if k^ is held constant (see input
44). A typical value is 10 minutes.
-------
TABLE 2.1 (Cont.)
Input
Number
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
Variable Name
Used In Code
FIXSTP
KOUT
TIHOUT
KEVERY
S PUNCH
QRATE
QHTINV
COONLY
NUMSTP
NOREAC
NOSP1
NSTDY
NT RACE
NUMFLX
NOSTAT
SPEC,
WTMOLE
LOCFLX
PPHM
RATKON
REACT
STOYKR,
STOYKP
RATK1 '
HTINV
Variable Function
(YES) or variable (NO).
time steps (YES) or not (NO).
val (see card 7) the number
ut between print intervals,
nd the central processor
ime spent in the calcula-
ion (YES) or not (NO).
Print the concentrations
(YES) or not (NO).
Output concentrations on
punched cards (YES) or not
(NO).
N02 photodissociation rate
constant variable (YES) or
not (NO) .
Inversion height time-
varying (YES) or constant
(NO).
e.g., CO, is input (YES)
or reactive species are
also included (NO).
Maximum number of integra-
tion steps
Number of chemical reactions.
Total number of species.
Including reactive and non-
reactive species.
Number of reactive species
In steady state which are
to he explicitly calculated.
Number of non-reactive
(tracer) species.
• Number of species which
have fluxes.
Number of vertical mesh
points to be used.
Species name and molecular
weight.
Identifies the species
for which emissions are
present.
Initial concentration of
each species at each
mesh point in pphm.
Rate constants for chemical
reactions in units consis-
tent with species concentra-
tion, e.g., pphra~^ioin~^ .
Description of chemical
reactions in the model.
Stolchiometric coefficients
for react ant 3 and products.
Table of rate constants of
N02 photodissociation
reaction, k^ , in minute"!.
Table of diffusion coeffi-
cients as functions of time
and altitude, in meters
squared per minute.
Format
(40X.A4)
(40X,A4)
(40X.A4)
(40X.A4)
(40X.A4)
(40X.A4)
(40X.A4)
(40X.A4)
(40X.I10)
(40X,I10)
(4QX.I10)
(40X.I10)
(40X.I10)
(40X.I10)
(40X,I10)
(40X.A4,
6X,F10.2)
(40X.I10)
(20X.5E10.4)
(40X.F10.0)
(8A4)
(2F10.0)
(20X.E15.5)
(20X,
5E10.4)
Remarks
See comment for input number 2. The list contains
the number of the time step, the time at which
the integration step was performed, and the step
size used. The list is written on logical unit 9,
for an example of the output.
See comment for input number 2 .
See comment for input number 2. The format used
for punching is compatible with the format used
by DIFKIN for reading initial concentrations.
See comment for input number 2 . If QRATE = NO
there is no updating of k^ . See also comment
for input 38.
See comment for input number 2. See Sec. 2.2.14
for explanation.
See comment for input number 2,
Integer variable. Program execution is terminated
if NUMSTP is exceeded. A message is printed to
this effect to advise user.
Integer variable. Cannot exceed 20 with present
array dimensions.
Integer variable. Cannot exceed 20 with present
array dimensions.
Integer variable.
Integer variable. This number is either zero or
one. A zero means no tracer species is input.
Integer variable. NUMFLX ranges from 0 to 3.
See also inputs 30 and 55.
Integer variable. Cannot exceed 10 with present
array dimensions.
Each card contains the name and molecular weight
of one species. Thus the number of cards required
is NOSP1 (see Input 49). See Sec. 2.2.7.
See Sec. 2.2.8. Not needed if NUMFLX - 0
(input 52).
See Sec. 2.2.9.
One card per rftaction makes a total of NOREAC
cards In this group. See Sec. 2.2.10.
See Sec. 2.2.11
See Sec. 2.2.12.
See Sec. 2.2.13. Required only if QRATE - YES
(input 44).
See Sec. 2.2.14. Required only if QHTINV - YES
(input 45).
-------
The time must be input as standard time on a 24-hr clock. The wind speed
is specified in miles/hour and the azimuth in counterclockwise degrees
from east. Inputs 18-20 of Table 2.1 describe the order of the input
data.
The maximum number of wind trajectory inputs allowed with present
array dimensions is 100; a diagnostic is printed and the job aborted if
these dimensions are exceeded. The last card in the wind data subdeck
must contain a dummy negative time to stop the code from reading.
2.2.2 External Flux Inputs
This input is optional and is required only if EXFLUX = YES (see
input number 3, Table 2.1). The option allows the user to input any
fluxes desired up to a maximum of three fluxes.
The flux times are the times when fluxes are updated and must be
specified in minutes from the start of the trajectory. The first and
last flux times are the initial and final times of the trajectory,
respectively. The flux times are input in columns 21-30 of the data card.
A diagnostic is printed and the job aborted if the array dimensions are
exceeded. See input 30, Table 2.1.
The fluxes which correspond to a flux time are input in columns
31-40, 41-50, 51-60 of the same card which contains the flux time. The
user may input one, two, or three fluxes. The number of fluxes input
and the species to which the fluxes correspond are specified in inputs
52 and 55 (Table 2.1), respectively.
To stop the code from reading, a card with a dummy negative time
must be the last card of this input.
See Sec. 4.4 for a description of procedures used when fluxes
are constant.
10
-------
2.2.3 Wind Measurement Data
Wind measurement data cards are read in pairs, one pair for each
combination of measurement station and date. The card formats for DIFKIN,
selected to correspond to those used by the Los Angeles County Air Pollu-
tion Control District (LACAPCD) are shown below.
Y
b9u91 1
2 "» * 5J5|?
" '
OSS? 0
EL MOHTJE IPiW:"
EL MOHTJE 14UD
0"3 'T1'04
OBS8 C-:C S ,80
05
o s i ~ •;
MFJH 4 :-: £ :Tj £ 1 £ ? ^j £
lfc|F'Tl£1314 fcj 710 5 51CJ11
4 fi
7 7i 4 in in
ylOlOirjlliilil
P8 29 33 31 37 33 34 35 3? 37 38 39 40 4M2 43 s4 ll « 47 48 4J 50 51 52 53 54 55 W S7 58 58 60 SI 62 C3 64 65 66 67
''•0
0339 ",
07
o i n i o
10 11 •,'
OBiaCO "d30JJS7aO
j « i 7 0
/ 1
rs 71 o
15
Gill 3
H pi K =, 4
oiLJiuiOio
bb b9 JO /I 72|73 7« 75 /& 77
16
,3 71 .
0,3 *.•
4 C
9ii
78 /9 HO
,,
Columns 1-6 contain the date in computerized form (year, month, day)
which is read into the word NWDTE as an integer. Columns 8-13 contain
six alphanumeric characters identifying the measurement station. This
identification is stored in Hollerith form in the two-word array, NAM.
Columns 14-28 of the first card are ignored by DIFKIN. Columns 29 and 30
contain the value of APT, the number of compass sectors utilized in the
meteorological wind reporting system under which the program will interpret
the azimuth data on the remainder of the card. Columns 31 and 32 are
skipped. Table A.2 in Appendix A shows examples of the correspondence
between these digitized wind azimuths and their polar angles. Twenty-four
digital azimuths are read from columns 33-80 into the array PT. Moving
to the second card of the pair DIFKIN only reads the corresponding 24
wind speeds from columns 33-80, placing them in the array XIMPH. In the
LACAPCD data, the wind measurements are hourly averages with the first
entry being the average for the 0000-0100 time period, the next for
0100-0200, etc. Blanks or negative values in the PT and XIMPH arrays
are assumed to denote missing data.
Array dimensions currently limit the number of data days to 10 and
the number of measurement stations to 51.
11
-------
Reading of wind measurement data is terminated when DIFKIN finds
NWDTE = 999999 (see card 234, Appendix C).
2.2.4 The Trajectory Start Point
The initial location, for either forward or reverse trajectories,
may be specified by its x-y coordinates in statute miles or by station
name if the trajectory is actually intended to originate (or terminate)
at that station. Station names are six-character Hollerith strings and
are read into the 2-word array ID. If no x-y coordinates are supplied
with the station name, DIFKIN will look up the station coordinates in
its table of valid station names and locations (see Table A.I, Appendix A).
Given an x-y coordinate pair but no station name, the program will check
the location against known station coordinates to provide a station
identification, if possible. (Of course, it is not necessary to start
or end at a measurement station.) If both a station name and a coordinate
location are specified, neither is checked for internal consistency;
the trajectory is started at the given coordinate point using wind data
from the named station, if available.
2.2.5 Printer Plot Boundaries
The printer plot of the air trajectory across the source grid
provided as part of the output from the flux generation module (see
Appendix B) may focus on smaller areas than the complete grid. The
parameters XL, XR, YB, and YT are respectively the x-coordinates of the
left and right boundaries of the plotted area, and the y-coordinates of
the bottom and top (north) boundaries of the plotted area. In the source
grid currently used, these coordinates are in statute miles.
Because of the quantization involved in using a line printer to
produce a plot (fixed at 51 horizontal lines by 101 characters in this
case) certain rules of thumb should be followed in selecting plot bound-
aries so as to yield plots with evenly spaced grid lines. The basic rule
is that the scale between horizontal grid lines must be evenly divisible
12
-------
by the scale between print lines, and the scale between vertical grid
lines roust be evenly divisible by the scale between character positions.
Table 2.2 translates this rule into acceptable plot dimensions for the
2x2 mile grid squares used in the current model.
TABLE 2.2
GUIDELINES FOR PRINTER PLOT SCALING
Number of
Character
Positions
per
Grid Space
1
2
3
4
5
6
For Ax =
Character
Position
Scale
miles
2
1
.66667
.500
.400
.33333
2 mi
XR-XL
miles
200
100
66.667
50.0
40.0
33.333
Number of
Print Line
Spaces per
Grid Space
1
2
3
4
5
6
For Ay = 2
Print Line
Scale
miles
2
1
.66667
.500
.400
.33333
! mi
YT-YB
miles
100
50
33.333
25.
20.
16.667
It is important to note that because character spaces are 0.6 as
large as line spaces, most scale combinations selected from Table 2.2
will yield rectangular grids rather than a "square" grid when plotted.
A square grid can only be obtained by maintaining a ratio of 3:5 between
the character position scale and the print line scale. Thus the largest
area of a 2 x 2 mile grid which can be shown without distortion is 40
miles in x by 33.33 miles in y.
2.2.6 Vehicle Emission Factors
HEMF and CEMF are each 3-word arrays which accept the average gram
per mile emission factors of NO , HC, and CO to be used for all vehicular
X
traffic. The emissions in HEMF are taken to be emissions from a hot-start
cycle, excluding any cold-start or warm-up effects. As such, they are
used for all freeway traffic in conjunction with correction factors to
account for average traffic speed. The average speed associated with
13
-------
both HEMF and CEMF emission factors is that of the 1972 Federal Driving
Cycle (FDC), 19.6 mph. The CEMF emissions should correspond directly
to the HEMF emission factors with the only difference being the substi-
tution of an initial cold start, replacing the hot-start. FDC emission
factors include the effect of a single cold start and hence may be used
directly for CEMF. Lacking data for the cold-start emissions differential,
the user may input the same emission factors for both HEMF and CEMF, thus
either eliminating all cold-start emissions or spreading the cold-start
over all vehicle miles traveled (including freeways). Emissions from
surface street vehicles are obtained as a weighted combination of HEMF
and CEMF, depending on time of day, and excluding any corrections for
average speed variation. The reader should consult Appendix B for further
discussion of average vehicle emission factors.
2.2.7 Species Name and Molecular Weight
After input number 53, the name and molecular weight of each species
are input. These are input on the same card using format (40X, A4, 6X,
F10.2). The name and molecular weight are stored in arrays SPEC and
WTMOLE, respectively. The number of cards input is NOSP1 (see Table 2.1,
input 49).
The order in which the species are input is important for program
execution. The program must have
• All active species first (in any order)
• NSTDY steady-state species next (in any order)
• The tracer species last (if any declared by NTRACE, input 51)
The so-called active species are those whose concentrations are computed
by integration of the rate equations. This is in contrast to the steady-
state species, which are obtained algebraically.
This input step determines the order of appearance of all the
species in any subsequent inputs which are tied to the species.
14
-------
2.2.8 Specification of Species with Emissions
The integer variable LOCFLX is a vector which contains the indexes
of the positions of those species which have emissions. The order in
which species are entered was previously set in array SPEC. The index of
the species location in SPEC is entered in LOCFLX if the species has a
flux associated with it. For example, referring to Appendix C, cards 278-
287, we see that the species are ordered as follows:
SPEC(l) = NO
SPEC(2) = HC
SPEC(3) = N02
SPEC (4) = OZON
SPEC(5) = HN02
SPEC (6) = N03
SPEC(7) = N205
SPEC(8) = OH
SPEC(9) = R02
SPEC(IO) = CO
We have already specified in NUMFLX (card 276, Appendix C) that there are
three species with fluxes, i.e., NUMFLX =3. We also know that the program
computes fluxes for NO, HC, and CO. NUMFLX = 3 means that all three
fluxes will be used. Hence LOCFLX is set to
LOCFLX(1) = 1
LOCFLX(2) = 2
LOCFLX(3) = 10
The order of the entries in LOCFLX is arbitrary and we could just as well
have set LOCFLX(l) = 10, LOCFLX(2) = 1, LOCFLX(3) = 2 or to any other of
the 3! permutations of the three numbers.
The entries of LOCFLX are entered one to a card using format
(40X,I10). The number of cards is equal to NUMFLX (Table 2.1, input 52).
15
-------
2.2.9 Initial Concentrations for Each Species
The initial concentration of each species at each mesh point in
parts per hundred million (pphm) is input next. This is stored in array
PPHM, and PPHM(i.j) denotes the concentration of the ith species at the
jth mesh point. The format used is (20X, 5E10.4) and the input for each
species is the concentration at each mesh point from bottom to top, with
up to five mesh points to a card as indicated by the diagram below.
CONCENTRATION AT MESH POINT 1 CONCENTRATION AT MESH POINT 5
PPHM BO. |13. |10. |5. p.
l|2 1 4 i|t| 8 S 10 11 12 13 14 15 1« 17 II tl 26 21 22 24 25 Jl 27 38 29 30 31 3! 14 35M 37 » 114041 42 4. 45 46 (7 «919 50 51 53 54 55 SE 5! 58 S9 60 61 63 64 6S 66 67 6«
, 5 B 7 « j 1011 12 1314 1518 17 IB 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 !B 19 30 31 J2 33 !< 3536 37 36 :<9 40 £3 64 6i 66 67 as i) ,0 n 1273.4
The number of cards per species is equal to [ (NOSTAT - l)/5] + 1 , where
NOSTAT is the number of space mesh points (see Table 2.1, input 53),
and the notation [ • ] denotes the integral part of the expression
within the brackets. Cards for the tracer species must not be included
if NTRACE = 0 (input 51, Table 2.1).
The initial concentrations of the steady-state species need not be
input because the code automatically computes them. However, the user
must include cards in the input deck for each steady-state species. In
our sample run, four species are designated as being in steady-state: NO-,
N2°5' °H ' and R02 ' Referrin8 to Appendix C, cards 296-299 show that
the initial concentrations of these species have not been specified. The
initial concentrations of these species will be computed by the code from
the given initial concentrations of the five active species, NO, HC, NO ,
03 , and HN02 . Figure 3.8a in Sec. 3.4 shows the computed initial
concentrations of the steady-state species.
2.2.10 Rate Constants for Chemical Reactions
These are input one to a card, i.e., one card per reaction, using
format (40X, F10.0). They are stored in array RATKON. There is a total
16
-------
of NOREAC rate-constant data cards. The N0? photodissociation reaction
is the first one in the kinetic model as currently structured. However,
it may be assigned any position provided that any subsequent inputs are
consistent with the assigned order.
2.2.11 Description of Chemical Reactions in the Model
This input is for information only and plays no role in the compu-
tation. The input is in Hollerith form using format (8A4), one reaction
to a card. The user may make any notations in the allotted space, the
first 32 columns of the card. Appendix C, cards 317-332, shows an example
of these data cards. There is a total of NOREAC cards and the symbols
are stored in array REACT. This input must not be repeated when multiple
runs are made (see Sec. 4.2 for multiple-run procedures).
2.2.12 Specification of the Chemical System (Stoichiometric Coefficients)
A set of chemical reactions is specified by a set of NOREAC Stoichio-
metric equations of the form:
, s
k
i
v..M. > v! .M. , i = 1, 2, ... , NOREAC
ij J — 2_-/ ij J
J=l
where M. = chemical formula of jth species
v.. = Stoichiometric coefficient of reactant species
ij
\>\ . = Stoichiometric coefficient of product species
k = rate constant of ith reaction [RATKON(i), see Sec.
i -
2.2.10]
s = number of chemically active species, i.e.,
s = NOSP1 - NTRACE
The input of the DIFKIN code consists of the Stoichiometric coef-
ficients v.. and v!. . These coefficients are input two per card,
v.. and v!. , using format (2F10.0). The ordering scheme is best ex-
J J
plained by an example. Consider the reaction set:
17
-------
hv + N02 -> NO + 0
NO
The stoichiometry input would be as follows:
Input Using Format (2F10.0)
Card Number Species Reaction Number
2 2
3 3
4 NO 1
5 2
6 3
7
8 2
9 3
And so on for the other species. Thus it should be clear that the stoi-
chiometric coefficients are grouped by species and that for each species
the stoichiometry must be specified for all reactions. Hence, for
NOREAC reactions and (NOSP1 - NTRACE) species we have
(NOREAC) x (NOSP1 - NTRACE) cards in the stoichiometric matrix input.
We note that the order of the species-reaction groups in this input must
be consistent with the name ordering, the concentration ordering, and so
forth. Also, it can be seen that this kind of input is very general and
affords great flexibility in specifying various chemical systems. The
stoichiometric matrix is input only once when making multiple runs (see Sec.
4.2 for an explanation of multiple-run procedures).
V
1.
0
0
0
0
1.
0
0
1.
V1
0
0
1.
1.
0
0
0
1.
0
18
-------
2.2.13 Input for Variable NO Photodissociation Rate Constant
These data are read only if QRATE = YES (see Table 2.1, input 44);
otherwise they must not be included in the deck.
The format used for these cards is (20X, E15.5) and the rate con-
stants are input one to a card, one card for each time. They are stored
in array RATK1 and the maximum number of cards is 300. The time interval
between updates is that specified on input 38 of Table 2.1. The last card
of the table must contain a negative number to stop the code from reading.
If QRATE = YES , then the first card on the input table must con-
tain the value of the rate constant which corresponds to the initial time
of the run. The program updates RATKON(l) (see Sec. 2.2.10) automatically
to reflect this fact. Hence, the value of the rate constant input in
Sec. 2.2.10 need not be the correct value inasmuch as it will be updated
when RATK1 is read. The updating is done by a call to the subroutine
UPRATE.
2.2.14 Table of Diffusion Coefficients as Functions of Time and Altitude
These data are read only if QHTINV = YES (see Table 2.1, input 45);
otherwise they must not be included in the deck.
The format used for these cards is (20X, 5E10.4). Each card con-
tains up to five numbers arranged in columns 21-30, 31-40, 41-50, 51-60,
61-70. The diffusivities are updated as functions of time and each entry
of the input table must contain the following: the update time, the
inversion height, and the diffusivities at the various points in the mesh.
(The inversion height is informational only and is not used in the com-
putation, so it really need not be input. It has been included for the
sake of completeness.) The number of diffusivities is equal to NOSTAT + 1
since each diffusivity must be specified at the midpoint of each cell as
well as at the ground and at the upper edge of the space mesh. The table
is arranged as follows:
19
-------
Card 1—Columns 21-30
Columns 31-40
Update time in minutes from start of
run
Inversion height in meters or blank
Columns 41-50, 51-60, Diffusivity at ground and at the next
' two points in the mesh, in meters
squared per minute
Card 2—Columns 21-30, etc., Diffusivities at other points in the
and thereafter
Thus, for each update time there must be a set of diffusivities.
If the number of mesh points is 5, for example, two cards per update time
will be needed. The last group of cards in the array must contain a
negative number in the position allocated for the time in order to stop
*
the code from reading. The maximum number of update times allowed is
100 and the table is stored in array HTINV.
Note that this last group must have the same number of cards as the pre-
ceding ones, even though only the first carries any information.
20
-------
3 OUTPUTS
DIFKIN produces two kinds of output: line-printer and punched card.
The latter is optional, being produced at the command of the user
(Table 2.1, inputs 4 and 43). The printed output is shown in the accom-
panying figures. The interpretation of the output is discussed below.
The main line-printer output consists of the following:
1. Images of data cards in the input deck (see Appendix C).
2. Trajectory calculation data (Fig. 3.1).
3. Description of the computed trajectory (Fig. 3.2).
4. Printer plot of the trajectory (Fig. 3.3).
5. Directory of boundary-crossing times and location of the
air parcel (Fig. 3.4).
6. Source flux contributions (Fig. 3.5)
7. Source emissions in the units used by the code (Fig. 3.6).
8. Summary of input data used in computing species concentrations
(Figs. 3.7a through 3.7e).
9. Concentrations of the various species as a function of time
and height (Figs. 3.8a and 3.8b).
In addition to these three items, several utility outputs are available
for the convenience of the user. These are described in Sec. 3.5.
Two kinds of punched-card output are produced: the wind trajectory
and the species concentrations. The wind trajectory output is designed so
that it can be input back into the program with a minimum of intervention
by the user. This output consists of the following items in the order
listed: a card with the title of the run input by the user, the (x,y)
coordinates of the starting location of the trajectory, a card indicating
whether the start time is standard or daylight time, and the trajectory
itself. The formats of the punched cards are the same as those specified
21
-------
for inputs 18-20, Table 2.1. The wind trajectory output contains the
time of day (24-hr clock), wind speed (miles/hr), and azimuth (in
counterclockwise degrees from east).
For the species concentrations, the punched-card output consists
of the concentrations as functions of time and height. The punched cards
are generated at the same time the species concentrations are printed.
The format of the cards matches the format used for input 56 of Table 2.1.
3.1 TRAJECTORY-GENERATION OUTPUTS
Figure 3.1 illustrates the data used in the calculation of the air
trajectory. The data shown are simply a summary of the input data and
they have been cross-referenced to Table 2.1. The example shown in
Fig. 3.1 corresponds to a forward trajectory of a maximum of eight hours
duration. The trajectory starts at the point (17.00, 24.61), where these
are the (x, y) coordinates in miles from the origin of the grid. The
parenthetical note (NOT AT A MEASUREMENT STATION) indicates that the
coordinates of the initial point do not coincide with the coordinates
of any of the monitoring stations used in the calculation. The inter-
polation scheme used in the calculation employs the three nearest
neighboring stations for interpolation and inverse-distance (1/R)
weighting.
At the bottom of Fig. 3.1 are shown the reference data for the
grid used in the calculation. The coordinates of the center and the
origin of the grid are given in latitude and longitude, where the
numbers shown denote degrees/minutes/seconds. The (x, y) coordinates
in statute miles from the origin of the grid are also shown. The (I, J)
pair contains the indices of the cells in which the points are located, the
I and J corresponding to x and y, respectively. Similar information
is provided for the starting point of the trajectory, which is shown
on the last line of Fig. 3.1.
22
-------
OIFKIN SAMl-'LE PUN - COMPUTE TrtAJtCTORY. FLUXES. AND CONCENTRATIONS
CP TIME •= *8.33 DATE
01/21/7+ PASE
AIR TRAJECTORY CALCULATION DATA
START DATE ANn LOCAL Tint AT INITIAL POINT
LOCATION OF INITIAL PO.INT
PRESCRIBED STARTING AZIMUTH AMD VELOCITY (OPTIONAL)
17.00
700 HRS (DAYLIGHT TIME) (inputs 9 and 10)
24.61 (NOT AT A MEASUREMENT STATION) (input 11)
(input 14)
(input 15)
(input 12)
(input 13)
(inputs 16 and 17)
TION OF TRAJECTORY DEVELOPMENT
!ED TRAJECTORY DURATION
CTORY SEGMENT LENGTH
MEASUREMENT INTERPOLATION SCHEME
'ERENCE DATA
LATITUDE
CENTER 33/b5/*6.o
ORIGIN S3/34/ 2.5
START POINT 33/55/25.7
FORWARD
8.0 HRS
1.0 HRS
3 CLOSEST STATIONS KITH 1/R WEIGHTING
LON8ITUDE XIST MI) YIST Ml) 1 J
118/12/ 9.0 25.000 25.000 13 13
118/38/20.0 0.000 0.000 1 1
119/20/31.7 17.000 2*. 610 9 13
Figure 3.1. Summary of Data Used for Calculating Trajectory
-------
A listing of the nodes of the calculated trajectory is shown in
Fig. 3.2. The list contains the symbol used for the node in the printer
plot shown in Fig. 3.3. In addition, for each node the list also has
the time, grid cell indices, (x, y) position, the wind velocity in
miles per hour, and the wind direction in counterclockwise degrees from
east. To assist the user, the code also produces a plot of the trajectory,
an example of which is shown in Fig. 3.3.
The last output related to the air trajectory- is shown in Fig. 3.4.
This output is a list of the grid-boundary crossings of the center of
the air mass. The information provided is the time when the boundary is
crossed, the (x, y) coordinates of the crossing, and the indices of the
cell which the air parcel enters. This output is useful if the investigator
wishes to know the length of time the air parcel spends within a given
cell.
3.2 SOURCE EMISSIONS OUTPUT
Figure 3.5 shows a listing of the emissions which enter the air
parcel as it traverses a region. The output contains the times when
the fluxes are updated in local time, i.e., either standard or daylight
time, as well as the indices of the cell which is the source of the
emissions. The contributions of vehicular and stationary sources are
also included in the list. Note that the fluxes are updated sometimes
even though a cell boundary has not been crossed. Such updating is
related to changes in the temporal distribution of the emissions. For
example, the fluxes would be updated as traffic levels change with
time as well as spatially.
The emissions shown in Fig. 3.5 are given in units of kg/hr.
This is useful for comparing emissions used in the code with published
inventories. However, the program internally converts these emissions
to a different set of units for computational purposes. The fluxes
(vehicular plus stationary) in the internal units are also output for
the user's convenience and are shown in Fig. 3.6. The list contains
the time and magnitude of each flux.
-------
uJf-Kiu SAMPLE ^UN - c'J'^uTt T^UJLCTUMY, pLUXESt AND CONCENTRATIONS
TRAJECTORY OATfl
KOL
A
H
c
D
E
'
<>
H
1
T (M
0
faO
120
1 RO
?40
3 0 0
'^0
4PO
4hO
TN
.0
. n
.0
.n
) I
U *-)
0 1 2
0 11
0 1 2
.00 14
.0
.0
0 17
0 ?0
.00 ?3
.0
0 ?7
J
1 3
1 3
11
10
10
H
9
10
10
A (MI )
1 '.00
23.23
21.91
23.90
2f.3b
32.60
3 H . 2 H
*4.bO
52.27
Y(MI »
24
24
21
19
18
14
17
IB
IB
.61
.03
.22
.41
.91
.53
.13
,08
.79
V (MPH)
6
3
2
J
6
6
6
7
10
.?b
.10
.70
.49
.83
.24
.39
.70
.00
THE 1 A
3b4
244
317
351
320
24
8
5
a7
.65
t'B
.66
. 78
• 14
.60
.54
.31
.50
Figure 3.2. Description of Computed Trajectory
25
-------
41 .3313
34.6667
an.oooo
21.3333
I
I
T
I
I«.b6h7 *I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
n.oooo
1.0000
10.0000
20.0000
30.0000
40.0000
SO.0000
Figure 3.3. Printer Plot of Trajectory
-------
OIFKJN SAMPLE RUN - COMPUTE TRAJECTORY? FLUXF.St AND CONCENTRATIONS
TC.R]
36.00
38.00
40.00
42.00
44.00
44.09
46.00
48.00
50.00
52.00
24.52
24.33
24.14
24.00
22.00
21.42
21.14
20,00
19.39
19.10
18.37
18.00
lh.70
16.00
15.03
15.17
16.00
16.09
17.00
17.J9
17.69
17.99
18.00
18.21
18.39
1B.5H
18.76
10
11
12
12
12
11
12
12
13
14
15
15
lb
16
17
18
IB
19
20
2.1
22
23
23
24
25
26
27
13
13
13
12
11
11
11
10
10
10
10
9
9
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
Figure 3.4. Directory of Cell-Boundary Crossings
27
-------
Yt FLUKES. AND CONCENTRATIONS
SOURCt KLUX CONTRIBUTIONS (KG/HR)
CP TIME
58.40
LOCAL
TIM[.
7nO
705
710
710
715
720
729
748
800
801
82o
840
843
855
856
900
903
910
9?0
940
1000
1002
1036
1100
1107
1112
1130
1130
1140
1153-
1200
1215
1234
1236
1257
1300
1316
1330
1335
1354
1355
14UO
14)1
1427
I
9
9
10
1 u
10
10
1 1
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
11
1 1
12
12
12
12
12
13
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
20
20
21
21
22
23
?3
53
24
25
J
13
13
13
13
13
1 3
13
13
13
1?
1?
12
11
11
11
1 t
1!
11
11
10
10
)0
IP
10
in
9
9
9
P
8
P
8
9
9
1)
9
9
g
9
9
10
1"
10
in
Jl U
VEHICLE
117.99
117.99
84.70
P4.70
B4.7')
P4.7U
200.26
75.49
75.49
73.76
78.76
78.76
35.96
35.96
126.61
101 .23
27.73
27. 7:1
27.73
1H.10
18.10
99.97
66.00
e o . o 4
119.51
151.22
151.22
89.84
164. 3J
99.55
99.55
80 .28
48.08
71 ,98
63.37
63. 3 '
117.19
117.19
62.31
34.19
55. 7(i
59.4ft
62.39
23.75
-------
OIFKJN
HUM _ COMPUTE T«AJtCTOHY. FLUXES, AND CONCENTRATIONS
TOTAL FLUXtS IN UNITS USFD t»Y CODE (M/MIN)
TIME
0 .0
b.O
9.6
10.0
15.0
20.0
20.1
48.2
60 .0
60.6
80 .0
100.0
10J.4
llb.O
115.8
120.0
122.8
130.0
140 tO
160«4
180 tO
181.7
216.5
2*0.0
247.4
252.4
270.0
?70.3
279.8
293.1
300.0
314.8
334.0
335.9
357.1
360.0
376,4
390.0
395.3
414.3
415.1
420 .0
431 .U
NITRIC OXIDE
1 .9676E-07
] .46 f6E-P7
1 .470 Jt-07
1.4703E-07
I .47G3E-07
1 .4703E-07
3.0483E-D7
1.3729F.-07
1 .4176E-07
1 .4176E-07
1 .4176E-07
8.4738E-08
8.4738E-08
2.2135E-07
1 .8669E-07
7.3498E-08
7.3498E-08
7.3498E-08
2.2567E-07
2-2567E-07
1 .7216E-07
1 .2434E-07
1 .4352E-07
1 .9599E-07
?.3787E-07
2.3787E-07
1 .5404E-07
2.5434E-07
1.5163E-07
1 .5163F-07
1.2531E-07
8.1340E-08
1.1398E-07
1.0222E-07
1.0222E-07
I .75>72E-07
1-0077E-07
6.2362E-08
9.1829E-08
9.6879E-H8
REACTIVE HrD«OCAH80NS
4.1290E-07
4.1175E-07
3.2915E-07
3.?908E-07
3. 28256-07
3.2784E-07
5.0415E-07
3.3591E-07
3.3584E-07
3.4375E-07
3.4363E-07
3.4325E-07
1 .6549E-07
1.6529E-07
3.7703E-07
3.2134E-07
1.4264E-07
1.4292E-07
1.4305E-07
1.4037E-Q7
2.6460E-07
2.3191E-07
2.6452E-07
3.5615E-07
3.6218E-07
3.6292E-07
2.4514E-07
3.5053E-07
1.8706E-07
1.8706E-07
1 .6904E-07
1.4Q50E-07
1 .9186E-07
1.7177E-07
1.7177E-07
2.6656E-07
2.6695E-07
1 .5495E-07
1.0309E-07
1.3207E-07
1 .3745E-07
1 .0902E-07
CARBON MONOXIDE
3.210BE-06
3.1706E-06
2.2391E-06
2.2362E-06
2.2095E-06
2.1940E-06
3.6823E-06
1.9470E-06
1.9435E-06
2.0274E-06
2.0214E-06
2.0070E-06
9.1489E-07
9.0979E-07
2.3429E-06
1.6706E-06
6.Q290E-07
6.H21E-07
6.1551E-07
4.0186E-Q7
4.0166E-Q7
1 .6690E-06
1 .46SOE-06
1.7767E-06
2.6527E-06
2.6037E-06
2.6299E-06
1.5549E-06
1.4032E-06
1 .4032E-06
1.2962E-06
1.0834E-06
1.6219E-06
1.4278E-06
1.4278E-06
2.2916E-06
2.2350E-06
1 .2087L-06
7.4735E-07
9.7548E-07
1.0193E-06
8.2613E-07
Figure 3.6. Source Emissions as Used by Code
29
-------
3.3 SUMMARY OF INPUT DATA USED TO COMPUTE CONCENTRATIONS
The line-printer output shown in Fig. 3.7 consists of a summary of the
input data used in the chemical module. At the top of the page shown in
Fig. 3.la, the run label appears first. This appears on every page
of the output and corresponds to the data on the first card of the
input deck. Also appearing on the first line are the central processor
time (CP TIME) in seconds, the date of the run, and the page number.
Proceeding down the page, several input quantities are listed, beginning
with the initial time and ending with the lower limit fractional change
used to control the step size. On Fig. 3.7a these entries are cross-
referenced to Table 2.1.
The next listing of inputs consists of the reactant and product
stoichiometric matrices, together with the rate constant of each reaction.
The stoichiometric matrix listings shown in Figs. 3.7a and 3.7b are
interpreted as follows. The reactions correspond to the rows of the
matrix and the species to the columns. Thus consider reaction 2: the
stoichiometric matrix of reactants, Fig. 3.7a, says that only species
NO and OZON appear in reaction 2, each with unit stoichiometric coeffi-
cient. The rate constant of reaction 2 is given as .267 pphm min
The stoichiometric matrix of products, Fig. 3.7b, is read in the same
way as the matrix for reactants. Thus for reaction 2 the product is
one molecule of N02. The schematic reaction obtained from reading the
stoichiometric matrices is (1)NO + (l)OZON -> (1)N02, where the quantities
in parentheses are the stoichiometric coefficients. (Note that this
schematic reaction does not balance. The true reaction is NO + 0 ->• NO
+ 02, but 02 is not carried explicitly in the computation, hence the
omission.)
Figure 3.7c shows a list of all the reactions used in this sample
run. These reactions correspond to the schematic reactions defined by
the stoichiometric matrices, of course. Thus the listing in Fig. 3.7c
can be used to interpret the stoichiometric matrices and vice versa.
30
-------
IIFK1H SA"PLt TON . CJ1PUTE THJJtCIORV, FLUXES, ANP CONCENTRATIONS CP TIME • 60 • 13 UAIE 01/21/7* PAGE
INPUT DATA KID VFHMCM- DIFFUSION PHOHLEM WITH PHOTOCHEMISTRY
INITIAL TTML IS il. MINJ1ES
fl.iAL UMF Ib * ,4hM 8c *02 MINUTES
. STEP f.Uf IS l.OOOOF-02 MINUTES (input 31)
ItK OF *hACTInMS IS Ih (input 48)
IEk OF SPtnlFS IS 1(1 (input 49)
IER OF SPtCIFS IV SIEAOY STATE IS 4 (input 50)
Itr. OF IHJrt>-' SkFCItS IS 1 (CANiNOT EXCEEO 11 (input 51)
1 SIZE CONTPULS
LIPOF-4 LIMIT nacIIONAL ChAi\l",L IS 3.00000E-02 (input 32)
LP»FP LIMIT FHACTIO^AL CHANGE IS l.OOOOOE-02 (input 33)
•JU 'iL N02 OZON HNOg N03 N205 OH
REACTION --WEACTANT STOILHIOMEIRY---
1 n.l n.li I.o 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 O.u
2 l.d 0.0 0*0 1*0 0*0 0*0 0*0 0*0
0.0
3 n.'j 1.0 0.0 u.O u.O 0.0 0.0 0.0
U.O
4 n.u l.u 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 U.O 1.0
u.O
5 1.0 0.0 0.0 u.u 0*0 0.0 0.0 0.0
l.d
6 0.0 O.U 1.0 u.O 0,0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1.0
7 I.O O.u 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1*0
U.O
8 n.O G.O 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 l.u
U.O
4 0*0 1*0 0*0 l.u 0.0 0.0 0.0 0*0
0.0
10 n.O 0.0 0.0 u.O 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.0
n n.o o.o i.o i.o o.o o.u o.o o.o
0.0
12 o.O 0.0 1.0 O.u 0*0 1.0 0.0 0.0
0.0
13 n.O 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 O.u
0.0
14 n.n o.o o.o o.o o.o o.o l«o o.o
0.0
15 l.u u.u 1.0 0.0 O.u 0*0 0.0 0.0
0.0
16 n.O 0.0 l.u 0.0 0.0 0.0 U.U U.O
0.0
RATE CONSTANT
(PPHM/MIN)
1 .OOOOOt-04
.26700
l.OOOOOt-06
100.000
1000.00
£.0000
15.000
30.000
4.00000E-05
J.74532E-07
5.00000E-05
45.000
14,000
60.500
l.OOOOOE-OS
l.OOOOOE-03
Figure 3.7a. Summary of Input Data
31
-------
fO OIFKIN SAMPLE RUN - COMPUTE TRAJECTORY, FLUXES, AND CONCENTRATIONS CP TIME * 60,31
REACTION
1
2
3
*
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
n.OO
8.00
0.00
8.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
n.oo
0.00
0.00
1.00
1.00
0.00
n.oo
0.00
0.00
0.00
n.oo
0.00
n.oo
o.oo
0.00
0.00
n.oo
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
o.oo
0.00
0.00
o.oo
0.00
o.oo
0.00
0.00
o.oo
o.oo
0.00
0.00
0.00
---PRO
0.00
1.00
0.00
0.00
1.00
o.oo
0.00
0.00
o.oo
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0 U C T S
1.00
0.00
o.oo
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
T 0 I C H I
o.oo
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
3.00
0.00
0 M E T R Y
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0,00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.00
0.00
1.00
0,00
0,00
0,00
. . .
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
.13
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Figure 3.7b. Summary of Input Data: Stoichiometric Matrix of Product
Species
-------
DIFKIN SAMPLE RUM - COMPUTE TRAJECTORY* FLUXES* AND CONCENTRATIONS
REACTIONS
i. PHOTON + Nog = NO * 03
2. NO * 03 * N02 + 02
3, 0 * HC = 8H02
4. OH * HC = 8R02
5. R02 * NO s N02 + ,125*OH
6. R02 + N02 = PAN
7, OH + NO * HN02
6. OH + N02 s HM03
9. 03 + HC = R02
lo. PHOTON * HONO= OH * NO
11. N02 * 03 » N03 * 02
12. N03 * N02 B N205
13. N205 s N03 * N02
U. N205 + H20 = 2HN03
15. NO + N02 * H20 = 2HN02
16. N02 * PARTICLES * PRODUCTS
Figure 3.7c. Summary of Input Data: Description of Chemical Reactions
Used in Model
33
-------
DIFKIN SAMPLE RUN - COMPUTE TRAJECTORY! FLUXESI AND CONCENTRATIONS
SPECIES
NO
HC
N02
OZON
HN02
M03
N205
OH
R02
CO
FLUXES
4.91897E+00
4.12897E+01
0.
0*
0.
0*
0.
0.
0.
3.21082E+02
MOLE WT
3.00100E*01
7.22000E*01
4.6>010QE*01
4.80000E*OI
4.70000E*01
6t20000E*01
1.08000E*02
1.70000E+01
6.81000E*01
2.80000E*01
Figure 3.7'd. Summary of Input Data: Species Name, Fluxes, and
Molecular Weight
34
-------
OIFKIN SAMPLE RUN - COMPUTE TRAJECTORY, FLUXES, AND CONCENTRATIONS
INITIAL DIFFUSION COEFFICIENTS
VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR POINTS HALFWAY BETWEEN STATIONS
STATION HEIGHT (METERS) DIFFUSIVITY
1 0*00 30*000000
30.000000
2 115.00
30.000000
3 230*00
30.000000
4 345.00
30.000000
5 460.00 30.000000
Figure 3.7e. Summary of Input Data: Initial Diffusivity Profile
35
-------
Figure 3.7d lists the species in the prescribed order, together
with the boundary conditions at the initial time and the molecular weight
of each species. In the example shown, only NO, HC , and CO have
fluxes at the ground (FLXWAL).
The last listing of inputs, shown in Fig. 3.7e, is a list of the
initial values of the diffusivities. These values correspond to the
quantities shown in cards 545 and 546 of Appendix C.
3.4 OUTPUT OF SPECIES CONCENTRATIONS
Figures 3.8a and 3.8b show the output of the species concentrations
produced by DIFKIN. Figure 3.8a contains the initial concentrations
which have been input by the user. These correspond to cards 291-295
and 300 of Appendix C. Each column of the output corresponds to one
species, and each row corresponds to a given height. The first row
shows a height of zero meters and is, of course, the ground. Subsequent
rows correspond to increasing altitudes. Note that the first column
contains two species, NO and R02; these are read in the order indicated
by the order of the name of the species, i.e., first NO and then R02.
The species are printed folded together in multiples of 8. Hence, for
17 species the first column would contain 3 species, and so on.
Figure 3.8b shows the output of the computation after 30 minutes
of real time have elapsed. Because the print interval, PRNTIN (input
34 in Table 2.1 and card 258, Appendix C), is equal to 30 minutes the
program will print the species concentrations and the time every 30
minutes. Some additional information is printed on the page: the value of
the diffusion coefficient at the ground, the value of k , and the fluxes
of NO, HC, and CO, the last being the tracer species. Note that the
value of ^ shown in Fig. 3.8b matches the quantity shown on card
479 of Appendix C. Clearly, the value of k is not the value of this
quantity at 0630, which corresponds to 30 minutes. This is simply
because the printing is done before updating k . After printing, the
program will update this quantity and proceed to the next integration step.
36
-------
DIFKIN SAMPLE RUM - COXPUTE TRAJECTORY FLUXESi AND CONCENTRATIONS
CP TIME * 60.59 OATE 01/21/7* PAGE
12
U>
•vj
INITIAL PROFILES OF CONCENTRATIONS-PPHM
HEIGHT-M,
0.00
115.00
330.00
3*5.00
46-0.00
NO
R02
7.90000E»00
1.81776E-08
•;.OOOOOE*OO
2.33267E-08
2.20000E»00
4.63604E-08
2.10000E*00
4.80947E-08
2.10000E*00
4.80947E-08
HC
CO
1.99000E*01
1.00000E*03
1.11000E*01
8.00000E»02
5.00000E*00
•S.OOOOOE'02
4.80000E»00
3.00000E»02
4.80000E»00
3.00000E«02
N02
l.bOOOOE'OO
1.30000E*00
e.booOOE-01
B.40000E-01
8.40000E-01
OZON HN02
7.59000E-05 *,OOOOOE*00
9.74000E-05 *.OOOOOE«00
1.4SOOOE-04 4.00000E«00
1.50000E.04 ».OOOOOE»00
1.50000E-04 *.OOOOOE»00
N03
1.038*8E-10
1.33265E-10
1.98393E-10
2.05234E-10
2.0523»E-10
N205
1.0036*E-10
1.0*6»SE-10
1.01860E-10
1.04132E-10
1.04132E-10
OH
9.01857E-09
1.31350E-08
2.55098E-08
2.63USE-08
2.63MSE.08
Figure 3.8a. DIFKIN Output of Initial Concentrations
-------
OJ
CXI
DIFKIN SAMPLE HUN - COMPUTE TRAJECTOHY. FLUXES. AND CONCENTRATIONS
CP TIME * 86.33 DATE 01/21/74 PASE
13
CONCENTRATION PROFILES-PAHTS PER HUNDRED MILLION
TIME* 3.00000E»01 MINUTES
GROUND DIFFUSIVITY » 30.000000
NO FLUX s 7.6208673
HC FLUX « 50.414963
CO FLUX = 368.23057
HEIGMT-M.
0.00
115.00
230.00
345.00
460.00
NO
RO?
9.35368E*00
5.5049BE-07
4.94128E*00
7.S9500E-07
2.26663E*00
1 .41947E-06
2.00B]8E*00
i.558<>2e-o6
1.99690t"*00
1 .56531E-06
NUMBER
HC
CO
2.58656£»01
1.10458E»03
1.147S2t»ol
7.97625E»02
5.3727*E*00
5.06674E*02
4.81162E*00
3.12962E»02
4.78759E»00
3.00857E»02
OF TIME STEPS
KI
NOZ
1.67502E»00
1.37371E*00
9.56401E-01
9.185HE-01
9.16939E-01
IN CYCLE NO.
• 3.14618000E-03
OZON
2.12637E.03
3.26968E.03
4.95811E.03
5.37301E-03
5.39417E-03
1 IS 151
HN02
*.00769E»00
4.00339E»00
».OOOS4E*00
».00030E*00
4.00029E*00
DIFFERENTIAL
N03
2,90936E*09
4.47367E-09
6.78382E-09
7.35150E-09
7.38045E-09
CP TIME *
N205
2.94357E-09
3.71206E-0?
3.9189SE-09
4.07B65E-09
4.08770E-09
25.75 SEC
OH
2.48773E-07
4.0B826E.07
7.489Q6E.07
8.13526E-07
8.16567E-07
Figure 3.8b. DIFKIN Output of Computed Concentrations
-------
The last line of Fig. 3.8b shows that it took 151 integration steps
to get from 0 to 30 minutes of real time (cycle No. 1), and that this
took 24.515 seconds of central processor time. This output is optional
and is controlled by TIMOUT (Table 2.1, input 41 and card 265, Appendix C)
3.5 UTILITY OUTPUTS
Several convenient utility outputs may be produced on an optional
basis. These are:
• A list of all the input wind data and the designations and
coordinates of the monitoring stations (Table 2.1, input 5).
• Description of the calculated trajectory which includes the
stations used in the interpolation at every node (Table
2.1, input 8).
• A list of all the time steps used in the integration
(Table 2.1, input 40). This is written on logical unit 9.
• A note of the number of integration steps taken during a
print interval and the central processor time used (Table
2.1, input 41; Fig. 3.8b.
• A list of the species concentrations (Fig. 3.8b) after
every integration step rather than at every print interval
(Table 2.1, input 42)
In addition to these we use peripheral units such as disks to
print certain messages which assist the user in ascertaining that the
run is proceeding properly. These messages are:
• The update time and updated value of the fluxes, k^ ,
and diffusivities. The last are written on logical unit
number 11, and the other two on logical unit number 10.
• The occurrence of negative concentrations. This is written
on logical unit 8.
By means of control cards the user can cause these various messages to
output to the line printer after program execution is terminated or, if
desired, suppress the output.
39
-------
The trajectory-generation module also produces diagnostic outputs
which tell the user about the existence of pathological conditions. These
diagnostics are output on the line printer without intervention by the
user and are self-explanatory.
40
-------
4 TECHNIQUES FOR USING DIFKIN
4.1 CHANGING THE CHEMICAL MODEL
DIFKIN provides the user with great flexibility in changing the
chemical model. The remarks that follow are intended to assist the user
in changing models efficiently.
Changing the chemical model requires that new stoichiometric matrices
be input (see Sec. 2.2.12). In this regard, it is important to keep in
mind the need to be consistent in ordering the species and the reactions.
For example, suppose that the reaction NO + NO -> 2ND were to be added
to the reaction set shown in Fig. 3.7c, and let this be reaction number
17. Note that no new species have been added to the system. The first
step that must be taken consists of changing the number of reactions from
16 to 17 (card 272, Appendix C). Then the appropriate rate constant and
reaction description are inserted after cards 316 and 332 in Appendix C.
The next step is to modify the stoichiometric matrices. This requires
that a card be inserted for each species describing the stoichiometry of
the species in the new reaction. Thus for NO we have to insert a card
after card 348 in appendix C which has a 1 in Column 1 and a zero in
Column 11, since NO is a reactant but not a product. For hydrocarbon
we have to insert a card after card 364 in Appendix C, containing zeros
since hydrocarbon appears neither as a reactant nor a product in this
reaction. And so on for the remaining species.
The procedure for adding a species is described below by means of
an example. For simplicity, we assume that no new reactions are added.
Thus suppose that in the present chemical model it is desired to compute
explicitly the concentration of PAN in reaction 6, RO + NO •+ PAN
(card 322, Appendix C; Fig. 3.7c). This adds one new species but no extra
reactions. Suppose further that PAN is assigned position number 6 on
the list of species. The first step is to increase the number of species
in the input deck from 10 to 11 (card 273, Appendix C). We
41
-------
shall also assume that PAN is not in steady state, hence NSTDY (card 274,
Appendix C) does not change. The name and molecular weight of PAN must
then be inserted after card 282 of Appendix C, and the initial concentra-
tion must be input after card 295 of Appendix C. The next step is to
describe the stoichiometry of PAN. This is done by inserting 16 cards
(one for each reaction) with the stoichiometric coefficients of PAN after
card 412 of Appendix C. In this example PAN is a product of reaction 6
and does not appear in any other reaction. Hence the stoichiometry of
PAN consists of zeroes on all cards except for reaction 6 which has a
zero in Column 1 and a one in Column 11. Finally, the subroutines men-
tioned in the next paragraph must be modified since a new species has
been added and the position of NO , NO , OH , and RO in the species
vector has been altered.
In addition to the changes in the inputs mentioned above, certain
subroutines must be modified or changed altogether when the chemistry
is changed. These are: JACOB, NUBETA, NURATE, STATE, and UPRATE. These
subroutines must also be modified if the order of the species or the
order of the reactions is changed. The reader is referred to Appendix E
for an explanation of the contents of these subroutines.
4.2 MULTIPLE RUNS
DIFKIN is designed to allow the user to stack several cases using
different inputs. It is presupposed, however, that the chemical model
does not change from case to case, except that the values of the rate
constants may be changed at will.
To run multiple cases it is required that a card which has the word
"MORE" punched in Columns 1-4 be inserted between data decks. The pro-
gram continues to read cards until either the word "END" or "MORE" is
detected. The former causes execution to terminate; the latter causes
the program to recycle and begin reading data.
42
-------
When making multiple (stacked) runs certain portions of the input
data which would be redundant are omitted from all but the first case input
deck. These inputs, consisting of the wind measurement data, the speci-
fication of the basic chemical model, and selected option flags, are
listed here in Table 4.1 and cross-referenced to Table 2.1 and Appendix C
for user convenience.
Input
Number
(Table 2.1)
TABLE 4.1
SUMMARY OF FIRST-CASE-ONLY INPUTS
Variable
Name
Description
Card Numbers
in Appendix C
58
59
KPSTAT,
KPWDAT
NWDTE,
NAM,
APT,PT
XIMPH
CONVRT
KXTRA
REACT
STOYKR,
STOYKP
Flags for optional
output of wind sta-
tions and wind
measurement data
Wind measurement
data cards
Wind speed conver-
sion factor
Flag for optional
extra trajectory
calculation output
Chemical reaction
descriptions
Stoichiometric
coefficients
6-234
235
236
317-332
333-476
4.3 DATE AND TIME SUBROUTINES
The code utilizes system routines for obtaining the date and the
machine clock time. These system routines are peculiar to the computer
center where the code is to be run and thus will require special handling
at each installation. We have provided dummy routines which call the
system routines in order to avoid the need to modify the main program.
These dummy routines are MDATE and SECOND and are described in Appendix E.
43
-------
4.4 CASES WITH CONSTANT FLUX
The following procedures must be used if it is desired to run
cases with the flux held constant. Although essentially indistinguishable,
two cases will be considered: (1) flux held constant at a nonzero value
and (2) constant flux equal to zero. It is convenient to treat the two
cases separately because some simplification is possible in the second
case.
In the case of the nonzero constant flux the steps to be
followed are:
1. Set EXFLUX = YES (input 3, Table 2.1).
2. Set NUMFLX to the appropriate nonzero value (input 52,
Table 2.1).
3. Specify the location of the species which have a flux
(variable LOCFLX, input 55, Table 2.1).
4. Input the flux times and the flux for each species in
accordance with input 30, Table 2.1. In this case only
three cards are required. The first card contains the
initial time of the run and the desired fluxes. The
second card contains the final time of the run and the
same fluxes as the first card. The third card contains
a dummy negative time to stop the code from reading and
is otherwise blank.
In the case of the constant flux equal to zero, the process is as
follows:
1. Set EXFLUX = YES.
2. Set NUMFLX = 0.
3. Do not input LOCFLX.
4. Follow step (4) above, with the exception that it is only
necessary to specify the initial and final times but not
the fluxes since they will be automatically set to zero by
virtue of the fact that NUMFLX = 0.
44
-------
4.5 ASSIGNMENT OF PERIPHERAL UNITS
The DIFKIN code utilizes several peripheral devices for its operation:
a line printer, a card reader, disks, and a card punch. Table 4.2 describes
the unit numbers assigned to these devices as well as the use of the
peripherals. This information is required by some operating systems for
preparing the control cards which govern the execution of the program.
Unit
Number
3
5
6
7
8-11
11-20
TABLE 4.2
PERIPHERAL DEVICES USED BY DIFKIN
Type of Device
Card reader
Disk
Line printer
Disk
Disk
Disk
Purpose
All input data is temporarily stored
in unit 5 (see Sec. 2.1).
Used by subroutine SETPLT for write,
read, backspace operations in conjunc-1-
tion with printer plot generation.
Contain utility outputs (see Sec. 3.5).
At the user's option, contents may be
output via the printer after program
execution is completed or upon abnormal
exit.
Each unit contains the wind data for one
day (see Sec. 2.2.3). Unit 11 corresponds
to the first day input, unit 12 to the
second, and so forth.
It should be noted that units 5, 7, and 8-20 must have the capability
to obey the FORTRAN instructions BACKSPACE and REWIND. Also, we note that
the program is now set to read a maximum of 10 days of wind data, hence
only 10 units, i.e., units 11-20, are required to store the wind data.
If the program is modified to increase the number of dates (see Sec. 5.4)
then the user must specify additional disk space, adding one extra unit
per date, e.g., unit 21 corresponds to the eleventh day. unit 22 to the
twelfth, and so on.
45
-------
5 PROGRAM MODIFICATIONS
This section provides instructions for making various modifications
to DIFKIN which cannot be accomplished through the input variables. These
instructions are grouped according to the program module primarily affected
by the change, starting with the air trajectory module and proceeding
through the flux generation module to the chemical module.
5.1 ADDING NEW WIND STATIONS
In order to enable the program to recognize a.new wind station
(one not listed in Table A.I, Appendix A), the user must enter a new six-
character Hollerith code name in the DATA statement in subroutine SETIN,
and initialize the station coordinates in a corresponding pair of replace-
ment statements in the same subroutine. The six-character name occupies
two consecutive words in the ISS array which must correspond to the two
consecutive words in the SSTAN array which receive the x and y coordinates
of the station. The new station may replace an existing one in the two
arrays, or it may be added to the list. If a new station is added without
any being deleted, it will be necessary to increase certain storage limits
as explained in the next section.
As an example, suppose we wish to use data from a wind station
located at the Orange County Airport having x, y coordinates (43.86, 7.43)
st. mi. Choosing the word ORANGE as an identifier we add the two Hollerith
words 4HORAN, 4HGE to the end of the DATA statement initializing ISS.
(Note that the last 2 characters in the second word must be blanks.)
This being the 52nd entry in the ISS array, we set up the station coordi-
nates by adding the statements
SSTAN(1,52) = 43.86
SSTAN(2,52) = 7.43
to subroutine SETIN. Since we have now exceeded the program's original
51 station capacity, it will also be necessary to follow the instructions
46
-------
in the next section to increase the number of wind stations to 52. The
program will then be prepared to accept additional wind data entered as
described in Sec. 2.2.3 with the identifier ORANGE punched in columns 8-13.
5.2 INCREASING THE NUMBER OF WIND STATIONS
The variable NUMSTA located in COMMON/WDATA/ is the number of
wind stations recognized by the program. NUMSTA is set in subroutine SETIN.
Storage for the station coordinates and names is provided by the arrays
SSTANS(2,J) and ISTANS(2,J) which are also located in COMMON/WDATA/.
Hence, the dimensions denoted by the J's must be set greater than or equal
to NUMSTA in the DIMENSION statements which accompany /WDATA/. (See
Table D.2, Appendix D for a list of the subroutines containing /WDATA/,)
In addition, the local array ISS in subroutine SETIN would be dimensioned
(2,NUMSTA).
In the example of the preceding section, we would set NUMSTA = 52
and the dimensions denoted by J to at least 52.
5.3 CHANGING STATION INFLUENCE RADII
The maximum and minimum radii of influence of the wind stations are
established in subroutine SETIN. For program convenience, SETIN actually
sets RMAX and RMIN equal to the square of the maximum and minimum influence
radius respectively. Hence, wind data from stations more than /RMAX
miles from a trajectory node cannot be used to calculate a wind vector
for that node. Conversely, if a wind station with valid data lies within
/RMIN miles of a trajectory node, that station's data alone will be used.
5.4 INCREASING THE NUMBER OF MEASUREMENT DATES
The variable NFILES located in COMMON/DATES/ is the maximum number
of measurement dates which can be accepted by the program. NFILES is
set at the beginning of subroutine WINDRD (currently NFILES = 10). The
arrays IDATE(K) and ICT(K) in COMMON/DATES/ provide storage for the dates
encountered and the number of station entries stored in each corresponding
47
-------
date file. Hence, the dimensioned length of these arrays, K , must be
greater than or equal to NFILES. The relevant DIMENSION statements are
located in the subroutines containing COMMON/DATES/ (see Table D.2,
Appendix D).
As wind measurement data is read by subroutine WINDED, it is sorted
by date and written onto separate scratch files for later reference.
The temporary files used are numbered from 11 to 10 + NFILES. On computer
installations which require external (control card) specification of all
temporary files, it will be necessary to specify any additional files
implied by an increase in the value of NFILES.
5.5 CHANGING THE STATION AZIMUTH EXCLUSION SECTOR
Currently data will not be accepted from two stations lying within
2° azimuth of each other as seen from the trajectory node being con-
sidered. The size of this excluded angle is determined by the local
variable COSTST set in a DATA statement in subroutine ANGTST. COSTST
should be set equal to the cosine of the desired exclusion angle. Note
that since the exclusion angle is applied on both sides of the azimuth
to a previously accepted station, the sector actually excluded is twice
the specified exclusion angle.
5.6 INCREASING THE NUMBER OF TRAJECTORY NODES (WIND VECTORS)
The number of trajectory nodes (or wind vectors) which can be
handled by DIFKIN is currently limited to 100 by the dimensions of the
arrays T(K), V(K) , and TH(K) in COMMON/WIND/ and the arrays P(2,K)
and ID(2,K) in COMMON/TRAJ/. (See Table D.I, Appendix D for a list of
subroutines containing /WIND/ and /TRAJ/.) In these array dimensions,
the value of K must be set greater than or equal to the maximum expected
number of nodes. Note that the number of nodes is one greater than the
number of segments determined by the inputs TTOTAL and DTSEG Csee
Table 2.1). For example, the current dimensions limit a case to 99 hours
of simulated time using 1-hour trajectory segments.
48
-------
5.7 INCREASING THE PERMITTED NUMBER OF GRID LINE CROSSINGS
The local variable NCMAX set in a DATA statement in subroutine
EFFLUX is the maximum number of grid line crossing times and locations
which can be recorded by the program. NCMAX is currently set at 500.
If NCMAX is increased, the dimension K of the arrays TC(K), PC(2,K) ,
and IDC(2,K) located in COMMON/CROSS/ must also be increased to match
NCMAX. (See Table D.3, Appendix D for the subroutines containing /CROSS/.)
5.8 INCREASING THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF FLUX CHANGE TIMES
The maximum number of flux changes which can be recorded is fixed
by the local variable JTMAX set in a DATA statement in subroutine EFFLUX.
JTMAX is currently set at 500. If JTMAX is increased, the dimension
denoted by K in the following arrays must be increased to match:
SCHED(K), IDS(2,K) in COMMON/SKDULE/,
FLXIN(3,K), FLXTIM(K) in COMMON/FLUXES/,
TX(K) in subroutine FLXDAT (a local variable) -
The subroutine locations of /SKDULE/ and /FLUXES/ are given in Tables
D.3 and D.I in Appendix D.
5.9 CHANGING THE SOURCE GRID
The basic information governing the numbers and sizes of the source
grid cells is initialized in BLOCK DATA program number 5, where a DATA
statement fixes the numbers of cells in the x and y directions, NX
and NY , and their dimensions in statute miles, DELX and DELY. These
variables are contained in COMMON/GRID/. The geographic location of the
grid is fixed by the latitude and longitude of the center of the grid
rectangle, CLAT and CLON . CLAT and CLON are each 3-word local
arrays containing angles expressed in degrees, minutes, and seconds.
Their values are initialized in a DATA statement in subroutine SETUP.
49
-------
The source grid currently used in DIFKIN has 25 intervals in x
and 25 intervals in y , (NX = 25, NY = 25). When NX and/or NY are
modified, it is necessary to change the dimensions of the arrays con-
taining the source data. Table 5.1 lists the variables affected, their
locations, and required dimensions.
TABLE 5.1
Array
FFWY
FSRF
FXN02
FXHCR
FSLOW
FFAST
FRATIO
DIMENSIONS OF SOURCE
A
Location
COMMON/DATFL1/
COMMON /DATFL1/
COMMON/DATFL1/
COMMON/DATFL1/
COMMON /DATFL2/
COMMON /D AT FL3/
COMMON/DATFL4/
EMISSIONS DATA ARRAYS
Required Dimensions
(NX, NY)
(NX, NY)
(NX, NY)
(NX, NY)
(NX, NY, 4)
(NX, NY, 4)
(NX, NY, 4)
*
Subroutine locations of COMMON blocks are given in
Appendix D.
5.10 INCREASING THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF POWER PLANTS AND/OR OIL REFINERIES
The maximum numbers of grid squares containing power plants and oil
refineries which may be accommodated by the program are fixed by the vari-
ables NPPL and NORF which are set in a DATA statement in subroutine
FLXDAT. Currently, both of these limits are set at 30, although only
10 power plants and 13 oil refineries are actually being modeled. If
additional space is needed for either source type then the appropriate
limit should be altered in FLXDAT, and the corresponding source array in
COMMON/DATFL1/ must be redimensioned accordingly. The required variable
dimensions for power plant emissions are FPPN02(NPPL,3) , and for oil
refinery emissions, FORN02(NORF,3) and FORHCR(NORF,3).
50
-------
5.11 INCREASING THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SPECIES IN THE CHEMICAL MODEL
The variable NROW, initialized in a DATA statement in the main
program, sets the upper limit on the number of chemical species which
can be handled in the chemical model. (It may be recalled that this
limit is currently 20.) To increase this limit, NROW must be set equal
to the new maximum number of species. Modifications to array dimensions
which must accompany a change in NROW are listed in Table 5.2.
5.12 INCREASING THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CHEMICAL REACTIONS
The maximum number of chemical reactions handled by DIFKIN is
determined by the variable MAXR set in a DATA statement in the main
program. Increasing this limit beyond its current value of 20 requires
resetting MAXR and modifying certain array dimensions as outlined in
Table 5.3.
5.13 INCREASING THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF MESH POINTS
The variable MAXMSH is the maximum number of points in the vertical
finite difference mesh. MAXMSH is set in a DATA statement in the main
program. (Currently MAXMSH =10.) To permit more mesh points, the user
should set MAXMSH to the new maximum number desired and complete the
dimensional modifications described in Table 5.4.
51
-------
TABLE 5.2
DIMENSION CHANGES REQUIRED TO ADD MORE SPECIES
Array
ISTOYR
RATE
BETA
CONIN
WTMOLE
II
JJ
FLXWAL
FLXDGE
STOYKR
STOYKP
SPEC
CONUP
CONEW
PPHM
WORK
GZERO
AJACOB
Q
LOCFLX
Location
COMMON /CHEM/
COMMON /CHEM/
COMMON/ CHEM/
COMMON /CHEM/
COMMON/ CHEM/
COMMON/ CHEM/
COMMON/ CHEM/
COMMON/TRACER/
COMMON/ TRACER/
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Modification
C =
R =
C =
R =
Length =
Length =
Length =
Length =
Length =
C =
C =
Length =
R =
R =
R =
R =
R =
R = MNS, C
R = MNS, C
Length
Instructions
MNS
MNS
MNS
MNS
MNS
MNS x MNR
MNS + 1
MNS
MNS
MNS
MNS
MNS
MNS
MNS
MNS
MNS
MNS
= MNS x MNP
= MNS x MNP
= MNS
R = number of rows of a two-dimensional array
C = number of columns of a two-dimensional array
MNS = maximum number of species
MNR = maximum number of reactions
MNP = maximum number of mesh points
52
-------
TABLE 5.3
DIMENSION CHANGES REQUIRED TO ADD MORE REACTIONS
Array
ISTOYR
BETA
RATEFF
RATKON
II
STOYKR
STOYKP
REACT
Location
COMMON /CHEM/
COMMON /CHEM/
COMMON /CHEM/
COMMON /CHEM/
COMMON/ CHEM/
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Modification Instructions
R
R
Length
Length
Length
R
R
R
= MNR
= MNR
= MNR
= MNR
= MNR x MNS
= MNR
= MNR
= MNR
R = number of rows of a two-dimensional array
C = number of columns of a two-dimensional array
MNS = maximum number of species
MNR = maximum number of reactions
MNP = maximum number of mesh points
53
-------
TABLE 5.4
DIMENSION CHANGES REQUIRED TO ADD MORE SPACE MESH POINTS
Array
RATE
CONIN
DFINIT
ZEE
TRACIN
SCALDF
CONUP
CONEW
PPHM
WORK
GZERO
AJACOB
Q
SCALE
DSCALE
DCOF
HTINV
TRIDAT
Location
COMMON/ CHEM/
COMMON /CHEM/
COMMON/SKY/
COMMON/SKY/
COMMON/ TRACER/
COMMON/TRACER/
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Main Program
Subroutine CRANK
Modification Instructions
C = MNP
C = MNP
Length = MNP + 1
Length = MNP
Length = MNP
Length = MNP + 1
C = MNP
C = MNP
C = MNP
C = MNP
C = MNP
C = MNP x MNS
C = MNP x MNS
Length = MNP
Length = MNP
Length = MNP
C = MNP + 3
Length = (4 x MNP) - 2
R - number of rows of a two-dimensional array
C = number of columns of a two-dimensional array
MNS = maximum number of species
MNR = maximum number of reactions
MNP = maximum number of mesh points
54
-------
6 BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
The two boundary conditions used in the code are fluxes. The first
boundary condition is determined by the ground fluxes, which are the
pollutant emissions from mobile and stationary sources and are computed
by subroutine EFFLUX. (See Appendix B for a detailed description of the
operation of this subprogram.) The outputs of EFFLUX are tables of flux
update times and flux values. Fluxes are computed for nitric oxide,
reactive hydrocarbon, and carbon monoxide. These tables are internally
input to the part of the program which computes the pollutant concentra-
tions. The flux update times are stored in array FLXTIM and the fluxes
are stored in array FLXIN.
The ground fluxes are updated by subroutine UPFLUX, the main program
being designed to call UPFLUX at the appropriate time. The units of the
flux depend on the units used for the species concentration. In our case
the program performs the computations in mass-fraction units, and the
fluxes are thus specified as volumetric fluxes with units of meters/minute.
Any scaling that needs to be done on the boundary conditions must be done
by UPFLUX since there is no provision for scaling in the main program. In
o
our case the fluxes are scaled by a factor of 10 in order to preserve
accuracy in the computation.
The second boundary condition consists of the flux at the upper edge
of the air parcel. This flux has been set to zero in the code because no
mass is allowed to penetrate the upper boundary of the air parcel; this
is equivalent to saying that the pollutants are trapped below the inversion
base.
55
-------
7 CONTROL OF INTEGRATION STEP SIZE
The parameters TSTMAX and TSTMIN control the size of the integra-
tion step (see Table 2.1, inputs 32 and 33). The step size is controlled by
a fractional-change criterion as follows. Let the concentration of the i^h
species at the jth mesh point at the nth step be denoted by c. . . The test
performed uses the fractional change parameter
i n+1 n i , n
= c.. -C../C..
' '
If a.. > TSTMAX for any (i,j) combination, the step size is halved for
the next integration cycle. If a.. < TSTMIN for all i and j , the
step size is doubled for the next integration cycle. For any particular
problem some experimentation is required to determine the values of TSTMAX
and TSTMIN that yield a good combination of speed and accuracy. Our exper-
ience has been that values of TSTMAX = .03 and TSTMIN = .01 work very
well for the current model.
56
-------
APPENDIX A
THE AIR TRAJECTORY MODULE
Subroutine WINDY is the main program of the air trajectory generation
module of DIFKIN. WINDY and its 15 supporting subprograms read in wind measure-
ment data, the locations of wind monitoring stations, optional conversion
factors, and case data (initial or final trajectory conditions), and cal-
culate mass point trajectories for air parcels traveling trajectories
which satisfy the case specifications and the interpolated wind data.
The resulting trajectories are passed to the flux generation module in
the form of an initial time and position and a chronological sequence of
times and wind vectors.
The input wind monitoring stations are each specified by a name and
a pair of x-y coordinates in the selected grid system (which, of course,
must be the same reference frame used in the location of pollutant sources),
Wind measurement data collected at these stations is input in the form of
wind speeds and azimuths recorded at some regular time interval. The
azimuths are recognized in an n-point meteorological system of
discrete directions (4 <_ n j<_ 99). Wind speeds, usually in miles per hour
(mph), may be accepted in any consistent units by proper specification of
an optional conversion factor. The data for a single case includes the
date and local time at the starting point, an alphanumeric station identi-
fier or x-y coordinate pair locating the starting point in grid coordi-
nates, a flag indicating either forward or backward trajectory development,
the time duration of the desired trajectory, the time increment to be used
between wind calculations, the number of neighboring measurement stations
to be considered, and a flag specifying either inverse distance or inverse
distance squared to be used in weighting multiple wind measurements. Other
inputs allow optional specification of the first wind vector used, and user
control over optional program output of the wind measurement station names
57
-------
and locations, the wind measurement data, and augmented trajectory out-
put giving the names of the measurement stations used to calculate each
wind vector.
Standard output from the module consists of a display of the module
inputs with explanatory notes. Normal output of the trajectory nodes and
wind vectors is supplied by the flux generation module following identi-
fication of the grid square indices associated with each node (see
Appendix B).
On its initial call WINDY performs certain input and initialization
procedures on a one-time-only basis. First, subroutine SETIN is called
to initialize the names and locations of the wind measurement stations,
and the minimum and maximum radii of influence of the wind station
measurements. As configured for Los Angeles, SETIN contains the station
names and x-y coordinates for the 51 wind stations listed in Table A.I.
The names are stored as six-character Hollerith strings. The x-y coor-
dinates have their origin (0, 0) at 118° 38' 20" west longitude, 33° 34' 2.5"
north latitude with x and y being measured in statute miles east and
north respectively. Examples of the correspondence between 16- and
36-point meteorological wind systems typical of measurement data and a
standard compass system (azimuth in degrees clockwise from north) are
shown in Table A. 2. Upon return from SETIN, WINDY reads two flags indi-
cating whether the user desires printouts of the wind station locations
and/or the wind measurement data. Wind station names and coordinates
are printed once preceding the first case, if requested. WINDY then calls
subroutine WINDRD to read, and if desired print, the wind measurements
(there, too, printing is only done once prior to execution of the first
case).
Wind data consist of two cards per station per day, the first of
which contains date and identification data in columns 1-32 and 24 hourly-
averaged digital wind vector azimuths in columns 33-80. The second
58
-------
TABLE A.I
WIND STATIONS AND THEIR COORDINATES
l 07QO COMM PROGSA* TEST
STATIONS
1CA>
60AZU
69BUH-K
71WEST
721QNB
^. j, LJ t c r\
f H ™ C, •* ' *
7bi.ENX
79PASA
80WHTP
2UQH
•JLAX
<*NTH
5Bl'K
60N;T
7BURK
8PM[)
9WRST
10LAC4
1 I.VE'i
1 2PASA
1 .3COM A
1 4EL.M
) 5WB
16RVA
17MISH
J8LONW
19CPK
?OAZU
21Wf,sn
22WUTT
?3ENG
?4WHTR
?5MAtr
26 KK I
27NFW
2BPOMA
29HOL
30FOX
31PIC
32VPH
33SAU
34RLA
35SM
36BKT
37MOR
38NP
39SP
40MMS
41ZUM
42COMi^
23 .14
4 1 . 03
18.36
11*9*
25. 7^
SO*fU
I5.4«i
29*49
35. -2'S
28, IH
14.46
33.63
1 7 . U
56.8^
19.03
3?» 8?
12.14
25 .01
9.4^
29.3V
23.00
35.3?
14.15
30.93
10.25
26 .23
2«3»
41*42
6.83
45.^5
fi.5«»
35.3?
-3.11
J5.6S
6.53
51 .36
18. IS
t4 .^5
15.77
24.28
4.39
28< 1 ?
8.42
49.71
10.61
42.57
22. 2f,
33.90
-11. U
26.56
32. 9f
39.29
41.98
32.67
17.64
34.72
P5.07
39.3?
24.64
I 7.bO
?6«2Q
] S.h?
43.^6
36.58
<»2»40
73.54
32.98
4 u , 8 0
29.6?
•*9.40
??.54
35.6^
19.24
2
-------
TABLE A.2
THE DIGITAL WIND AZIMUTH SYSTEM
North East South West
Compass Heading
of Wind Vector 0°
Point No.
(16 point
Point No.
(36 point
Q
system)
18
system)
90°
12
27
180°
16
36
270°
4
9
card contains date and identification data in columns 1-32 and wind velo-
cities in columns 33-80 which correspond to the azimuths on the first
card. The wind velocities are also hourly averages. The 24 values of
azimuth and velocity are associated with a 24-hour clock, the zeroth hour
corresponding with the first data entry, the first hour with the second
data entry, etc. Reading of wind data is terminated upon recognition of
a card containing 9's in columns 1-6. Provision has been made to read
wind data for up to ten different dates. Each date is placed on its own
scratch file for later use. In this way, when a date match is made, only
a comparatively small file of data need be searched to retrieve any
particular piece of data.
Next, WINDY reads a conversion factor to be used in converting the
wind speeds reported by the measurement stations to miles per hour (mph)
for internal use. (Thus, if the measurements are in knots, then the
conversion factor should be 0.869.) Should the conversion factor be left
blank, the program will assume a value of 1.0. This latter option is
appropriate to the Los Angeles wind station data which is reported in mph.
60
-------
To complete its initialization procedure, WINDY reads a flag indicating
whether or not printing of augmented trajectory generation data is desired.
The main feature of the extra output is identification of the wind measure-
ment stations used to calculate each wind vector. This concludes the
"first-case-only" input and initialization procedures performed by WINDY.
Finally, the case data enumerated earlier are read in to initiate
calculation of a specific air trajectory. A detailed description of all
input parameters and card formats may be found in Sec. 2.2 of this manual.
Certain internal checks are provided in WINDY to back up the allowed input
alternatives. Thus, while starting coordinates must be provided if the
station name is left blank, these input coordinates are checked against
the known station coordinates to provide appropriate station identifica-
tion if possible. Similarly, if a station name is input, the starting
coordinates may be omitted, provided the wind really originates (or termi-
nates) at that station. If coordinates are omitted, the coordinates asso-
ciated with the station's name are used. Given both, station identifica-
tion and starting coordinates, neither are ever replaced or checked for
internal consistency; the trajectory is started at the given coordinate
point using wind data from the named station, if available.
Figure A.I is a sample of the input display provided by WINDY
following interpretation and checking of the case data.
AIR TRAJECTORY CALCULATION DATA
STAPT CJATE AND LOCAL TIME AT INITIAL POINT f,90t»2(' 2000 HRS (DAYLIGHT TIME)
LOCATION OF INITIAL POINT ?*>.5f> 3o.?'» UJCOMM MEASUREMENT STATION)
PRESCRIBED STARTING AZIMUTH CND VELOCITY (OPTIONAL)
DIRECTION OF TRAJECTORY DEVELOPMENT FORWARD
DESIRED TRAJECTORY DURATION 8.0 HRS
TRAJECTORY SEGMENT LENGTH l.n HRS
WIND MEASUREMENT INTERPOLATION SCHEME 3 CLOSEST STATIONS WITH I/R WEIGHTING
Figure A.I. Input Verification Display from Subroutine WINDY
61
-------
In its simplest form, the method used by WINDY to obtain a wind
vector at some given point and time consists of constructing a weighted
average of the wind speed and azimuth measurements recorded at up to 3
neighboring wind stations. However, the application of this method in
practical situations requires introduction of some additional procedures
and rules to avoid various pitfalls. In particular, procedures are needed
to deal with incomplete measurement records, stations supplying conflict-
ing information from the same relative azimuth, stations screened from
the trajectory node by natural barriers, and stations very near to or
very remote from a node. To clarify further discussion of forward and
backward trajectory development, we list here the definitions of seven
terms closely related to these supplementary rules and procedures.
(Where appropriate the name of the subroutine performing the function is
also noted.)
1. DATA INTERPOLATION OR EXTRAPOLATION: Maximum data gaps which will
be filled are two adjacent missing points embedded in or on
the end of a one-day record. These gaps can only be filled
(by linear interpolation or extrapolation) if the two adja-
cent points on one side or the other are non-zero. (Sub-
routine EXTRP).
2. DATA AVAILABILITY: Data may be unavailable for several reasons;
because the desired station shows no record on the desired
date, because the appropriate day and station record con-
tains gaps which preclude interpolation or extrapolation,
or because the requested date is not one for which measure-
ments have been provided.
3. ANGLE TEST: Data will not be accepted from two stations lying
within 2° azimuth of each other as seen from the trajectory
node being considered. (Subroutine ANGTST)
4. BARRIER TEST: Data will only be accepted from stations which can
be connected to the trajectory node by a straight line which
does not intersect any of the input barrier line segments.
(Subroutine BARIER)
62
-------
5. VALID DATA: To be valid, a wind measurement must be available, and
satisfy the angle exclusion and barrier tests. (See rules 2,
3, 4).
6. CLOSE STATIONS: Given a time and location for which a wind vector
is desired: If the nearest station for which valid data are
available is less than 1 mile away, only its measurement will
be used. Only those stations within 15 miles distance and
having valid data will be considered, in order of increasing
distance, in the search for the desired number of close
measurement sites.
7- EDGE TEST: An air trajectory may be terminated early if its path
takes it beyond the edge of the coordinate grid. In the case
of a reverse trajectory which backs off the edge of the grid,
the initial point of the trajectory passed to the flux gener-
ation module will be the last node calculated to be inside
the grid. (Subroutine EDGE)
Having established this background of terms, we are ready to des-
cribe the calculation sequences for forward and reverse trajectory develop-
ment. Forward trajectory development consists of cyclic execution of the
following steps:
1) Search the measurement records of the wind stations (using
the appropriate date and the current time) in order of increasing distance
from the trajectory point until the desired number of close stations hav-
ing valid data are found, or until the maximum radius of influence is
reached. These operations are accomplished in subroutine GETAZV. Lacking
any close stations, trajectory calculations will be terminated.
2) Combine the n speed/angle measurement pairs found into an
average speed and angle using
63
-------
-z
t fe)
1=1
where i = wind station index
n = number of close stations to be used
(1 _<_ n <_ 3, as specified by the user)
k = 1 or 2 as specified by the user
R. = distance from trajectory point to ith wind station
S. = speed or angle measurement from ith wind station
S = weighted average speed or angle
This calculation is performed in subroutine AZVDIS.
3) Integrate the trajectory one time step using Euler's method
(i.e., using the current position and velocity to extrapolate the trajec-
tory to the next node in a single step).
4) Unless the trajectory is complete, and provided the barrier
and edge tests permit, start again at step (1) using the date and time
for the new node.
Reverse trajectory development is somewhat more complicated, but
does utilize many of the calculations needed in the forward case. Reverse
trajectories are calculated in the following manner:
1) Search the measurement records using the current trajectory
point, but the date and time which will be appropriate at the next node
(that being one time step earlier).
2) Combine the measurements.
64
-------
3) Extrapolate the trajectory back one time step using the cur-
rent position and the velocity calculated for one time step earlier, to
obtain an estimate of the next earlier node position (see Fig. A.2a).
4) Using the estimated node position, search the station records
/
with the same date and time for a new set of close station data.
5) Combine the measurements.
6) Starting from the reference node, reestimate the position of
the next earlier node by extrapolating back one time step with the new
wind vector (see Fig. A.2b).
7) Repeat steps 4), 5), and 6) as desired (program currently
does 3 iterations; see Fig. A.2c).
8) Barrier and edge tests permitting, establish the last estimate
of the next earlier node as the new reference node.
9) Record the last calculated wind vector with the time appro-
priate to the new node.
10) Return to step 1), unless the desired trajectory has been
completed.
When a reverse trajectory has been completed, WINDY reorders the table
of times and wind vectors, placing them in chronological order and records
the final calculated point as the trajectory start point.
Figure A. 3 illustrates a sample of the optional extra printout of
trajectory data. From left to right, the columns contain the local times
and dates at the trajectory nodes and their x and y coordinates in
statute miles, the local times and dates correponding to the wind data
used, the calculated wind speed in miles per hour, and direction in
degrees counter-clockwise from East, and abbreviated names of the
65
-------
A) INITIAL ESTIMATE
20-
3— OREF.
B) FIRST ITERATION
C) SECOND ITERATION
Figure A. 2. Reverse Trajectory Development
66
-------
1900
2000
2100
2?00
2300
?»00
100
200
300
690929
69Q939
69fl929
690929
690929
69Q929
690930
690930
690930
26.56
29.39
30.64
30.70
31.79
33.32
29.29
26.69
26.06
.10
33
36
35
34
35
3*
34
33
.29
.12
.49
.24
.11
.39
.8?
.20
.14
1900
2000
2100
2200
2100
2400
100
'00
TOO
690929
690929
690929
690929
690929
690929
690930
690930
690930
4.00
3.60
1.26
1.56
2.00
4.07
2.6R
1.23
2.3S
45.00
69.65
272.94
314,00
39. «5
188.05
193.50
238.9?
199.05
42CO
4?CO
12PA
12PA
14EL
14EL
12PA
1CA
42CO
16RV
14EL
14EL
12PA
12PA
42CO
42CO
1CA
32VE
42CO
42CO
16RV
16RV
14EL
32VF
32VE
Figure A.3. Optional Extra Trajectory Output
measurement stations which contributed data to the calculation of the
wind vectors. The separate lists of times and dates can prove useful when
examining reverse trajectories where the wind data used are not associated
with the initial node times but rather with the final node times on each
segment.
Figure A.4 provides a fairly detailed flow chart of the trajectory
calculation portion of subroutine WINDY, showing that many sections of
the code are used for both forward and reverse trajectories. Readers
interested in program details will find the flow chart a useful guide
to the FORTRAN code.
Details of subroutine functions and usage may be found in Appendix E
of this manual.
67
-------
READ OPTIONAL
PRINT FLAGS
READ WIND STATION
NAMES AND COORDINATES.
PRINT IF DESIRED
READ WIND MEASUREMENT
DATA. PRINT IF DESIRED
READ WIND SPEED
CONVERSION FACTOR
READ ONE SET OF
CASE. DATA
SUPPLY STATION NAME
OR COORDINATES AS
NEEDED
PRINT CASE DATA
SET "OLD" DATE/TIME
AND "NEW" DATE/TIME
TO START DATE/TIME
INCREMENT "NEW"
DATE/TIME TO NEXT
EARLIER STEP
WAS
THE INITIAL
WIND VECTOR
SPECIFIED
RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT
RECORD(S) FROM CLOSE
STATION(S) HAVING VALID
DATA FOR NEW DATE/TIME
DECREMENT
NODE COUNT
BY 1
AZVDIS
COMBINE MEASUREMENTS
ACCORDING TO PRESCRIBED
WEIGHTING RULE TO
PROVIDE AN ESTIMATED
WIND VECTOR
PRINT DIAGNOSTIC
MESSAGE "THERE ARE
NO CLOSE POINTS"
190
NODE COUNT = 1
STORE INITIAL
NODE COORDINATES
TRAJECTORY SEGMENT
COUNT = 0
REVERSE
STORE FIRST NODE
("OLD") DATE/TIME
FORWARD
200
\
INCREMENT
TRAJECTORY
SEGMENT
COUNT BY 1
SET NODE
COUNT 2
FORWARD
SET "OLD" DATE/TIME
= "NEW" DATE/TIME
STORE "OLD" NODE TIME,
WIND SPEED, AND WIND
ANGLE FOR THIS NODE
USE WIND VECTOR AND
TIME INCREMENT TO
COMPUTE TRIAL POSITION
FOR NEXT NODE
(FIG. A.4b)
Figure A.4a. WINDY Flow Chart
68
-------
INCREMENT NEW DATE/TIME
TO NEXT STEP
FORWARD
SET "OLD" DATE/TIME
"NEW" DATE/TIME
RETRIEVE MEASUREMENTS
RECORD(S) FROM CLOSE
STATION(S) HAVING VALID
DATA FOR "NEW" DATE/TIME
180 (FIG. A.4a)
YES
COMBINE MEASUREMENTS
ACCORDING TO PRESCRIBED
WEIGHTING RULE TO
PROVIDE AN ESTIMATED
WIND VECTOR
(FIG. A.4a)
Figure A.4b (Cont.)
69
-------
REVERSE TRAJECTORY ITERATIONS
[ 250 1
CONCLUSION OF SUBROUTINE WINDY
(FIG. A.4a)
ADVANCE ITERATION
COUNTER BY 1
STORE NUMBER OF
TRAJECTORY NODES
FORWARD
REVERSE THE ORDER
OF THE TIME, VELOCITY,
AND ANGLE LISTS
USE WIND VECTOR AND TIME
INCREMENT TO COMPUTE
TRIAL POSITION FOR NEXT
EARLIER NODE
WOULD
NEW TRAJECTORY
SEGMENT CROSS A
BARRIER
STORE COORDINATES OF
LAST COMPUTED NODE
AS TRAJECTORY START
POINT
(FIG. A.4b)
C RETURN J
RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT
RECORD(S) FROM CLOSE
STATION(S) HAVING VALID
DATA FOR "NEW" DATE/TIME
ARE
THERE
ANY CLOSE
STATIONS
i
COMBINE MEASUREMENTS
ACCORDING TO PRESCRIBED
WEIGHTING RULE TO
PROVIDE AN ESTIMATED
WIND VECTOR
Figure A.4c (Cont.)
70
-------
APPENDIX B
THE FLUX GENERATION MODULE
Subroutine EFFLUX is the main program of the pollutant flux generation
module of DIFKIN. EFFLUX and its 16 supporting subprograms comprise an
automated form of the emissions model developed by Systems Applications,
3 4
Inc. (SAI) ' for application to the Los Angeles area. As developed by
SAI, the model aggregates emissions of nitric oxide (NO), reactive hydro-
carbons (HC), and carbon monoxide (CO) into 2x2 mile squares over a grid
of 625 squares encompassing most of the Los Angeles Basin and environs.
However, as coded, all of the numerical aspects of the model
(grid location, grid cell dimensions, emissions data, etc.) are
easily altered for other regional applications. Stationary-source
emissions, in kg/hr of each species for each grid square,'are specified
separately for power plants and oil refineries, and are aggregated for
distributed stationary sources (e.g., gasoline marketing, dry cleaning,
solvent coating, etc.). Vehicular emissions in each grid square are
functions of surface street and freeway vehicle miles traveled (VMT),
times of day (with separate time distributions for surface streets and
freeways), and average vehicle speed, itself a function of location and
time. A correction factor to distribute morning cold-start emissions is
also modeled. As implemented in the GRC model, all of the SAI baseline
*
data, circa 1968, is included in the program with input multipliers
available to scale each species emission source, allowing simulation of
control effects, population growth, etc.
The output of the source emissions module is a schedule of pollutant
fluxes into the air parcel, prepared by computing the time of entrance
of the air parcel trajectory into each grid square traversed as it moves
across the region, and summing up the contributions for each species as
a function of the time and the grid location.
*
With the exception of the aircraft emissions data.
71
-------
The initialization data required for the emissions model is rather
voluminous and hence, the most efficient form of data storage and input
would probably make use of some form of permanent data file (e.g., tape,
disc or drum). However, since the availability and usage of these
peripheral devices varies from one computer installation to another,
the program is configured to be self-contained for ease in site-to-site
transfer. To avoid the necessity of repeated reading of large input card
decks, most of the emissions data are initialized in standard FORTRAN
BLOCK DATA subprograms using DATA statements to set parameters stored
in labeled COMMON blocks. Tables B.I and B.2 list the parameters initialized
in this fashion separating them into vehicular emissions data in Table B.I
and stationary source emissions data in Table B.2. In addition, initiali-
zation of grid location and dimension parameters is also accomplished
via DATA statements in a BLOCK DATA program.
The trajectory of the air parcel across the source grid is provided
to EFFLUX as a starting time and location (in grid coordinates) and a
chronological sequence of standard times, wind speeds (in miles per hour),
and wind angles (in radians counterclockwise from east). These data enter
via two labeled COMMON blocks and may be calculated by the Air Trajectory
module (see Appendix A) or read from cards by the main program, DIFKIN.
The reading and scaling of case data peculiar to the flux generation
module is accomplished in subroutine SETUP. Wind speeds are converted
to miles per minute and times to minutes from the initial time for
internal calculations. Using the latitude and longitude of the grid
center and the grid dimensions specified by BLOCK DATA, SETUP locates the
latitudes and longitudes of the origin of the grid coordinates and of the
trajectory start point, and prints a reference table giving latitude,
longitude, x-y coordinates in statute miles, and grid square indices of
the grid center, the grid origin and the trajectory start point. SETUP
also initializes the boundaries and grid lines for a printer-plot of the
air trajectory.
72
-------
TABLE B.I
VEHICULAR EMISSIONS DATA
Parameter
Freeway VMT
Surface Street VMT
Fraction of Total Daily
Freeway VMT
Fraction of Total Daily
Surface Street VMT
Off Peak Average Speed
on Freeways
Peak Traffic Average Speeds
FORTRAN SAI '
Variable Symbol Units
FFWY M kmi
FSRF MS kmi
TFWY f
TSRF ds
VBAR V mph
FSLOW V mph
Resolution
each grid square
each grid square
each hour
each hour
all hours except
6:00-10:00 AM
each grid square,
Los
Data
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Angeles
Reference
3, page A-10
3, page A-ll
3, pages A-12
3, pages A-12
4, page 3
4, pages 6-9
,13
,13
on Freeways (Slow Direction)
Peak Traffic Average Speeds
on Freeways (Fast Direction)
Peak Traffic Volume Ratio
on Freeways (Slow/Fast)
Fraction of Vehicle Starts
which are Cold Starts
Correction Factor to Account
for Emissions following
Cold Starts
Exponent for Emissions vs
Speed Correlation
Hot-Running Emission Factors
Cold-Start Cycle Emission
Factors
Linear Coefficient
for Emissions vs
Speed Correlation
mph
grams
mile
grams
mile
each hour between
6:00 AM and 10:00 AM
each grid square,
each hour between
6:00 AM and 10:00 AM
each grid square,
each hour between
6:00 AM and 10:00 AM
in 8 time periods
over 24 hours
each species, 1.0
before 6:00 AM and
after 9:20 AM, func-
tion in 19 linear
segments between
6:00 and 9:20 AM,
surface streets only
each species,
freeways only
each species
each species
each species,
freeways only
Ref. 4, pages 10-13
Ref. 4, pages 14-17
Ref. 4, pages 2, 35
See text and Ref. 4
See text and Ref. 4,
pages 23-25
Case Input Data for
appropriate year
(See Ref. 4, page 1)
Case Input Data for
appropriate year
(See Ref. 4, page 1)
Ref. 10, page 3.1.1-8
73
-------
TABLE B.2
STATIONARY SOURCE EMISSIONS DATA
Parameter
Power Plant NO Emissions
X
Oil Refinery NO Emissions
Oil Refinery Reactive HC
Emissions
Distributed Source NO
Emissions
Distributed Source Reactive
HC Emissions
Fraction of Total Daily
Power Plant Emissions
Fraction of Total Daily
Oil Refinery Emissions
Fraction of Total Daily
FORTRAN
Variable Symbol
FPPN02 QP
FORN02 Q°
FORHCR Q°
FXN02 Q!?
FXHCR Qd
2
TPPL dp
TMSC d°
TMSC dd
Units Resolution
kg/hr daily average
each square
kg/hr daily average
each grid square
kg/hr daily average
each grid square
kg/hr each grid square
6:00 AM-6:00 PM average
kg/hr each grid square
6:00 AM-6:00 PM average
each hour
each hour
each hour
Los Angeles
Data Reference
Ref.
Ref .
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
3, pages A-54 to A-58
5,
3, page A-61
3, page A-62
6 , pages 2-4
3, page A-75
3, page A-78
6 , pages 2—4
5
3
3
Distributed Source Emissions
-------
SETUP then reads two sets of gram-per-mile vehicle emission factors
for each pollutant species, one set for hot-start emissions, and a second
set which include the effects of a single cold-start. These vehicle
emission factors must represent the average emissions for the desired
vehicle population as combined from model year test data under some
test driving cycle, or from emission standards. The weighted average
emission factors used would typically be derived from a distribution of
vehicle population and usage with age, and might also include emissions
from heavy duty vehicles as well. Emissions measured under the 1972
Federal Driving Cycle (FDC) include cold-start effects but it is not
always possible to fabricate the corresponding hot-running emission
factors. Lacking both sets of data, the user may input the available
set for both types, thereby eliminating the effects of temporal and
geographical distribution of cold-start emissions. The error thus
Q
committed has been shown to be small on a relative basis.
The technique used in the SAI model to accomplish the temporal
distribution of morning cold-start emissions is mathematically rather
involved and the reader should consult Ref. 4 for a discussion of the
method used to derive the correction factors for HC and CO emissions.
(As yet, no correction factor has been derived for NO emissions.)
X
Once calculated, the curves have the form shown in Fig. B.I. Unfortunately,
some of the data used in Ref. 4 was numerically incorrect so the actual
correction factors used in the program were calculated by GRC using
corrected data.
Internally, the program will use hot-start emissions adjusted to
account for average speed to calculate emissions from freeway vehicles.
Hence, SETUP initializes the value of the driving cycle average speed
(VFDC) and three curve fit constants which define the emissions vs
speed relationship. For the 1972 Federal Cycle, VFDC = 19.6. The
emissions vs -average speed relationships used for HC and CO emissions
Q
are based on the work of Rose, et al. The relationship used for NO
75
-------
1.10 r-
EC Emissions Adjustment for Morning Cold Starts
76
-------
has been estimated more recently by EPA in Ref. 10.
Finally, SETUP reads in a series of adjustment factors which are
included to permit individual and combined scaling of the various portions
of the source emissions data base, allowing simulation of population
growth, projected emissions control regulations, etc. With these factors,
the user can adjust vehicular emissions as a class and stationary emissions
as a class, and he can adjust individual species emissions from freeway
vehicles, surface street vehicles, power plants, oil refineries, and
distributed stationary sources.
Following initialization by SETUP, EFFLUX traces the air trajectory
through the grid, tabulating the time and position coordinates of each
grid line crossing, and the indices of the grid square being entered.
EFFLUX also tabulates the coordinates and grid square indices at each
node, and enters each node as a data point on the printer-plot. The
trajectory nodes are marked on the printer-plot as an alphabetic sequence
of letters. (Nodes which fall outside the boundaries of the plot are not
shown.) When the trajectory tracing has been completed, EFFLUX prints
a table containing the plotted symbols, the node times, the grid square
indices and coordinates of each node, and the wind speed and direction
used to get to the next point. Next the printer-plot of the trajectory
nodes is output, and then a table of grid line crossing times, coordinates
and grid square indices identifying the square being entered is printed.
Samples of these outputs are shown in Sec. 3 of this manual.
Having completed these preliminary calculations which define some
of the times and places at which fluxes or trajectory conditions change,
EFFLUX combines this information with other internally tabulated times
at which changes in temporal distribution factors occur. These include
the times at which traffic and stationary source time distribution
functions change and time points in the functions which describe the
distribution of cold starts. All of these times at which pollutant
77
-------
fluxes may be altered for one reason or another are assembled into a
single schedule of times and locations for which new fluxes will be
calculated.
EFFLUX now calls subroutine FLXDAT to calculate the total emissions
of NO, HC and CO for each time in the flux change schedule. For each
time in the schedule, FLXDAT makes the following calculations (symbol
definitions may be found in Tables B.I, B.2, and B.3):
- Check point source tables for power plant or oil refinery
emissions in square I, J
- Calculate stationary source emissions in kg/hr
STNO = F2.24.C4-(F9-dP.qP + F1Q.d°.Q° + F^-d^qJ)
STHCR = F..24.(F11.d°.Q? + F.,.dd.Q!j)
2. 11 2. lj 2
STCO = 0
- Calculate vehicular source emissions in kg/hr
Q±(t) = y(t) • qj + [1 - y(t)] • qj for i = 1,2,3 /Sramsl
E?(t) = Q (t) • ds . MS(I,J) • 3.(t) for i = 1,2,3
-L 1 X- 1
= df • Mf(I,J)
f 1 + x(I,J,t)
n = n • x(I,J,t)
r- ibi
Pi = ai ' [vf(I'J»t)J + c± • Vf(I,J,t) for i = 1,2,3
q.=a. - [v8(I,J,t)]bl + Cl - Va(I,J,t) for 1-1,2,3 (gff)
vfr + \ - j. /1— \
±( ' ~ nf ' pi + ns ' qi for i = 1,2,3
r
VHNO =
.
78
-------
TABLE B.3
SYMBOL DEFINITIONS
2
A = Ax-Ay = area of a grid square (mi )
= 2.58999 x io6
= 1 kg-min
2 60pA C meter-hr
C0 = 907.185
3 ton
= ^0 _ Molecular Wt of NO
4 46 Molecular Wt of NC>2
C_ = 0.704 = assumed fraction of exhaust HC which is reactive
p = 1.178 kg/m = air density at sea level, 80°F
F = vehicular source emissions scale factor
F- = stationary source emissions scale factor
F = NO emissions scale factor for freeway vehicles
J X
F, = HC emissions scale factor for freeway vehicles
F = CO emissions scale factor for freeway vehicles
F, = NO emissions scale factor for surface street vehicles
D X
F = HC emissions scale factor for surface street vehicles
F_ = CO emissions scale factor for surface street vehicles
o
F = NO emissions scale factor for power plants
y x
F = NO emissions scale factor for oil refineries
-LU X
F = HC emissions scale factor for oil refineries
F = NO emissions scale factor for area stationary sources
F - = HC emissions scale factor for area stationary sources
I = x-index of current grid square
J = y index of current grid square
t = current local time
i = species index; 1 = NO , 2 = HC, 3 =- CO
a. = speed factor constant initialized in SETUP for each species
\-b.
^ c. •VFDC|'(vFDC) X
79
-------
/ kg \
\
= F. . (F • E*(t) + F • E^(t)) (
± o J J J \
VHHCR = FI • C5 . (Fy • E^Ct) + F4 • E2(t)) hr
VHCO =
- Calculate total source emissions in square I,J at time t in units
of meters per minute for use by DIFKIN
ENO = C2 • (STNO + VHNO) (mfn)
(V
-T- )
mm f
ECO = C • (STCO + VHCO) (
As it calculates the source fluxes, FLXDAT prints a table of vehicular
and stationary source emissions in kg/hr for each time in the schedule.
An example of this table may be found in Sec. 3 of this manual. The
final flux schedule delivered to the chemical module is in m/min and is
transmitted via a labeled COMMON block which has a capacity of 500
times.
80
-------
APPENDIX C
LISTING OF INPUT DECK PRODUCED BY SUBROUTINE PREDAT
81
-------
CO
NO
I M A fi t ^ i | F : i f. T .1 - C
•51
61
71
LPH\<
1
?
3
<*
S
6
7
H
4
1 li
C A P. f)
1 )
12
13
1*
15
16
17
18
19
20
CARD
21
2?
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
CAPO
31
32
33
30
3S
36
37
38
39
40
riFMN SAMPLE *UN - COMPUTE TP.AJECTOPY, FLUXES. AND CONCENTHAT IONS
IS TrtAJFCTOrJY liMPUl EXTERNALLY NO
3 we. FLUXES 1 MPUT L>.TEPNALLY M)
CO'lPIjTt SPECIE" PUNCH TP.AJFC10PY YtS NO
PKiNT STATION COOR[)S, «IND DATA NO UO
^9 411 1*£LM EL MONTE 14WD 16PT121J14 6 710 5 51011 91010101111111010101010 911
69 911 14EL* EL MONTE 15l»S MPH 432-32122324677 91010 8765442
^9 9u *2COMMCOMME«Ct 14WD 16PT 7 7 910 7344 61 21 1 1 1 1 1 lifl?121 1 12131 313121 J12
«,9 '»11
^9091 1
1
^90911
* 9 n 9 1 ]
1^9091 1
^9n9i i
690911
690911
690911
690911
ft9Q9H
*909H
1
f-90^11
69u9ll
690911
690911
690911
690911
690911
69C911
*90911
6909H
1
6909)1
690911
6909] 1
690911
690911
69091 1
69n M 1
6 1 !J ••) \ 1
f-9091 I
*9,)9l 1
•*2CO"1MCOMMEKrE 15*S MPh 5 4 3 ? 3 2'3 33456889 91010 977753
3LAX LA INT 13W14WO Ib^T 7 4 8 h 8 4 115 9121112111112121212121112101212
11 21 31 41 51 61 71
3LAX LA PMT 13W15WS MHH 265533366 712 912 910 913131412 9776
5BUH HANK i*iwi4*0 16PT 4 4 141* 355346643865544667
5«UW dAMU <»1W151«S MPH 221221363655 612 6767655535
?LGB EACH 21W14WD 16PT 849 212 9497 112 8101113121212141314131512
2LG9 EACH 21W15WS MPh 7515515355 31010 7 712 9 910 89799
4NTB LSALMT 14WO 16PT 5 10 9 91011 9 9101314141414
4NTB LSALMT J5WS MPH 311 1 1111111886289767623
1CAP IJ^TNLA 75W14WD 16PT 644 216 8 8 6101010101010101010121212101210 8
1CAP ONTNLA 75W15*S MPH 3J?333334'i5t87H7Sa666442
36BKT dKCKTT 94W1440 HPT]41212 4 4 12121212121212 4
It ?1 31 41 51 61 71
36HKT iJPCKTT 94W15WS MPH 31412 78764322
30FOX FOXf-LU 98W14WO 1&PT12121312 216 51212 4 9101211 9 8 910101112121213
30FOX FOXFLU 98W15*S MPh 44554 232317 6121416181510 8 6 610 6
29HOL LYWOOU 27W14WD 8PT 88284 41210101210101010101010 810 810 81010
?9HOL I_Y«OOD 27W15WS MPH 111121122222222111111111
3bNP .MWPHTB 14WD HPT]0 12121212121213131313
38IMP 'MwPHTb 15WS MPH 3 3544456545
31PR' PICO 14WQ HPTlO 64^2 2161410 0101012 8101010 810101010 610
31PIC ^ICU 15WS MPH 111111111111121111211111
34RLA RCdOLA 22W14WD 8PT 6 6 6121210 61010141010 8 810101010101010101010
11 21 31 41 51 61 71
3tHLA HCHOLA 22K15WS MPH 1451111111112288 H1010 94861
33SAU S4UGUS 9H«14WIJ 8PT 46660664 41O1212 8888 810101014 666
33SAU S«JGUS 91W15*S MPH 111121111122 214 9863111111
32VFS VERNON 34W14WD 8PT 2228 81010 6 6101012 810 81010101012101010
32Vfc» VERNON 34W15WS MPH 12111112222266 779537574
?2»NTT*LNUT lubW14WO 1 6P f 5 5Ulh 1 9 51111121110 7111110 88778873
2?WNTT«ILNHT 106W15iVS MPH 3222222234464566B6544222
9WFSTLA 102W14WD 16PT i 3 41010 9 91110 9 9 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Olil 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 997
9WFSTLA 1C2W15WS MPH 111111111234444343221111
24WHTRITTIF.HU*W14WI) i6PT 6 7i?l5lbl3 71216)612 8 9i 21 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 313131 313
INPUT NO. (TABLE 2.1)
1
2
3
4
5
6
-------
T ,1 -(. «.
1 1
?1
31
41
51
6]
71
INPUT NO. (TABLE 2.1)
00
C-'iP'1
41
4?
43
44
45
46
47
/• A
4 "
49
S"
C A PO
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
Sri
S9
6"
CAPO
6)
6?
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
1 n
' U
CAPO
71
7?
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
Hi)
h 9 0 9 1 1
'-->J9H
6'-»C9l 1
<-9n9] 1
fr009) 1
690911
^90911
69091 1
69P-M ]
fcUQJ] 1
1
fc9u9i ]
•"91)9] 1
69,l9l 1
6 9 0 9 1 1
6909n
6909U
69o9l)
6909ll
^9r,9l 1
6909U
1
690 4\ 1
f-Ol,)} 1
*-9r? 9ii
690911
690911
69P91 1
690'M 1
690911
6909) )
690^1 1
1
69091 1
fc9Q9l 1
^9D9U
69Q911
690911
f- 9 9 ;j 9
^9 9? 9
A 9 9J9
fr9 J?9
69rr->29
?4<"H i KlTT ItW
)?PASAOE JA
1 ^Pib VJE'JA
1 1 ^ M H.E
1 1 V e 'J ICE
16HVA *
-------
IMAI-.ES
'. T u -( Ai?9
691 V9
69o929
690929
690929
690929
6909P9
f- 9 U 9 2 9
690929
1
690929
6909?9
690^29
69(1929
69Q929
69Q929
690929
690929
690929
690929
1
690929
fr9()929
690929
690929
690929
69Q929
690929
690929
690929
69Q929
1
690929
f,q ,)929
690929
690^29
6 9 u 9 2 9
^9o929
1 \
3L Ax
SHU«
SHU-
,JLCit-l
21 m
4NTB
4NTB
60MT
60i\i r
8PMQ
1 1
HPMQ
1CAP
1CAP
368KT
36BKT
30FOX
30FOX
29HOL
29HOL
38NP
11
38NP
31PIC
31PIC
34RLA
34RLA
33SAU
"3 "a C A 1 1
33 b«U
32^EP-
22*NT7
11
22*NTT
9*f"ST
LA JNT
BANK
•JA'MK
EACH
EACH
LSALMT
LSALMT
4k] 0
4WIO
ALE
ALE
ONTNLA
ONT.xlLA
^^iC^T T
BWCKTT
KOXFLU
FOXFLD
LYWOOD
Lrwooo
IMwPklH
i^PrtTB
PICO
PICO
rtCHOLA
KCHOLA
SAUGUS
C A i I/' . 1 1:
3** Ut5Uo
VEkNON
VE^NOI'J
•VLNUT
WI.MUT
LA
9WFSTLA
24*
-------
1 ]
bl
71
INPUT NO. (TABLE 2.1)
00
Ui
L » « 1 )
12?
1 ?3
?4
25
?6
27
?8
1 29
130
CAPO
131
) 3?
1 33
1 34
135
136
137
13*
139
1 40
C A P I)
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
1 44
150
C A R 1 1
JS2
153
154
155
1 5b
157
1 58
159
1 6'i
690929
ft9()929
F, go 92 9
«• ') ;i ^ 2 9
ft 9 1929
«,9Q JJ>9
ft909?9
ft90929
A Q Ti 9 ? 9
I^VA*
2 1 H f- 3 ; j
1 1jH(-
IbPi1
?7Mt W
?7ME »
*PT
MPH
2 1 1
9 9lo
223
a 8121
1 4 ?
2
4
3
2
3 2
31015
3
3
3
3 5
9 9
3 3
211246654?2
342324
1121013131413141414131312 9l5l414
1 1 1 2 4 6 8]010 9 7
511111
5 7l313l313l3]3131?12l21211 559
22333576665
41616161410 810 8888887
41
2
1141313
335
b
16PT14101214
MPH
16PT
MPH
I 1 1
1
2
11
7
31
1
2 2
113
5 7
1 1
2 1
51 61
2 1 4 61010101210 6 8
333222
888 61316
71
642111
2141313131313U131?13131213141616
3349 911141515171612 77433
9 6 H 6 6 9 714151515141211121412
11111224664
212111
81214141512161613 9 9
2 1 1
1
ft9p929 PBPO'^APO^O'JA 1 Q9^ 1 4 WO \6PTl5l4 510
ft 9 0 9 2 9
ft90??9
1
n9tJ29
ft 9 0 4 ? 9
690929
f-90929
ft9i)929
ft 9 o 9 2 9
ft 9 D9 29
ft 9 930
ft9 930
ft 9 930
J B P O M A
?o*zu
1 \
2 |A/H
A N A H fc J
ANAHtl
OHAN&t
OHAMfat
POMONA
A^USA
^/^Lisa
•i
M
err A
1 0 9 W 1 5 W S
97W14WI)
21
9 7 W 1 5 w S
14WU
15V»S
IH 14WO
cry AIH i5*s
1 A HAhrtfc
LA Hub
1 4 L L I
J 4FLM
^ ^
HL MO>J
!4lVO
1SWS
Tt 14 WO
KL MONTt 15WS
4?COiMCOMM£KCf' 14WD
MPH
16PT
31
MPH
16PT
MPH
16PT
MPh
16PT
MPH
IbPT
MPH
16PT
3 2 2
816 61
1 4 2
21412
1 1 1
41212
2 1 3
2 bio
222
3 5 H
233
5 81?
2
1
1
2
112
41
3
?
1
2
3
9
1
3
2
5
1
31
2
4 1
4 7
2 3
21111234442
111131
5 61112141413141314131314 1 3 213
22224446664
41414 4539 910 9999
4 4
212
2 2
41012
3
21
3
2
2
4
3 1
bl 61
22 t 1577 91011 9
532121
989942
71
522111
4 610121211101012121212 412121212
11122223432
2141412121111111111111
1123556b553
211111
1 910111110
321221
11210 4 91U11101 OlUlOll 1210 « 2 21215
3 2
3 3
2 2
4 4
11234565553
211111
9101011111111111010 101112121113
22488 91212 9 8
664212
6 7 8 7101111121210111110 7 6 6 7
-------
00
7 1
31
bl
6]
INPUT NO. (TABLE 2.1)
C '» N ' >
161
16?
163
1 6**
165
766
767
7b8
169
1 7n
C A HO
171
7 72
173
174
175
176
177
178
1 79
Ifln
f* ft D 11
L- f* K U
ifil
182
783
184
185
1R6
1 87
) 88
189
19n
r* A LI \ i
1^ H H 1 1
191
19?
193
194
195
196
197
1 98
1 99
Pljn
69 910
69(] J30
691931
69 J 930
690930
6 9 u 9 3 0
6^0930
690930
69o930
690930
1
690930
690930
690930
69J930
690930
690930
690930
690930
6 9 11 9 3 n
6 9 0 9 3 0
1
6 9 0 •> 3 r
690930
690930
690930
690930
69Q930
690 *30
690930
690930
690930
1
690930
69093'J
690930
690930
690930
690930
69Q930
690930
691,930
69(.'93il
4/»C'>M->
3LAX
3L*>
Sr* UK
SH,I^>
2LG3
?I-GH
4 NT 8
4^T4
bONT
17
60NT
8PMU
HPM!J
1CAP
1CAP
36RKT
368KT
3 0 F 0 X
3QFOX
29MOL
1 1
2-JHCIL
3HNP
38N"
31PIC
31PIC
•ICOMMtWC
LA INT
LA INT
H A N f^
•Hfl ~i^
t 15WS
1 3 iv 14 WO
13W1SWS
4 1 to 1 4 to D
41W15WS
MPH
16PT
2
b
MPn 3
1 bP T \ b
MPH b
21 323234bbb8l21286
7533
710 112 bll 8 rill 510111111101110 9 8 R
5 S 1 3 5 i 5 e B 3 H 9121313101
4 41313131212 b 4 4 7 7 7 7 b 4
752b22339779 9[4 9 9
fcttCH 21W14WD 16PTlbl4|?1415 564588888 81214
EACH
L s A u M r
LbALMT
AKill)
?
ARIO
ALL
ALE
OAlTiMLA
ON T NLA
8ROTT
dRCKTT
FOXFLD
FOXKLO
LYWOOD
?
LfwOOO
^WPK ru
:MXPR Iri
PICO
PICO
21W15WS
14WD
Ib'VS
b 1 W 1 4 w n
'i
61W15WS
89W14WO
h9W)5WS
75W14WD
75W15MS
94W14WD
94W15WS
MPH
16PF
MPH
IbPT
31
MPH
IbPl
MPH
IbPT
MPH
8PT
MPH
5
1
1
5
9
h
e 5 1 1 3 1 1 3 7 6 912141012 R
689 ID 9999
1111111265 8121313 7
1 7 1 Iblblb 8 912101212 121?
41 bl bl
555 5b3566 91214 1616
2 8 ft 6
-------
00
—I
C A M J
?01
20?
20 3
2(j4
20B
206
207
208
?09
?1U
CARD
211
?1?
^13
214
215
216
P 1 7
c I '
21"
?19
22"
CARD
?21
222
?23
224
225
226
2?7
228
229
230
CAPO
23]
?3?
?33
234
235
?36
?17
1
690930
f-9Q93n
6).-}V3r>
6 9 '1 9 3 o
69Q930
690930
690930
690930
690930
690930
1
690930
690930
690930
691)930
690930
690930
£. O n Q ^ rt
n 7 u ~ J U
690930
690930
690930
1
69o-*30
690930
690930
6-90930
690930
690930
690930
A 9 a 9 3 0
69Q930
690930
1
690930
h 9 0 9 3 0
690930
999 V99
1 1 21
11VFN ICE 14W15WS
16RVA RIVERA aiwi4wo
I^RVA RIVERA Bitoiv*s
,?) RFSrHtStOA) fl7W]4WD
2lwESDRESEDAlo7W15WS
15RH ROONOO 12W14WD
15RH ROONDO 12W15WS
27NFw HALL 115W14WD
27NE« HfluL 115W1"5WS
17MISHHILLS 113W14WO
11 21
17MISHHILLS 113W15WS
25MALCMALISU1J4W14WD
25xULC'vlftLiaUlo4W15WS
18LONBEACH IQl'I^WD
IHLONBEACH loMis^s
10LACANAOA 108W14WD
inl afANAOA IflAUlt^uiC
IDUHUM'lMU'H i'JO"13"'i
?6*
-------
oo
CD
S IJF
C ARH
241
242
241
244
24S
246
247
24fl
244
?50
CARD
251
252
253
254
255
256
?57
25B
259
260
CARD
262
263
264
265
266
267
26R
269
270
C A h'fl
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
1 11 21 31
TRAJECTORY SEGMENT LENGTH, hOURb
STARTING AZIMUTH AND VELOCITY (OPTIONAL
riRtcTioi-j FLAG IPOS=FRWRU, NEG=BKWRD)
WEIGHTING FLA'l (01=1/H. 02 = l/Ro
MUMritR OF CLOSE STATIONS TO USE
RRIO BOUNDARIES (ST. MI.) Q.
HOT-START EMISSION FACTORS, GM/MI
COLD-START EMISSION FACTORS, GM/MI
1969/1469 OR'JwTH FACTOKS AUTO, STAT
FRF£,IAY VEHICLE ADJUST. FACTORS
1 11 21 31
SURFACE ST. VEHICLE ADJUST .FACTORS
powcR PLANT ADJUST. FACTORS
OIL RtFIN£»Y ADJUST. FACTORS
AREA STATIONARY ADJUST. FACTORS
INITIAL TIME STEP
UPPER LIMIT FRACTIONAL CHANGE
LOWER LIMIT FRACTIONAL CHANGE
PRINT INTERVAL
UPPER LIMI1 ON DELT
LOWF.R LIMIT ON DELT
1 11 21 31
VERTICAL MESH INTERVAL (METERS)
TIME INTERVAL FOR UPDATING Kl
D'J Wt WANT A FlAtD STEP SIZE
SHALL WE OUTPUT THE TIME STEPS
SHALL WE OUTPUT THE EXECUTION TIMES
SHALL WE OUTPUT EVERY CYCLE
oo WE WANT PUNCHED OUTPUT
IS Kl VARIABLE
is INVERSION HEIGHT VARIABLE
00 WE HAVE ONLY AN INERT SPECIES
1 11 ?1 31
NUMBER OF INTEGRATION STEPS
NUMBER OF REACTIONS
NUMBER OF SPECIES
NUMBER OF SPECIES IN STEADY STATE
NUMBER OF TRACER SPECIES (0 OH 1)
HOW MflNY SPECIES HAVE A FLUX
• jJMRER OF VERTICAL STATIONS
SiJfcClES NAME AND MOLE WEIGHT
41 51
1 .0
)
+ 1
01
03
50. 8.00
7.0 10. 8
7.0 11.7
1.0 1.0
1-0 1.0
41 bl
1.0 1.0
1 .0
1.0 1.0
1.0 1.0
.01
.03
0.01
30.
0.5
0.002
41 51
115.
10.
NO
NO
YES
NO
NO
r-ES
YES
NO
41 51
25000
16
10
4
1
3
5
NO 30.01
HC 72.20
N02 46.01
61 71
41.33333
68.6
91. 0
1 .0
61 71
1 .0
6] 71
61 71
INPUT NO. (TABLE 2.1)
13
14
15
16
17
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
-29
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
-------
IMAM-.S of '"in T a-r Ann
1 1
31
41
61
71
INPUT NO. (TABLE 2.1)
LflHU
2H2
289
290
CARll
292
293
294
?9S
296
297
29"
244
30 n
O^ON 48.
HN02 47.00
NU3 62.
N£05 108.
OH 17.
RO? 68.1
CO 28.00
POSITION OF FIRSI SPECIES WITH FLUX 1
POSITIH.J' OF SECONU SPECIES nlirH FLUX g
POSITION OF THIRD SPECIES WITH FI ux J0
1 11 21 31 41 51 6] 71
NO
HC
N02
03
HN02
M03
N?0b
I"IM
P02
ro
PPHM
PPHM
PPHM
PPHM
PPHM
PPHM -
PPHM-
PPHM-
PPHI1-
PPHM
COMPUTED
COMPUTED
COMPUTED
COMPUTED
7.9
19.9
1.6
7
4.
lono
5.0 2.2 2.1 2.1
11.1 5.0 4.8 4.8
1O 0.85 0«84 0«84
.59E-5 9.74E-5 1.45E-4 1.50E-4 1.50E-4
4. 4. 4. 4.
800. 500. 300. 300,
BY
BY
BY
BY
CODE
CODE
CODE
CODE
55
56
00
11
21
31
41
51
61
71
CARD
301
~*0?
303
304
315
30^
307
308
309
3in
C A RO
31 1
312
3)3
J14
3) 5
31 is
31 7
31M
319
32P
RATf; CONSTANTS - REACTION
REACTION
REACTION
REACTION
REACTION
REACTION
REACTION
REACTION
REACTION
REACTION
1 11 21
REACTION
REACTION
REACTION
REACTION
REACTION
REACTION
PHOTON * >in2 = 'MO + 03
>O * O3 - M(J2 » 02
( + HC = HR02
OH + Hf = RR02
NO.
NO.
NO.
NO.
NO.
NO.
N0«
NO.
NO.
NO.
31
NO.
NO.
NO.
NO.
NO.
NO.
1
^
3
4
5
6
/
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Ib
16
(Kl) OBTAINED F'ROM -UPHATE-
.267
1 .OOOE-6
100.
1.0E*J
2.0
15-
30.
4.00E-5
OBTAINED FROM -UPRATE-
41 51 61 71
5.0E-5
45.
14.
60.5
l.OE-b
.001
57
58
-------
1 1
21
31
71
CAKI1
322
3? 3
324
325
3?*
327
3?B
329
330
r A on
V, M K I.I
331
33?
333
334
335
336
337
33«
339
340
C A D n
U ** K U
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
C A P[)
351
35?
353
354
355
356
357
35"
359
360
PO?
RO?
OH
ON
11 3
PHOTON
MO?
N03
N?0b
M?0i
1
MO * N
M02 *
fi .
1 .
n
n
1 .
0
1 .
0
1
0
n
o.
0.
0.
n.
1 .
P.
P ,
n
1
1 .
1 .
r
n
0
f;
1 .
n
P
0.
+ NO - N02 * . 1 ?5«OH
* NO? = PAN
* »JO = HNO2
«• N02 = HNOj
* HC = r)U2
+ HONO= OH + NO
+ 03 = NU3 + 02
* NO? = N205
= NJU3 * N02
+ H20 = 2HN03
11 21
02 * H?U s 2HNO?.
^ARTICLES = PRI;DUCTS
i .
P
n
n
0
n
0
c
11 21
0
1 .
9.
P.
P .
P.
0.
0 .
P 1
n
11 21
n .
0
n
n
n
f)
0
n
0
p.
i
31 4J 51 61 71
BEGIN NO STOICHIOMtTRIC COEFFICIENTS
31 41 51 61 71
END NO
«t<5IN HYUROCARelON
31 41 51 61 71
INPUT NO. (TABLE 2.1)
58
59
-------
11
?1
31
41
bl
71
cam)
3nl
36R
3b3
364
36S
366
367
368
160
370
CARO
371
37?
373
374
375
376
377
37H
379
3sn
CARD
3B1
38?
383
384
385
386
3fl7
3BR
389
390
CARO
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
39«
399
400
0 .
n .
fi ,
r.
1 .
0
n
p
n
1 .
1
0
1.
n
0
I .
1.
0.
n
1 .
1,
1
0.
1 .
p
0
n
0
0
r
1 .
0
1
1 .
i.
0.
p .
n .
n.
n .
r>
r
r
0.
0.
0.
0. tIMO HYDROCARBON
•1. BERJN NO?
1.
0
0
1 .
0
11 ai 3i 4i si
0
p
p
0
0
0.
1.
n
0.
0. END NOg
11 21 31 41 51
1 • BEGIN OZUNF
0
0
0
0
0
n
0
0
o
11 21 31 41 51
0.
P .
0.
0.
0 .
0. EiXO O^OMt
0« BtGIN HN02
n
0
0
61 71
61 71
61 71
INPUT NO. (TABLE 2.1)
59
-------
I M 4 (• E ^ • > F i) f. T it -1 A '< '"> S
1 1
31
41
<3\
61
71
CftkP
40)
40?
403
40 f
*ns
40*
407
408
409
410
C URD
411
412
413
41 4
415
416
417
418
419
420
C A PL)
421
422
423
424
425
426
4?7
4i?P
4?9
430
(' li tj 1^
^ fl K 1 J
4J1
432
433
434
435
436
437
43P
439
440
f
"
r
(i
1 .
P
0 ^
o %
(' .
1
n ,
0 ,
0 i
r
r
0
c
n
f!
r
1
n
n
n
1 •
n.
0.
n.
•
n .
n.
1
f.
".
n.
f.
» .
f'.
n .
0 .
".
i1 .
0
0
1 .
p
n
n
0
o .
o .
•i.
11 21
?.
0.
n .
0
0
n
0
0
0
0
11 21
0
0
1.
n
1 .
p.
n.
n.
p .
n .
11 21
3.
C.
n.
n.
n.
fi .
<).
n.
o.
1 .
31 41 51 61 71
tND HNO?
BEGIN N03
31 41 51 61 71
LND N03
HEfilN N?05
31 41 51 bl 71
INPUT NO. (TABLE 2.1)
59
-------
IMAGES OF
11
31
41
bl
71
U>
L. « K 1 1
44]
44?
443
444
445
44*
447
44ft
444
450
C/VHD
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
'+5H
459
46 U
CAPO
461
4h?
463
4t>4
465
46*
467
4*«
469
470
C API)
47]
47?
*73
474
475
476
477
47H
474
48T
1 .
] .
:• .
r t
r .
n
(
] .
ii ^
-\
]
1 .
1 .
r
n
t
0.
* .
u .
0 .
0.
1
n
P .
P.
1 .
1 .
r
r\
^ •
fi
1
!• ,
n.
r .
r
n t
6 -IP
hlO
6?.n
630
•1 •
0 .
fi .
''• tND N£05
n- HC31N OH
n
n
0
n .lib
0
U 21 31 41
n
n
0
1 .
r,
0 .
P.
0.
n.
P . END OH
11 ?1 31 4]
"• HEGIN R02
r,
H.
p.
0
n
n
p
T
J •
0
11 21 31 41
0
p.
0.
0.
0.
P. tND HO?
Ki 1 .nOOOOE-04
r.9?191t-03
3.14618t-03
5.42339E-0?
51 61 71
il 61 71
51 61 71
tND SToiCHlOMETRy
INPUT NO. (TABLE 2.1)
59
60
-------
MD
-P-
I L
31
51
71
CflRD
48]
4A2
483
<*H4
485
4B»>
487
48d
•+89
490
f* A [_> [ 1
L a K u
<*91
4Q2
4^3
49
433ot-01
1.74362E-01
1.91591E-01
2.08016E-01
2.23639t-0l
2.3B459E-01
21 31 41
2.B2479E-01
2.65703E-01
2.7813bt-01
2.8978aE-01
3.00651E-01
3.10749E-01
3.1934UE.-01
3.?79b2E-01
3.35882E-01
3.43111E-01
21 3l 41
3.49661E-01
3.5S5*3E-01
3.60771E-01
3.65358E-01
3.69320E-01
3.72670E-01
3.75422E-01
3.77S90E-01
3.79163E-01
3.H0211t-01
21 31 41
3.80679E-01
3.80591L-01
3.79946E-01
3.73740L-01
3.7e966E-01
3.74614E-01
3.71674E-01
3.6H131E-U1
3.63971E-01
3.591«1E-01
51 61 71
SI 61 71
51 M 71
INPUT NO. (TABLE 2.1)
60
-------
11
61
71
LAP.U
52?
5?3
524
5^5
526
527
52"
5?4
530
CAKD
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
539
539
=.i»0
CAW U
5«?
543
5<*4
545
546
547
5*R
541
550
CAPO
55?
553
554
555
55h
557
55S
1320
1330
1 34 f.
1 35'J
14 00
1410
14?U
1 43(1
l<»40
1 4bii
1 1 1
1500
1510
1520
1530
1.540
1550
1600
1610
1620
1630
1 11
1640
1 ij'jt
1 7 J 0
LAST CARD M
niFF, UPOATt
OIFK . UPOATF
DIFt- . UP'IATE
1 1 1
r-IFF . UPDATt"
PIFF. UPuATE
PIFF. UPDATt
1 AST CAPU
?NO _AST CAWI/
3.53746E-01
3.47653E-01
3.408H7E.-01
3.33437t-01
3«2b?92E-0 1
3.17193E-01
3.17610E-01
2.97263E-01
2.66H3E-01
2.74240E-01
21 31
2.61549E-01
2.48064E-01
2.33780E-01
2 1 18694L-01
2.02803E-01
1.86108E-01
1.68608E-01
1 .50304L-01
1 .31198E-01
1.11293E-01
21 31
9.05928E-02
6.91033E-02
4.6a302E-02
-10.
0. 0.
30. 30.
150. 57.5
30. 30.
225. 17?. 5
30. 30.
21 31
JOO. 287.5
600. 30.
375. 40?. 5
000. 6CO.
39Q. 46(1.
600 • 600 «
-10.
41 51 61 71
41 51 6] 71
30. 30. 30.
30.
30. 600. 30.
30.
60 . 600 . 600 .
30,
41 51 6) 71
6l)n . 600. 600 .
30.
600. 600. 600.
30.
600. 600. 600.
600 •
INPUT NO. (TABLE 2.1)
60
61
-------
96
-------
APPENDIX D
COMMON BLOCK LOCATIONS
DIFKIN makes extensive use of labeled COMMON blocks to accomplish
data transfer between the main program and its subprograms, between
modules, and between the subprograms within each module. Tables D.I,
D.2, D.3, and D.4 list the subprograms containing each COMMON block
used for inter-module data transfer (Table D.I) and within each module,
trajectory generation (Table D.2), flux generation (Table D.3), and
chemistry (Table D.4).
TABLE D.I
COMMON BLOCK LOCATIONS FOR INTERMODULE DATA TRANSFER
COMMON Block Name
CNTROL
FLUXES
GRID
TRAJ
WIND
Subroutine Locations
DIFKIN, EFFLUX, FLXDAT, SETUP,
WINDY
DIFKIN, FLXDAT
BLOCK DATA, EDGE, EFFLUX, FLXDAT,
PLACIT, SETUP
EFFLUX, FLXDAT, PLACIT, SETUP,
WINDY
EFFLUX, FLXDAT, PLACIT, SETUP,
WINDY
97
-------
TABLE D.2
COMMON BLOCK LOCATIONS IN THE AIR TRAJECTORY MODULE
COMMON Block Name Subroutine Locations
DATES
WDATA
GETAZV, WINDRD, WINDY
ANGTST, AZVDIS, GETAZV, SETIN,
WINDY, WSECLS
TABLE D.3
COMMON BLOCK LOCATIONS IN THE FLUX GENERATION MODULE
COMMON Block Name
ADJUST
COLDST
CROSS
DATFL1
DATFL2
DATFL3
DATFL4
EMIT
SKDULE
SPDFCT
TABLES
Subroutine Locations
FLXDAT, SETUP
BLOCK DATA, EFFLUX, FLXDAT, SETUP
EFFLUX, FLXDAT
BLOCK DATA, FLXDAT
BLOCK DATA, FLXDAT
BLOCK DATA, FLXDAT
BLOCK DATA, FLXDAT
FLXDAT, SETUP
EFFLUX, FLXDAT
BLOCK DATA, FLXDAT, SETUP
BLOCK DATA, EFFLUX, FLXDAT
98
-------
TABLE D.4
COMMON BLOCK LOCATIONS IN THE CHEMICAL MODULE
COMMON Block Name Subroutine Locations
CHEM DIFKIN, SOURCE, STATE
SKY DFFUSE, DIFKIN
TRACER CRANK, DIFKIN, UPFLUX
99
-------
100
-------
APPENDIX E
LIST OF SUBROUTINES AND THEIR USE
PART I: THE AIR TRAJECTORY MODULE
E.I SUBROUTINE ANGTST(XS,YS,NGOOD,KUSE,OK)
Use. Compares the azimuth from (XS,YS) to the new station,
against the corresponding azimuths for any previously qualified stations.
If any two azimuths are less than 2 degrees apart, ANGTST returns a
positive flag; otherwise it returns a negative flag. ANGTST is called
by GETAZV.
Arguments. XS = x-coordinate of current position
YS = y-coordinate of current position
NGOOD = number of measurement stations qualified thus far
KUSE = index of new candidate measurement station
OK = output flag. If positive, angle test is OK
(no other station within 2 degrees); if negative
test not OK.
E.2 SUBROUTINE AZVDIS(NP,AZV,DDD,AZM,VEL,IRF)
Use. Given raw azimuth, velocity, and distance data from up to
3 measurement stations, AZVDIS combines them according to the prescribed
interpolation rule to produce a single azimuth a-nd velocity. AZVDIS
is called by WINDY.
Arguments. NP = number of measurements to combine (up to 3)
AZV = array containing raw azimuths and velocities
ODD = array with distances from current position to
closest stations
AZM = calculated distance
VEL = calculated velocity
IRF = interpolation flag; if 1, inverse distance weighting
101
-------
is used; if 2 inverse distance squared weighting
is used.
E.3 SUBROUTINE BARIER(X,Y,XS,YS,OK)
Use. Checks whether or not two given points are on the same side
of each of a set of (up to 20) finite-length, straight-line barriers.
The barrier line segments are stored internally, being defined by the
coordinates of their end points. BARIER is called by GETAZV and WINDY.
Arguments. X = x-coordinate of point of interest
Y = y-coordinate of point of interest
XS = x-coordinate of reference point
YS = y-coordinate of reference point
OK = output flag; if positive, both points are on the
same side of all barriers, otherwise the points
are on opposite sides of at least one barrier.
E.4 SUBROUTINE DATE (IOLD,MOVE,IWAY,NEW)
Use. Calculates a new time and date from an old time and date
and a prescribed time increment. Time is on a 0-2400 basis and dates
are represented as year, month, day (e.g. 730901 for Sept. 1, 1973).
DATE is called by WINDY.
Arguments. IOLD = 2-word array with time and date to be changed
MOVE = time increment in minutes
IWAY = if positive, time advances, otherwise time is
decremented.
NEW = 2-word output array with new time and date
E.5 FUNCTION DOTTY(A,B)
Use. DOTTY computes the dot product of the vectors A and B.
DOTTY is called by ANGTST.
102
-------
Arguments. A = a 3-component vector
B = a 3-component vector
E.6 SUBROUTINE EDGE(X,Y,ITF,IEDGE)
Use. EDGE checks whether or not the point X,Y is inside or out-
side the boundaries of the grid (as defined in COMMON/GRID/). EDGE
is called by WINDY.
Arguments. X = x-coordinate of point of interest
Y = y-coordinate of point of interest
ITF = direction flag; if positive the trajectory is
proceeding forward, if negative the trajectory
is proceeding backward.
IEDGE = output flag; if zero, the point is inside the
grid; if non-zero, the point is outside the
grid with the sign of IEDGE indicating the
direction of motion (see ITF).
E.7 SUBROUTINE EXTRP(IHOUR,ARY,VAL)
Use. This routine seeks a value corresponding to IHOUR in the 24 word
data array ARY assuming that the values in ARY correspond to clock times
of 0000, 0100, 0200, etc. If positive or zero, the value found is simply
returned. If the desired value is missing (indicated by a negative entry),
EXTRP will use linear interpolation to fill the gap, provided the two
adjacent values are non-negative. Failing that, EXTRP will attempt to fill
the gap by extrapolation, provided that the gap is no more than two loca-
tions wide and two consecutive non-negative values exist on one side of
the gap. A negative value returned indicates that the data gap could not
be filled by either method. EXTRP is called by GETAZV.
Arguments. IHOUR = clock time on a 0-2400 basis
ARY = array of 24 data values one hour apart
VAL = data value selected or calculated to correspond
to IHOUR
103
-------
E.8 SUBROUTINE FMINF(F,NF,FMIN,NMIN)
Use. Finds the minimum value in a linear array and returns both
the minimum value and its array index relative to the first value in
the array. FMINF is called by WSECLS.
Arguments. F = the first location of a sequence of numbers to
be checked
NF = the number of consecutive locations to be
considered (starting with F)
FMIN = the minimum value among the NF consecutive
members of the F array
NMIN = the index of FMIN relative to F, counting F as
1. (If more than one member is equal to FMIN,
NMIN will be the lowest index of the set of F
members equal to FMIN.)
E.9 SUBROUTINE GETAZV(KOLD,ID,XS,YS,NC,AZV,NGOOD,DDIS)
Use. This routine attempts to retrieve measurement records from
the desired number of neighboring wind measurement stations having valid
data for the given date and time. GETAZV is called by WINDY.
Arguments. KOLD = 2-word array containing time (on a 0-2400
basis) and date (year, month, day)
ID = 2-word array containing the station identifi-
cation (may be blank)
XS = x-coordinate of current position
YS = y-coordinate of current position
NC = desired number of close stations (up to 3)
AZV = array containing an azimuth and velocity for
each close station found
NGOOD = number of close stations found
DDIS = array containing distances from current position
to close stations
104
-------
E.10 SUBROUTINE NEWPAG(TITLE, LSKIP,IDATE)
NEWPAG is called by WINDY and WINDED. See E.48 for a description
of its arguments and use.
E.ll SUBROUTINE SECOND(A)
SECOND is called by NEWPAG. See E.53 for a description of its
argument and use.
E.12 SUBROUTINE SETIN
Use. This routine initializes the names and coordinates of all
measurement stations. SETIN also sets the total number of measurement
stations and the minimum and maximum radii associated with the wind
vector interpolation scheme. SETIN is called by WINDY.
Arguments. None
E.13 FUNCTION UNIDOT(A,B)
Use. Returns the dot product of a unit vector parallel to A with
a unit vector parallel to B, i.e., the cosine of the acute angle separating
the vectors A and B. UNIDOT is called by BARIER.
Arguments. A = a 3-component vector
B = a 3-component vector
E.14 SUBROUTINE UNITY(A,B)
Use. Returns B, the unit vector parallel to vector A. UNITV is
called by ANGTST.
Arguments. A = a 3-component vector
B = a 3-component unit vector parallel to A
105
-------
E.15 SUBROUTINE WINDED (KPWDAT, TITLE, JDATE)
Use. This routine reads the wind measurement data and stores it
on up to 10 scratch files, one for each new date. As it reads the data,
WINDRD replaces blank entries with negative values (-1.) to signify
missing data. Optional printing of the data (unsorted) is also provided.
WINDRD is called by WINDY.
Arguments. KPWDAT = a Hollerith flag; if YES, the wind data will
be printed once at the beginning of the run,
if NO, printing will be omitted.
TITLE = a vector of up to 80 Hollerith characters
containing a page label for the top of each
page of output (see SUBROUTINE NEWPAG, E.48)
JDATE = a 2-word vector containing the date of the
run (see SUBROUTINE NEWPAG, E.48)
E.16 SUBROUTINE WINDY(TITLE,JDATE)
Use. WINDY is the main program of the air trajectory generation
module of DIFKIN. It calculates fprward or reverse air trajectories
from a prescribed starting point and time, and produces a table of
wind vectors which will reproduce the calculated trajectory in a forward
chronology. WINDY is called by DIFKIN.
Arguments. TITLE = a vector of up to 80 Hollerith characters
containing a page label for the top of each
page of output (see SUBROUTINE NEWPAG, E.48)
JDATE = a 2-word vector containing the date of the
run (see SUBROUTINE NEWPAG, E.48)
106
-------
E.17 SUBROUTINE WSECLS(X,Y,DIS,IDIS)
Use. This routine calculates squared distances from the point
X,Y to each measurement station in SSTAN, and then orders the stations
by increasing distance out to a maximum value (UMAX). WSECLS is called
by GETAZV.
Arguments. X = x-coordinate of current position
Y = y-coordinate of current position
DIS = array of squared distances from X,Y to all
measurement stations. Those values of DIS
less than RMAX are arranged in increasing order
at the top of the table.
IDIS = array of station indices corresponding to entries
in the DIS array. (The indices identify the
stations in the SSTAN array).
107
-------
PART II: THE FLUX GENERATION MODULE
E.18 FUNCTION CLOCK!(TSTART,DT)
Use. Adds an elapsed time in minutes to an initial clock time,
returning the final clock time on a 0 to 2400 basis. CLOCKT is called
by FLXDAT.
Arguments. TSTART = initial time on a 0 to 2400 hour clock
DT = elapsed time in minutes
E.19 FUNCTION DECMAL(A)
Use. Converts an input angle from degrees, minutes, and seconds
to decimal degrees. DECMAL is called by SETUP-
Argument. A = array containing the degrees, minutes, and seconds
in an angle
E.20 SUBROUTINE EFFLUX(TITLE,JDATE)
Use. EFFLUX is the main program of the flux generation module
of DIFKIN. It traces an air trajectory across a source grid and produces
a schedule of flux change times with the associated pollutant fluxes
into the moving air parcel. EFFLUX is called by DIFKIN.
Arguments. TITLE = a vector of up to 80 Hollerith characters
containing a page label for the top of each
page of output (see SUBROUTINE NEWPAG, E.48)
JDATE = a 2-word vector containing the date of the
run. (see SUBROUTINE NEWPAG, E.53)
E.21 SUBROUTINE FLXDAT(TITLE,JDATE)
Use. Given a schedule of flux change times and associated grid
square indices, FLXDAT calculates the corresponding fluxes of NO , HC
X.
and CO from vehicular and stationary sources. FLXDAT is called by
EFFLUX.
108
-------
Arguments. TITLE = a vector of up to 80 Hollerith characters
containing a page label for the top of each
page of output (see SUBROUTINE NEWPAG, E.48)
JDATE = a 2-word vector containing the date of the run.
(see SUBROUTINE NEWPAG, E.53)
E.22 SUBROUTINE FMINF(F,NF,FMIN,NMIN)
FMINF is called by EFFLUX. See E.8 for a description of its
arguments and use.
E.23 SUBROUTINE GRIDS(XL,XR,YB,YT,DX,DY)
Use. This routine sets up the boundaries and grid lines for a
printer-plot of an air trajectory. GRIDS is called by SETUP.
Arguments.• XL = x-coordinate of left boundary of printer-plot
XR = x-coordinate of right boundary of printer-plot
YB = y-coordinate of bottom boundary of printer-plot
YT = y-coordinate of top boundary of printer-plot
DX = vertical grid line spacing
DY = horizontal grid line spacing
E.24 SUBROUTINE MCHAR(IFC,FROM,ITC,TO,NCHR)
Use. MCHAR is a machine language routine which moves a string of
individual characters from one storage location to another. MCHAR is
called by SETPLT.
Arguments. IFC = position of character to move from. The left-
most character is position 1.
FROM = source array
ITC = position of character to move to
TO = destination array
NCHR = number of characters to move
109
-------
E.25 SUBROUTINE MINSEC(DECANG,ANG)
Use. Converts an angle from decimal degrees to degrees, minutes,
and seconds. MINSEC is called by SETUP-
Arguments. DECANG = the input angle in decimal degrees
ANG = a 3-word array containing the angle in degrees,
minutes, and seconds
E.26 REAL FUNCTION MIXER(X)
Use. Returns the floating point variable X with an integer name.
MIXER is called by FLXDAT.
Argument. X = a variable with a floating point name
E.27 SUBROUTINE NEWPAG(TITLE,LSKIP,IDATE)
NEWPAG is called by EFFLUX and FLXDAT. See E.48 for a description
of its arguments and use.
E.28 SUBROUTINE PLACIT(DT,L,VX,VY,POS,NDX)
Use. PLACIT computes the coordinates and grid square indices
of a new trajectory point. PLACIT is called by EFFLUX.
Arguments. DT = time duration of this trajectory setment, minutes
L = index of last trajectory point in trajectory
data arrays
VX = x-component of V(L) (input)
VY = y-component of V(L) (input)
POS = 2-word array containing x and y coordinates of
new position
NDX = 2-word array containing grid square indices
(I,J) of new point
E.29 SUBROUTINE SECOND(A)
SECOND is called by NEWPAG. See E.53 for a description of its
arguments and use.
110
-------
E.30 SUBROUTINE SETPLT(A,B,C,D)
Use. SETPLT is the initialization entry for a general purpose
printer plot routine. SETPLT is called by GRID.
Arguments. A = minimum value on horizontal (x) axis
B = maximum value on x-axis
G = minimum value on vertical (y) axis
D = maximum value on y-axis
ENTRY PLTPNT(A,B,C)
Use. PLTPNT enters a new data point on the stored plot. PLTPNT
is called by EFFLUX and SETUP.
Arguments. A = x-coordinate of new data point
B = y-coordinate of new data point
C = 1H CHARACTER where CHARACTER is the symbol to be
plotted at x, y (there should be no blanks between
1H and CHARACTER)
ENTRY PLTOUT(IFILE)
Use. PLTOUT is the final call in a plotting sequence. It enters
the completed plot in the output file. PLTOUT is called by EFFLUX.
Argument. IFILE = the number designation of the print file.
E.31 SUBROUTINE SETUP
Use. SETUP serves as the initialization routine for the flux
generation modules of DIFKIN. It converts the wind speeds to miles per
minute, initializes the grid, printer plot, and trajectory calculations,
and reads in the inputs for this module. SETUP is called by EFFLUX.
Arguments. None
111
-------
E.32 FUNCTION SPEEDF(T,TS,FS,NTF,NF,FBASE)
Use. SPEEDF uses linear interpolation in the average speed tables
to obtain an average traffic speed at time T. SPEEDF is called by FLXDAT.
Arguments. T = current time, minutes past midnight local time
TS = array of times corresponding to traffic
speed entries
FS = array of average speeds dimensioned (NF,NTF)
NTF = number of average speed entries
NF = number of locations between average speed
entries
FBASE = base value of FS to be assumed for TS values
for which FS tables are not supplied
E.33 FUNCTION TABF(X,XS,FS,NXF,NF)
Use. TABF is a general stairstep evaluator for tabular functions.
It returns the nearest end value of FS when X is outside the range of
XS. TABF is called by FLXDAT.
Arguments. X = current value of independent variable
XS = table of abscissa values (dimensional NXF).
XS must be monotonic and increasing.
FS = table of function values corresponding to abscissa
values (dimensional NF, NXF)
NXF = number of abscissa and function value pairs to
be used
NF = number of words between values of FS in core
E.34 FUNCTION TIMIN(T)
Use. Converts time from 0-2400 basis to minutes past midnight.
TIMIN is called by EFFLUX, FLXDAT, and SETUP.
Argument. T = clock time on a 0-2400 basis.
112
-------
E.35 FUNCTION TRPF(X,XS,FS,NXF,NF)
Use. TRPF is a general linear interpolator for tabular functions.
It returns the nearest end value of FS when X is outside the range of
XS. TRPF is called by FLXDAT.
Arguments. X = current value of independent variable
XS = table of abscissa values (dimensional NXF).
XS must be monotonic, either increasing or decreasing.
FS = table of function values corresponding to abscissa
values (dimensioned NF, NXF)
NXF = number of abscissa and function value pairs to
be used
NF = number of words between values of FS in core
E.36 SUBROUTINE XMIT(N,A,B)
Use. XMIT transmits N words from A to B. If N is negative, it
transmits the value A into N consecutive words starting at B. XMIT
is called by EFFLUX.
Arguments. N = number of words to be set
A = value or array of values to be transmitted
B = array receiving new values
113
-------
PART III: THE CHEMICAL MODULE
E.37 SUBROUTINE COEQ(N,A,X,FL)
Use. Solves a set of simultaneous linear equations whose matrix
is tridiagonal. In DIFKIN it is used to solve the equations which yield
the concentration of the tracer species. It is called by subroutine CRANK.
Arguments. N = number of rows in the matrix
A = matrix elements stored in a linear vector of
4N - 2 elements
X = solution vector
FL = failure index: FL = 1 if matrix is singular, and
FL = 0 otherwise
Remarks. The nonzero elements of the vector A look like
Row 1
2
3
A(4)
A(2)
A(5)
A(8)
A(6)
A(9)
A(3)
A(7)
N-2
N-l
Row N
A(10)
A(4N-12)
A(4N-11)
A(4N-8)
A(4N-10)
A(4N-7)
A(4N-4)
A(4N-9)
A(4N-6) A(4N-5)
A(4N-3) A(4N-2)
E.38 SUBROUTINE CRANK(N,BELT)
Use. Solves the linear diffusion equation 9c/9t = 3/9z[D(z)3c/3z] ,
which has a diffusion coefficient which is a function of z . Uses the
Crank-Nicolson method of differencing. Used with inert species only.
Arguments. N = number of mesh points
BELT = integration step size
114
-------
Remarks. Calls subroutine COEQ for solving the resulting system
of equations. The concentrations and other variables are passed through
COMMON/TRACER/.
E.39 SUBROUTINE DFFUSE(NOSTAT, DELZ)
Use. Sets initial values of diffusion coefficients when diffusivi-
ties are not time-varying. The diffusivities are stored in the vector
DFINIT, which is transferred to the subroutine through COMMON/SKY/.
Arguments. NOSTAT = number of mesh points
DELZ = mesh interval
E.40 SUBROUTINE DIFCOF(SCALDF, NOSTAT, DCOF, SCALE, DSCALE)
Use. Generates scaling vectors DCOF, SCALE, DSCALE, for use in
the integration of the rate equations of the reactive species.
Arguments. SCALDF = input vector of scaled diffusivities, defined
9
in main program by SCALDF(I) = D(I)/DELZ ,
where D(I) = ith diffusivity and DELZ = mesh
interval.
NOSTAT = number of mesh points
DCOF = a vector used for scaling the matrix equation
which is the result of the finite-difference
method. DCOF(I) = SCALDF(I) + SCALDF(1+1)
SCALE = vector of scale factors
SCALE(I) = SCALDF(I+1)/SCALDF(I)
DSCALE = vector of scale factors
DSCALE(I) = 1/SCALDF(I)
115
-------
E.41 SUBROUTINE JACOB(A,B,R,N,W,NN,C)
Use. Computes the Jacobian matrix of the chemical rate equations
having the form dy±/dt = f^y^y^ . . . , yn> , where y± is the con-
centration of the ith species, i=l,2, ... ,N. Each element of the
Jacobian is defined by A.. = 8f./3y. , i,j = 1,2, . . . , N.
J J
Arguments. A = Jacobian matrix of size N x N
B = vector of species concentrations
R = vector of chemical rate constants
N = order of the Jacobian matrix, equal to the number
of rate equations to be integrated
W = vector of molecular weights of all the chemical
species
NN = total number of species in the system, including
species in steady-state but not the tracer species
C = work vector
E.42 SUBROUTINE MATADD(A,B,C,NRA,NCA)
ENTRY MATSUB(A,B,C,NRA,NCA)
Use. MATADD computes the sum of two matrices C = A + B
MATSUB computes the difference of two matrices C = A - B
Arguments. A, B = input matrices
C = resultant matrix
NRA = number of rows of A, B, C
NCA = number of columns of A, B, C
E.43 SUBROUTINE MATINV(A,N,NMAX,B,M,PIVOT,IPIVOT,INDEX,DETERM)
Use. Computes the inverse of the matrix A or the solution of the
matrix equation Ax = B . Called by MATNVT.
116
-------
Arguments. A = matrix to be inverted of order N x N
N = order of matrix A
NMAX = dimension of A as declared in calling program,
NMAX >_ N
B = right-hand side of matrix equation Ax = B ,
dimensioned B(NMAX,M)
M = number of columns of B; if M <_ 0 only the
matrix inverse is found, without solving
matrix equations
PIVOT = work vector of size N
IPIVOT = work vector of size N
INDEX = work array dimensioned INDEX(N,2)
DETERM = determinant of A
E.44 SUBROUTINE MATMUL(A,B,C,NRA,NCARB,NCB)
Use. Computes the matrix product C = A x B.
Arguments. A = matrix of order NRA x NCARB
B = matrix of order NCARB x NCB
C = A x B
NRA = number of rows of A
NCARB = number of columns of A and rows of B
NCB = number of columns of B
E.45 SUBROUTINE MATNVT(A,N,D)
Use. Computes the inverse of matrix A by calling MATINV.
Arguments. A = matrix of order N x N; destroyed in the inversion
process as its inverse is substituted for it
117
-------
N = order of matrix A, limited to 24
D = determinant of A
E.46 SUBROUTINE MATSCL(X,A,NR,NC)
Use. Scales the matrix A by factor X.
Arguments. X = scaling factor
A = matrix to be scaled
NR = number of rows of A
NC = number of columns of A
E.47 SUBROUTINE MDATE(IDATE)
Use. This is a dummy subroutine which calls other system routines
to obtain the date of the run. The date is printed on every page of the
output. User must modify MDATE in order to make it compatible with his
installation.
Argument. IDATE = vector which contains the date of the run
E.48 SUBROUTINE NEWPAG(TITLE,LSKIP,IDATE)
Use. This is a utility subroutine used for labeling each page of
the output. The subroutine labels each page with the run label provided
by the user, the date of the run, the internal machine time, and the page
number.
Arguments. TITLE = vector of Hollerith characters which contains
the run label which user prescribed in the first
card of the input deck (see Table 2.1, card 1)
LSKIP = number of lines skipped before printing heading;
if LSKIP = 0 the page heading is printed at the
top of the page
IDATE = vector which contains the date of the run
118
-------
E.49 SUBROUTINE NUBETA(BETA,NR)
Use. Used to modify the net stoichiometric matrix when required
by stationarity assumptions.
Arguments . BETA = net stoichiometric matrix;
BETA(i.j) = v^ - v^, i = 1,2, . . . , r, j = 1,2, . . . , s,
where r = number of reactions and s = number of
species (see Sec. 2.3.5 for definition of
v ! . and v . . )
iJ ij
NR = number of rows of BETA as declared in DIMENSION
statement
E.50 SUBROUTINE NURATE(RATEFF,RATKON,CONUP)
Use. This routine computes any pseudo-rate constants which result
from stationarity assumptions.
Arguments. RATEFF = vector of effective rate constants which con-
tains all the pseudo-rate constants
RATKON = vector of basic rate constants which are used
to compute the pseudo-rate constants
CONUP = vector of species concentrations
E.51 SUBROUTINE PREDAT
Use. Reads input data from card reader and produces a listing of
the image of the input deck. See Sec. 2.1 for a full explanation.
E.52 SUBROUTINE QGEN(A,B,C,N)
Use. This subroutine generates the Q matrix which enters into
the matrix equation Q(C - C ) = -2G . The Q matrix is stored in the
o o
same location as the matrix A and is defined by
Q. . = - C x A. ., Q. . = B - A..
1J iJ JJ JJ
119
-------
Arguments. A = matrix of order N x N, modified by the subroutine
B = constant factor added to the diagonal elements of A
C = constant factor which scales all the elements of A
N = order of matrix A
E.53 SUBROUTINE SECOND (A)
Use. This is a dummy subroutine which calls other system routines
to obtain the internal machine time. It is used by the main program for
timing the computation. It is also called by NEWPAG.
Arguments . A = internal machine time in any desired units
E.54 SUBROUTINE SOURCE(CONUP)
Use. Computes the rate function of the chemical rate equations.
Arguments. CONUP = work vector
Remarks . Consider a set of chemical equations defined by:
Vs
where M. = chemical formula of the jth species
J —
k. = rate constant of ith reaction
v = stoichiometric coefficient of jth reactant in the ±th
reaction
v' = stoichiometric coefficient of the j_th product in the
ith reaction
r = number of reactions
s = number of species
The rate equations for such a system are defined by:
dc^ J^ S \m
i=l m=l
120
-------
where c. = concentration of the jth species
R. = rate function of the jth species
Subroutine SOURCE computes R. as shown above. The quantities needed by
SOURCE are provided through COMMON/CHEM/.
E.55 SUBROUTINE STATE(CONEW,CONUP,NROW)
Use. Computes algebraically the concentrations of those species
assumed to be in steady state.
Arguments. CONEW = array of updated species concentrations; CONEW(i,j)
is the concentration of the ith species at the jth
mesh point
CONUP = work vector
NROW = number of rows of CONEW as declared in a
DIMENSION statement
Remarks. Other quantities needed by STATE are provided through
COMMON/CHEM/. This subroutine must be modified when the chemical model
is changed or the order of the species and reactions is altered.
E.56 SUBROUTINE TIMEX(KSTEP,TITLE,IDATE)
Use. This subroutine is used for timing various phases of the
computational process. It also counts the number of integration steps
during a print interval.
Arguments. KSTEP = total number of integration steps taken to date
TITLE = Hollerith vector which contains the label of
output page
IDATE = vector which contains the date of the run
Remarks. This subroutine contains an entry called ENDRUN which is
called at the end of the computation to compute and print the net time
121
-------
taken by the computation. Subroutine TIMEX calls subroutines SECOND and
NEWPAG.
E.57 SUBROUTINE TRIVRT(A,D,SCALE,WORK,NRA,NCA,NMAT,NNR,U)
Use. Inverts a tridiagonal matrix, A, whose elements also are
matrices. The lower-diagonal entries are identity matrices. The upper-
diagonal elements are scaled identity matrices.
Arguments. A = doubly-dimensioned array of size NRA x NCA
D = array of size NRA x NMAT; right-hand side of matrix
equation
SCALE = vector of scale factors of the upper-diagonal
elements of A
WORK = work array of size NRA x NRA
NRA = number of rows of A as declared in a DIMENSION
statement in the calling program
NCA = number of columns of A, NCA = NRA x NMAT
NMAT = number of columns of D
NNR = actual order of the diagonal elements of A
U = solution array of size NRA x NMAT
Remarks. Given a matrix equation of the form
AU = D
where A is block tridiagonal, this subroutine computes the solution U.
The form of A is
all °
I a
o
22
0
0
0
0
Vi1
122
-------
where N = NMAT, and the a^'s correspond to the scale factors stored in
SCALE. It can be seen that there is no need to store A in full since only
the diagonal elements, a.., are important. The zeros can be excluded, of
course, and the identity matrices are known and need not be stored. Thus
the matrix A that is input into TRIVRT contains only the diagonal elements,
a , of the full matrix. Each a., is of order NNR, and the first entry
of each a±± is stored in A where j = (i-l)NRA + 1, i = 1, . . . , NMAT.
Thus the actual A looks like
A =
NMAT x NRA
Similarly, U and D are stored in the form
u = [uru2, . • • , UN]JNRA
NMAT
NRA
NMAT
and each U. and D. is a vector of NRA components.
E.58 SUBROUTINE UPFLUX(TIME,NTRACE)
Use. This subroutine is called by the main program at time TIME
to update the fluxes.
Arguments. TIME = time at which fluxes are updated
NTRACE = flag which tells the subroutine whether or not
a tracer species is present (see Table 2.1,
input 51)
123
-------
Q
Remarks. The fluxes are scaled by a factor of 10 for the purpose
of improving computational accuracy in the integration process. Any
required additional scaling of the fluxes must be done by this subroutine.
The subroutine prints a message on logical unit 10 which lets the user
know the update time and the value of the new fluxes.
E.59 SUBROUTINE UPRATE(TIME,RATNEW,RATOLD,RATEFF)
Use. This subroutine is used to update the magnitude of rate
constants which are functions of time.
Arguments. TIME = update time
RATNEW = factor used for updating the rate constant
RATOLD = vector of old rate constants to be updated
RATEFF = work vector of old rate constants
Remarks. In our photochemical smog model there are two reactions
which are directly triggered by sunlight. They are:
kl
hv + NO 2-> NO + 0
k2
hv + HN02-> OH + NO
As sunlight intensity changes with time of day both k and k~ must be
updated. In our model k2 is a function of k and thus the variable RATNEW
is actually the new value of k. . Then \a is computed from k and stored
in the appropriate location in both RATOLD and RATEFF. The new value of
k is also stored in these two vectors.
E.60 SUBROUTINE WXMIT(NWDS,NCLS,SF,FROM,TO)
Use. This subroutine is used to transfer scaled values of array
FROM to vector TO.
124
-------
Arguments. NWDS = number of words to be transferred; if NWDS < 0,
then the quantity SF x FROM(1,1) is transferred
to NWDS locations in TO.
NCLS = number of rows of FROM
SF = scale factor
FROM = two-dimensional array
TO = vector that receives scaled elements of FROM
E.61 SUBROUTINE XMIT(N,A,B)
Use. Transmits N words from A to B.
Arguments. N = number of words to be transmitted; if N < 0,
subroutine transmits A to N locations in B
A = value of vector to be transmitted
B = vector receiving new values
125
-------
126
-------
APPENDIX F
PROGRAM LISTINGS
F.I PROGRAM DIFKIN
129
F.4 CHEMICAL MODULE
F.2 AIR TRAJECTORY MODULE
ANGTST
AZVDIS
BARIER
DATE
DOTTY
EDGE
EXTRP
FMINF
GETAZV
SETIN
UNIDOT
UNITY
WINDRD
WINDY
WSECLS
F.3 FLUX GENERATION MODULE
CLOCKT
DECMAL
EFFLUX
FLXDAT
GRIDS
MCHAR
MINSEC
MIXER
PLACIT
SETPLT
SETUP
SPEEDF
TABF
TIMIN
TRPF
XMIT
145
146
148
150
152
152
153
155
156
159
162
162
163
165
171
173
173
174
178
180
181
183
183
183
184
188
190
191
191
192
192
COEQ
CRANK
DFFUSE
DIFCOF
JACOB
MATADD
MATINV
MATMUL
MATNVT
MATSCL
MDATE
NEWPAG
NUBETA
NURATE
PREDAT
QGEN
SECOND
SOURCE
STATE
TIMEX
TRIVRT
UP FLUX
UPRATE
WXMIT
F.5 BLOCK DATA
193
195
196
196
197
198
199
201
202
202
202
203
203
203
204
205
205
205
206
207
208
209
209
209
211
127
-------
128
-------
F.I PROGRAM DIFKIN
-------
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
PROGRAM DIFKIN
J.R.MART INF /
NEW VERSION OF ORIGINAL PROGRAM. THE SCALING OE
1)1
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
n T
U A
DIFFUS1VITIESDI
WITH WIND SPEED AND THE PLOT OPTION HAVE BEF.N TAKEN OUT.
UPDATING DONE AT EPA-R1P HY J.R. MARTINEZ ON FEB. 6,
COt-U CRANK
DFFUSE
MATADD IMATSURI MATINV
MATNVT MATSCL
NEWPAG NUBETA
PREDAT QGFN
SECONO SOURCE
TIMEX (ENURUN) TRIVRT
UPRATE
XMIT
TAPE.8 CONTAINS NEGATIVE VALUES OF
1973.
N DELETED.
DIFCOF
JACOB
MATMUL
MDATE
NURATt
STATE
UPFLUX
WXMIT
SPECIES
TAPF.9 CONTAINS THE TIME STEP HISTORY
TAPElO CONTAINS THE UPDATED FLUX,
Kl
TAPE11 CONTAINS THE UPDATED INVERSION HEIGHT
LOCATION OF COMMON BLOCKS
CHEM - SOURCE, STATE
FLUXES - UPFLUX
SKY - DFFUSE
TRACER - CRANK, UPFLUX
CNTROL - EFFLUX, FLXOAT, SETUP, WINDY
TRAJ - EFFLUX, FLXDAT.PLACIT, SETUP, WINDY
*IND - SAME AS -TRAJ-
COMMON/CHEM/ ISTOY R<2o»20>' RATE(20tlO>»
1 CONIN (20ilO) , RATEFT(20>,
? NK, NOREAC,
3 NOSPEC, WTMOLEI20),
4 JJ(21), NSTDY
COMMON/CNTROL/CARFAC, STAFAC,
1 TSUN
COMMON/FLUXES/FLXIN(3»bCO> » KLXTIM(500)i
BETA(20»20)
RATKON(20) ,
NOSTAT,
II (400) »
KSTOP,
NFLUX
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
(1 T
U 1
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
01
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
01
DI
01
DI
DI
DI
,01
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
]
?
3
4
S
6
6
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1 i.
1 O
17
IB
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
23
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
46
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
129
-------
c
c
c
c
mo
c
c
COMMON/SKY/ DFINITU1).
COMMON/TRACER/NOSP1 •
1 TRACIN(IO).
2 FLX«AL(20)
COMMON/TRAJ/ TSTART.
COMMON/WINO/ T (100 ) »
1 NPTS
DIMENSION STOYKR<20»20> »
1 OUTPUT (200 «2) »
2 , PPHM(20.10>»
3 GZEROI20.10) »
4 REACT(20»8),
5 CONST (30) »
6 SCALEUO).
7 IDATE(IO).
INTEGER HISCOR
REAL LOKLIM.INTIM
EQUIVALENCE (CONST ( 1 ) iDELT )
EQUIVALENCE (CONSTf?) .TSTMAX)
EQUIVALENCE (CONST o) .TSTMlNj
EQUIVALENCE (CONST (4 ) .PRNTIN )
EQUIVALENCE (CONST (5> «UPLIM)
EQUIVALENCE (CONST ( 6) .LOwLIM)
EQUIVALENCE (CONST ( 7 ) »DELZ )
EQUIVALENCE (CONST (8 ) .SUNTIM)
EQUIVALENCE (CONST (9) .FIXSTP)
EQUIVALENCE (CONST ( 10 ) «KOUT)
EQUIVALENCE (CONST ( 1 1 ). T IMOUT )
EQUIVALENCE (CONST ( 12 ) .KEVERY)
EQUIVALENCE ( CONST ( 13) t SPUNCH )
EQUIVALENCE (CONST (14) ,QRATE)
EQUIVALENCE (CONST ( 15 ) .OHTJNV )
EQUIVALENCE (CONST tie) ,COONLY)
EQUIVALENCE (GZEKO , RAT E )
EQUIVALENCE (Q.AJACOB)
EQUIVALENCE (WORKiCONUP)
EQUIVALENCE (RNEG.NE6) » (YES.1ES) »
DATA FLUXl »FLUX2»BLANK,K1/4HFLUX»
OAT A YES »NEG .MORE. END /3H YES »2HNO»
IT IS EQUAL TO THE NUMBER
DATA NROW/20/
DATA MAXR/HO/
DATA MAXMSH/10/
DATA DALITE/4HDAYL/
DATA RTO/5S7.295779B1/
ZEE (10)
NOSTM1, TDELZ.
SCALDF(ll). FLXD6E(20).
P(2»100>» 10(2.100)
V (100) . TH (100) »
STOYKP(20»20> « SPEC(20>»
CONUP (20 .10) . CONEW(20»10)
WORK(2o.lO). TITLE(20)»
AJACOB(20.200) • Q(20.200)t
KSTEP(200) .
HTINV<100»13) » RATK1 (300> •
DSCALE(IO). DCOF(10)»
LOCFLXI20)
(RMOR.MORE)
2HES.4H ,2HK1/
4HMORE.3HEND/
OF ROWS OF AJACOB. CONlN. ETC*
OF REACTIVE SPECIES
NPHT IS THE NUMBER OF HOWS OF ARRAY -HTINV-
PATA NRHT/100/
TERM r END
TALL PREOAT
DI
01
DI
DI
01
01
DI
DI
DI
01
01
DI
DI
01
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
01
DI
DI
DI
DI
01
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
01
DI
01
DI
01
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
01
01
01
01
DI
DI
DI
UI
DI
DI
DI
01
01
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
130
-------
(5.251 TITLE DI 111
(5,
-------
170
180
190
200
FLXIN(3,1) = D
CONTINUE
PRINT 4
GO TO 800
NFLUX = 1-1
INTIM = FLXTIM(l)
TSTOP = FLXTIM(NFLUX)
NFLUX e NFLUX-1
FLXNFW = FLXTIM(2>-0«001
IFLXTM « 1
PRINT FLUXES IN INTERNAL UNITS
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE,0»IDATE)
PRINT 5
DO 210 J = 1,NFLUX
IF (MOD(J,50).GT.O) 60 TO 200
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE,0,IDATE)
PRINT 5
PRINT 6» FLXTIM(J),»I=1«3)
CONTINUE
CHtCK WHETHER INTEGRATION IS TO BE PERFORMED.
IF GOAHED = NO, WE EXITi IF GOAHED * YES WE PROCEED.
HEAD INPUTS FOR COMPUTING POLLUTANT CONCENTRATIONS
(CONST(I) ,1=1,8)
(CONST (I) »I=9»16)
NUMSTP
NOREAC
NOSP1
NSTDY
NTRACE
NUMFLX
NOSTAT
REMARK - NOSPI is THE NUMBER OF SPECIES, NOSPEC is
THE NUMBER OF CHEMICALLY REACTIVE SPECIES.
THE TRACER (NONREACTIVE) SUBSTANCE MUST BE INPUT
LAST, I.E.* AFTER THE REACTIVE SPECIES. ONLY
ONE TRACER SPECIES IS ALLOWED.
NO TRACER SPECIES IF NTRACE s 0.
- NSTDY IS THE NUMBER OF REACTIVE SPECIES IN
STEADY STATE.
STEADY STATt SPECIES IF NSTDY = 0.
C
C
C
IF G'
IF (GOAHED. E'
C
C
READ
READ
READ
READ
READ
READ
READ
READ
READ
(5,30)
(5»29)
(5,31)
(5,31)
(5,31 )
(5,31)
(5,31>
(5,31)
(5,31>
NO
NOSPFC = NOSPI
IF (MTRACE.RT.O) NOSPEC = NOSP1-1
READ (5,12) (SPEC(I),WTMOLE(I),I=l,NOSPl)
IF (NUMFLX.GT.0) READ (5,31) (LOCFLX (I) ,I = 1,NUMFLX)
DO ??() I = ) ,NOSPI
RE.AP (5,41) (PPHM ( I ,J) ,J = J ,NOSTAT)
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
01
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
17*
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
206
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
132
-------
??U CONTINUE DI
IF (COONLY.EO.YES) GO TO 2f>0 DI 822
READ (5.30) (RATKON (I),1=1,NOREAC> DI 223
IF GO TO iisn DI 22*
MEAD (5,40) ( (REACT (I,J),J=l,8),I = 1,NOREAC) DI 226
READ (5tll> < (STOfKR (I ,J) ,STOY«P (I»J) »I = 1,NOREAC) »J=1»NOSPtC) DI 22fe
230 CONTINUE DI 227
C DI 228
C DI 229
c . M02 PHOTODISSOCIATION HATE IS CONSTANT IF GRATE = NO DI 230
IF (QHATE.fcO.RNE6) 60 TO 260 DI 231
c READ NO? PHOTODISSOCIATION RATE DI 232
C LAST CARD CONTAINS A DUMMY RATE CONSTANT WHICH NUST DI 233
C BE NE6ATIVE, DI 234
00 ?40 I = 1.301 01 235
READ (5,10) A DI 236
IF (A.LT.O.) GO TO 250 DI 237
RATKl (I) = A DI 238
240 CONTINUE DI 239
PRINT 15 01 240
60 TO 800 DI 241
25(J NRATE = 1-1 DI 242
TMRATE = INTIM+SUNTIM-0.001 DI 243
IKl = 1 DI 244
C THIS CAUL TO UPRATE INITIALIZES THE VARIABLE RATE CONDI 245
CALL UPRATE
-------
390 CONTINUE
DI
C OI 277
c 01 378
c READ INITIAL FLUXES. -UPFLUX- ALSO PERFORMS ANY DI 279
c SCALING NEEDED TO SCALE FLUXES. DI 2eo
CALL XMIT (-NROW,0.»FLXMAL) D* 281
CALL XMIT (-NROW»o.«FLXDGE> 01 282
CALL UPFLUX(INTIM«IFLXTM»LOCFLX.NUMFLX) DI 283
c DI 264
c ------- PRINT INPUTS DI 285
CALL SECONDIA) DI 286
PRINT 33, (TITLE, (IDATE(I) ,1=1,2) »A,J«1, 2) DI 287
CALL NE*PAG(TITLE»0«IDATE> DI 288
PRINT ife, INTIM,TSTOP»DELT,DELZ»NOREAC,NOSPI»NSTDY,NTRACE«NOSTAT,TDI 269
1STMAX.TSTMIN DI 290
IF (COONLY.ECO.YES) GO TO 320 01 291
PRINT 17, (SPEC(J) ,J=1»NOSPEC> DI 292
PRINT 19 DI 293
DO 300 I = l.NOREAC DI 294
PRINT 20« 1 » DI 299
PRINT 22 DI 300
DO 310 I - 1 ,NOREAC DI 301
PRINT 23, I » (STOYKPU.J) »J = 1 ,8) DI 302
IF (NOSPEC.LE.8) GO TO 310 DI 303
PRINT 24, (STOYKP (I ,J) ,J=9,NOSPEC) DI 304
310 CONTINUE DI 305
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE»0»IOATE> DI 306
PRINT 37 DI 307
PRINT 38, (I, (REACT (I»J) ,J = 1 ,8) ,1 = 1 iNOREAC) DI 308
GO TO 330 01 309
320 PRINT 7 DI 310
330 CALL NEWPA<3(TITLE,0«IDATE) 01 311
PP-INT 28 DI 312
PRINT 27, (SPEC
-------
CALL XMIT(MOSTAT*!?OFINITtSCALDF) Dl 331
C DI 332
c CREATE SCALING VECTORS DI 333
C DI 334
CALL DIFCOF(SCALDF.NOSTATtnCOF,SCALE, USCALE) DI 335
C INITIALISE WTMOLt DI 336
C DI 337
DO 3?0 I = 1tNOSPl DI 336
WTMOl.EU) = 28.97/WTMOLE(I) DI 339
3^0 CONTINUE DI 3*0
C 01 341
c .. CONVERT PPHM TO MASS-FRACTION TIMES io»»e. DI 342
C THE SCALING OF f-LUXF.S HAS ALREADY BEEN DONE BY -UPFLUX- DI 343
DO 370 K = l.NOSTAT DI 344
TRACIN(K) = PPHM (NOSP1 .M/wTMOLE (NOSP1 ) Dl 345
IF (COONLY.tO.YES) tiO TO 370 DI 346
DO 360 I = ItNOSPEC DI 347
CONIN(I,K) = PPHM (IiK)/wTMOLE(I) DI 348
360 CONTINUE DI 349
370 CONTINUE DI 350
C 01 351
c ADDITIONAL INITIAL PARAMETERS DI 352
TIME = INTIM 01 353
TLEFT = PRNTIN DI 354
NRC = MAXM5H«NROw DI 355
KNTEP =0 DI 35ft
CALL XMIT(-200.0.KSTEP) 01 357
C DI 358
NK = NOSPEC-NSTDY 01 359
IF (COONLY.EQ.RNEG) GO TO 380 01 360
NK s l 01 361
GO TO 410 DI 362
C DI 363
C COMPUTE BETAi THE NET STOICHIOMETRIC MATIRX. DI 364
C DI 365
3*0 DO 390 I = l.NOREAC 01 366
DO 390 J = liNOSPEC 01 367
BETA(I»J) = STOYKP (IiJ)-STOYKR (Itj) DI 368
ISTOVR(IiJ) = STOYKR(I,J) DI 369
390 CONTINUE DI 370
C DI 371
c MODIFY BETA IF NECESSARY TO ACCOUNT FOR STATIONARITY 01 372
C DI 373
CALL NUBETA(8ETA,MAXR) DI 374
C DI 375
C . GENERATE SUBSCRIPT ARRAYS FOR RATE CALCULATION DI 376
C INITIALIZE RATEFF DI 377
C DI 37B
CALL XMITlNOREAC.RATKONiRATEFF) DI 379
N a 0 DI 360
00 400 J « 1tNK DI 381
JJ(J) s N+l DI 38a
DO 400 I = l.NOREAC DI 363
IF (BETA(I»J).EO.O.) GO TO 400 DI 384
N s N+l DI 385
135
-------
400
C
410
C
420
C
c
430
440
450
C
C
C
460
C
c
470
1 1 (N ) = I
CONTINUE
JJ (NK + 1 ) s N + l
IPROD = NK«NOSTAT
TOEL7 = 2./DEL7
NOSTM1 * NOSTAT-1
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE,0,IDATE)
PRIMT 14
A = DFLZ»»Z
1 = 1
B = DFINIT (] )»A
PRINT 42, 1 ,ZEE (1 ) »B
DO 4?0 I = 2.NOSTAT
B = DFINIT (I >*A
PRINT 43, B
PRINT 42, I,ZEE(I)
CONTINUE
B = DFINIT (NOSTAT+1 > *A
PRIMT 44, B
IF (COONLY,EO.YES) GO TO 440
IF (NSTDY.EQ.O> GO TO 440
CALL STATE
N = NK+1
00 430 I = N,NOSPEC
WT = WTMOLt (I )
DO 430 K = l.NOSTAT
PPHM(I.K) = CONIN (1 ,K)»I*T
CONTINUE
CONTINUE
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE»0»IDATE>
PRINT 18, (SPEC (J) » J = l ,NOSPl )
DO 4^0 K = ItNOSTAT
PRINT 32, /IEE (K) , (PPHM(J.K) ,J = i ,NOSPl )
CONTINUE
CALL TlMEX(n,A,B)
IF (TLEFT.faT.DELT) GO TO 470
DELKP = DELT
OELT = TLEM
KNTPR = KNTfcM+1
IF (KNTE«,Lf .200 ) GO TO 4S>0
IF (KOUT .EQ.i^JEG) GO TO 480
KNTFP = ?00
CALL StCOND(A)
WPITF (9,36) TIMf .KSTEP (KNTtf) ,A
WRITE (^
•*c '
426
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
136
-------
4"!J
4C>(1
C
C
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
500
c
c
c
c
510
520
C
530
C
C
C
C
C
hMTFP - 1
OUTPUT (NNTtR • 1 ) = TIMfc
OUTPUT (KMER»2> = OELT
KS!fp(KNTE>) - KSTtP (2UU) +KNTER
IF (KSTtP (KNThR) ,GT .IMUM5TP) fiO TO 800
IF (TOONLY.EO.YFS) GO TCI 600
QMC - CZERO) = -?.»faZiRO = -g.*(A»CZERO * RATE)
CALL XMIT 1-NRCtO. »RAtt)
CALL XMIT <-MRC,0, iCONUP)
CA| L SOURCE ICONUP)
DO 5ro I = 1 »fJK
NATEd.l) = RATE (I »1 ) +TOeLZ»Kl.XWAL (I )
PATF (I .NOSTAT) = RATE (I ,NOSTAT)-TDELZ«FLXOGE (I)
CONTINUE
DO 510 I = ItNK
CONUP(I.l) = DCOF (1 )«(-CONIN(l ,1 ) +CONINII ,2) 1
COMIP < I ,NOSTAT) = OCOF (NOSTAT) »< CON IN (I tNOSTAT-1 ) -CONINd »NOSTAT)
CONTINUE
DO 520 J = 2.NOSTM1
DO 520 I = 1 «NK
CONUP (I.J) = SCALDF (J)#CONIN (I ,J-1 ) -OCOF I J ) *CONI N 1 1 1 J ) *SCALDF(J*1
1*CONIN(I ,J*1 )
CONTINUE
CALL MAT ADD (CONUP .RATE »G2ERO,NROW,NOST AT )
CALL MATSCL (-2. tGZERO »NROW , NOSTAT )
DO 530 J = 1, NOSTAT
A = DSCALE (J)
DO 530 I = ItNK
GZERO(IiJ) * 6ZERO(I.J)»A
CONTINUE
RECALL THAT Q IS STORED IN THE SAME LOCATION AS AJACOB
B 3 2. /DELT
DO 540 I = 1 , NOSTAT
J r ( 1-1 ) ttNROW+1
CALL JACOB (AJACOB (1 »J> .CON IN (1,1) tRATKON ,NK , WTMOLE iNOSPEC . CONUP )
01
DI
DI
01
P. *
0 1
01
01
DI
01
MO I
01
01
01
01
DI
t~\ T
U 1
DI
01
01
n T
U I
DI
DI
DI
DI
01
DI
DI
DI
01
DI
) DI
01
DI
DI
) DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
U A
01
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
01
DI
DI
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
457
458
459
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
478
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
4fl n
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
469
490
491
492
493
494
495
137
-------
c ------- THE NEXT TWO STATEMENTS GENERATE Q WITH PROPER SCALING DI 496
A = R+DCOF (I ) 01 497
CALL QGENIAJACOB (1 »J> ,A»OSCALE (I ) ,NK) 01 498
540 CONTINUE DI *9'
c DI 500
c ------------- NOW TO SOLVE THE SYSTEM DI 501
c 01 502
CALL TRIVPT (GI.GZERO, SCALE, WORK, NROW,IPROD,NOSTAT,NK,CONEW> DI 503
CALL MATADD (CONIN, CONEW.CONEW.NROW, NOSTAT) DI 504
c DI 505
C DI 506
c ------------ . TEST RELATIVE CHANGE IN CONCENTRATION DI so?
HISCOR =0 DI 508
LOSCOR =0 DI 509
DO 570 K = liNOSTAT DI 510
DO 570 J = ItNK DI 511
DIFCON = CONEW ( J,K) -CONIN (J»K> DI 512
IF (DIFCON. EQ. 0. ) GO TO 560 DI 513
DIFTST = A8S(DIFCON)/CONIN ,GT.(). ) GO TO 590 01 536
WRITE (8.39) SPET (I > »J»HME»CONIN(I tj) »DELT 01 537
CONIM(I.J) = l.E-16 DI 538
59o CONTINUE DI 539
GO TO 640 01 540
C DI 541
C ---------- IF ONLY ft NONRtACUVf SPECIES IS PRESENT, THE CURRENT VALUf 01 54?
C IS SflVtD, THE NEW VALUE IS COMPUTED 8Y A CALL TO CRANK, " 01 543
c ANU THE RELATIVE CHANGE is DETERMINED FOR PURPOSES OF DI 544
c STEP-SIZE CONTROL DI
c DI 546
C'ALL XMIT (NOSTAT, fHACIN.WORK ) (Jj 5^7
CALL CRANK (NOSTAT ,i)ELT) 01 548
HISCOR = 0 D1 549
LOSCOR = o pi 550
138
-------
r..j 630 K = 1 .NOSTAT 01 551
DIf-rOM = THACIN {K)-W()HK (K,l ) DI 552
If- (DIFCON.f.U.o. I CiO TO 02(1 DI 553
(itFT^T = At*S (OTFCON)/TRACIN (K ) 01 5b4
IF (PIFTS7 .6T .TST-^AX) GO TO 6)0 01 555
If = TRACIH (M»WTMOLt(NOSP1) DI 573
IF (COONLY.EQ.YES) 60 TO 670 DI 574
DO 660 J = liNOSPEC DI 575
PPHM(J.K) = CONEW (JtK)*v
-------
c 01 606
c .._.—___.—UPDATE SOURCES 01 607
IF (TIME.LT.FLXNEW) GO TO 730 DI 608
IFLXTM = IFLXTM*! DI 609
IF (IFLXTM.(3T.NFLUX) IFLXTM B NFLUX DI 610
FLXNEW * FLXTIM (IFLXTM*l)-o.001 DI 611
CALL UPFLUX (TIME,IFLXTM,LOCFLX.NUMFLX) DI 613
720 CONTINUE 01 613
C , DI 614
IF (COONLY.EQ.YES) GO TO 740 DI 615
C DI 616
C UPDATE RATKON(l), N02 PHOTOD1SSOCIAT ION RATE CONSTANTDI 617
C RATKON(l) IS CONSTANT IF ORATE = 2HNO DI 618
C DI 619
IF (ORATE.EQ.RNE6) SO TO 730 DI 620
IF (TIME.LT.TMRATE) GO TO 730 DI 621
IKl r IK1*1 DI 623
IF (IKl .GT.NRATE) IKl = NRATE DI 623
TMRATE = INTIM + 1K1<*SUNTIM-0.001 DI 624
CALL UPRATE(TIME,RATK1(IKl),RATKON,RATEFF) DI 625
730 CONTINUE DI 626
740 IF (QHTINV.EU.RNEG) GO TO 770 01 627
C DI 628
C UPDATE INVERSION HEISHT DI 629
C DI 630
IF (TIME.LT .HTINV(IHTfl)) GO TO 770 DI 631
IF (KHT.GT.NHT) GO TO 770 DI 632
WRITE (11,46) TIME,HTINV(IHT,1),HTINV(IHT,2) DI 633
A = DEL2»<*2 DI 634
K = NOSTAT*] DI 635
HO 750 I s i,K DI 636
DFINIT(I) = HTINV(IHT,1+2)/A DI 637
750 CONTINUE 01 638
b = DFINIT(1)*A DI 639
J = 1 DI 640
WRITF (11,4?) J,^EE(1)«B 01 641
DO 760 J s 2,NOSTAT 01 642
fJ = DFINIT(J>«A 01 643
WRITE (11,43) B 01 644
760 WRITF (11,4?) J.ZEE(J) 01 645
H = PFINIT(NOSTAT*!)*A OJ 646
WRITE (11,44) H Dj 647
KHT = KHT*1 D1 646
IHT = IHT+1 01 649
IF (IHT.&T.NHT) IHT = NHT DI 65o
CALL XMIT (NOSTAT + 1,OFINIT.SCALUF) DI 651
C4LI, OIFCOl- (SCALDF,NOSTAT,DCOF,SCALE,DSCALE) DI 652
770 CONTINUE QJ 653
IF (TLEFT.NE.PRNT1N) GO TO 780 DI 655
IF (PFLT.ft/,PRNTIM) 60 TO 780 ni t,*,f,
GO TO 460 ^} l£
7«0 CONTINUE DI 658
C 01 659
IF (FMSTP.EO.YES) G0 TO 460 01 660
140
-------
c
790
C
C
800
C
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
810
C
c
c
c
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
IF-"
IF (KSTEP(KNTER) .OT.NUMSTP) PRINT 26
IF (KOUT.EO.IES) WRITE (9t35) (KSTEP ( I ) i (OUTPUT ( I tJ > ,J = 1 »2 )« 1 = 1 t
1TER)
THE DATA DECK MUST BE ENDED WITH A CARD WHICH CONTAINS
THE WORD -END- IN COLS 1-3. OTHERWISE PROGRAM EXECUTION
WILL TERMINATE ON AN UNCHECKED END OF FILE.
IF USER WISHES TO STACK JOBS, HE MUST PLACE A CARD
BETWEEN DATA DECKS WHICH HAS THE WORD -MORE- IN COLS 1-4
READ (5,25) TERM
IF (TERM.EO.RMOR) GO TO 100
IF (TERM. NE. END) GO TO 810
CALL EXIT
FORMAT <40X,A4,6X»A4>
FORMAT (1H1 ,10X,45HOIMENSIONS OF ARRAYS T» V, TH IN COMMON/WIND/
133H HAVE BEEN EXCEEDED. JOB ABORTED.)
FORMAT <40X,3F10.3)
FORMAT (1H1 ,10X,37HMORE THAN 500 FLUXES HAVE BEEN INPUT.
113H JOB ABORTED.)
FORMAT <1HO,5X,42HTOTAL FLUXES IN UNITS USED BY CODE (M/MINI//6X
1 4HTIME.10X.12HNITRIC OxIDE ,5X .21HREACT I VE HYDROCARBONS, 5X ,
2 15HCARBON MONOXIDE)
FORMAT (1H ,3X,F6.1»10X,E12.4i5X,E17,4»9X»E13.4)
FORMAT <1HO»5X,42HTHIS RUN TOR ONE NONREACTIVE SPECIES ONLY.)
FORMAT (1H ,5X,A4»6H FLUX s ,2X,G15.8)
FORMAT (1HO»4X,9HHEIGHT-M.,3X,A4,7(11X,A4>/18X,A4«7<11X»A4) )
FORMAT (30X.El5.51
FORMAT (2F10.0)
DI
DI
01
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
KNDI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
n T
U i
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
, DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
DI
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
AO7
O T f
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
141
-------
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
?3
24
25
26
27
•3 Q
2H
29
30
31
3?
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
4n
41
4?
43
FORMAT <40X,A4»6X»F10.2) °I
FORMAT (1HO.////////30X48HCONCENTRATION PROFILES-PAHTS PER HUNDP-EDDI
1 MiLLION//45X.5HTIM£s,E12.5.8H MINUTES//1 OX .20H6ROUND DIFFUSIVITY DI
2=»G15.e«10X»5H Kl =»G15.8) DI
FORMAT (1HO»10X.30HINITIAL DIFFUSION COEFFICIENTS//! OX »52HVALUES SOI
1HOWN ARE FOR POINTS HALFWAY BETWEEN STATIONS///10X»7HSTATION» 1QX » 101
25HHEIGHT (METERS )* 10X i 1 1HDIFFUSI VITY) DI
FORMAT (1H1 »loXi64HN(JMBER OF N02 RATE CONSTANTS EXCEEDED THE OIMENDI
ISIONS OF VECTOR -RATKI-. JOB ABORTED.) DI
FORMAT (1H0.61HINPUT DATA FOR VERTICAL DIFFUSION PROBLEM WITH PHOTDI
10CHEMISTRY//2X.15HINITIAL TIME IS.E12.5»8H MINUTES//2XJ3HFINAL TIMDI
2E IS,E12.5»8H MINUTES//2X17HTIME STEP SIZE IS.E12.5.8H MINUTES//2XOI
326HVfRTICAL MESH INCREMENT ISiE12.5i7H METERS//2X22HNUMBER OF REACDI
4TIONS IS.I3//2X20HNUMBER OF SPECIES IS» I3//2X36HNUMBER OF SPECIES DI
5IN STFADY STATE IS. I4//2X27HNUMBER OF TRACER SPECIES ISi 14 i3Xi 17H (DI
6CANNOT EXCEED 1 ) //2X33HNUMSEH OF VERTICAL MESH POINTS IS, I3t lX,33HDI
7INCLUDIN6 THE GROUND AND THE EDGE//2X18HSTEP SIZE CONTROLS//10X32HDI
8UPPER LIMIT FRACTIONAL CHANGE I S ,E12.5//1 OX32HLOwER LIMIT FRACTlONDI
9AL CHANGE IS.E12.5) DI
FORMAT (1HU.//13X.8 (8X.A4) «6X»13HRATE CONSTANT t /( 13X t6 (8X «A4 ))) DI
FORMAT (1HU.////////30X39HINITIAL PROFILES OF CONCENTRAT I ONS-PPHM/DI
1/////4X9HHEIGHT-M. t5XtA4»7(llXiA4)/(llX»8(llXiA4))) DI
FORMAT (1H0.5X8HREACTION,25X55H- --REACTANT STOIC HOI
1 IOMETRY-- -»24XtlOH(PPHM/MIN) ) DI
FORMAT (1H0.5X,I3,2X,8(8X,F4.1) ilOX,G12.5) DI
FORMAT (10X.8 (8X.F4.1 )/10X«4(8X»F4.1) ) DI
FORMAT (1HO,//6X8HREACTION,26X53H- --PRODUCT STOIC HDI
1IOMETRY---1 DI
FORMAT (lHO«5XI3flOXF5.2»7(7XF5.2) ) DI
FORMAT <18XF5.2*7 < 7XF5.2 > /I 8XF5 .2 i3 (7XF5.2 > ) DI
FORMAT (20A4) DI
FORMAT DI
FORMAT (HA«) PI
FORMAT <20X,5E10.4) OI
FORMAT (1H0.10X»I5,15X,F10.2»10X.G15.8) DI
FORMAT (1H() t50X»G15.6) 01
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
142
-------
44 FORMAT (1H+.SOX,&15.8) DI 771
4? FORMAT (1H1tlOXi57MTOO MANY INVERSION HEIGHT ENTRIES IN TABLE. JOOI 772
1H ABORTtU.) DI 773
46 FORMAT < 1HO .lOXiSQHINVERSION HEIGHT AND DIFFUSIVUY UPDATED AT TIMDI 774
IF .Fio.2.5X,l4HUPDATE TIME = ,F10.2»SX.9HIMV HT = »F10.2) DI 775
47 FORMAT (23HSTART LOCATION (COORDS)•17X»2F10
-------
144
-------
F.2 AIR TRAJECTORY MODULE
-------
SUBROUTINE ANGTST(XStYS .NGOOD .KUSE ,OK) ANG 1
C ANG 2
C THIS ROUTINE PERFORMS THE ANGLE TEST ANG 3
C WRITTEN RY MA HIRSCHBERG ANG 4
C MARCH 1973 ANG 5
C ANG 6
C XS X-COORDINATE OF POSITION ANG 7
C YS Y-COORDINATE OF POSITION ANG 8
C NGOOD NUMBER OF POINTS-1 ANG 9
C KUSE INDEX OF CLOSEST STATION ANG 10
C OK FLAG IF POSITIVE ANGLE TEST IS OK OTHERWISE LOOK FOR NEW POINT ANG 11
C ANG 12
DIMENSION SSTAN(2»51)» ISTANS<2HOO> ANG 13
COMMON /WDATA/ NUMSTA* SSTAN. iSTANSt RMIN» RMAX ANG u
C ANG 15
DIMENSION RVEC(3,3),SVEC(3i3) ANG 16
DATA COSTST/t99939083/ ANG 17
C ANG IB
OK a .1, ANG 19
NUSE B NGOOD*! ANG 20
GO TO UOOtlSO,130>,NUSE ANG 21
C ANG 22
C STORE FIRST VECTOR ANG 23
100 CONTINUE ANG 24
RVEC(lil) « XS-SSTAN(1»KUSE) ANG 25
RVEC(2il) * YS-SSTANI2.KUSE) ANG 26
RVEC(3,1) « 0.0 ANG 27
110 CONTINUE ANG 28
OK • 1.0 ANG 29
RETURN ANG 30
C ANG 31
C STORE SECOND VECTOR AND CHECK ANGLE ANG 32
120 CONTINUE ANG 33
RVEC(1»2) * XS-SSTAN(1fKUSE) ANG 34
RVEC(2,2) = YS-SSTAN(2»KUSE) ANG 35
RVEC(3t2> * 0.0 ANG 36
CALL UNITV(RVECUil) iSVEC(lil) ) ANG 37
CALL UNITV(RVEC(1»2) tSVECUiS) ) ANG 38
COSEY « DOTTY(SVEC(ltl),SVEC(l,2)) ANG 39
C ANQ 40
C PROVIDE A 2 DEGREE ANGLE CHECK ANG 41
IF (COSEY.GT.COSTST) RETURN ANG 42
GO TO 110 ANG 43
C ANG 44
C STORE THIRD VECTOR AND CHECK ANGLE ANG 45
130 CONTINUE ANG 46
RVEC<1»3) « XS-SSTAN(1»KUSE) ANG 47
RVEC(2i3) « YS-SSTAN(2iKUSE) ANG *8
RVEC(3f3) « 0.0 ANG *9
CALL UNITV(RVEC(li3)«SVEC(1»3)) ANG 50
COSEY » DOTTY(SVEC(1»1) iSVEC(1.3)) ANG 51
IF (COSEY.GT.COSTST) RETURN ANG 52
COSEY « DOTTY(SVEC(li2) iSVECUi3)> ANG 53
IF (COSEY.GT.COSTST) RETURN ANG 54
GO TO 110 ANQ 55
C ANG 56
END ANG 57-
145
-------
C
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
THIS SUBROUTINE
TAKES THE RAW AZIMUTH AND VELOCITY DATA AND
PRODUCES ONE AZIMUTH AND VELOCITY
NP
AZV(l)
AZV(2)
AZV(3)
AZV(4»
ODD
AZM
VEL
IRF
NUMBER OF RAW DATA POINTS (UP TO THREE)
AZIMUTH IN WIND PT COORDINATES
VELOCITY IN MPH
NUMBER OF POINTS IN DIGITAL WIND SYSTEM
STATION NAME
DISTANCE FROM INPUT PT TO CLOSEST STATIONS
AZIMUTH TO BE CALCULATED
VELOCITY TO BE CALCULATED
INVERSE OR INVERSE SQUARE DISTANCE CALCULATION
SUBROUTINE AZVDIS(NP.AZV»DDD»AZMtVEU,IRF) AZV 1
AZV 2
AZV 3
AZV 4
AZV 5
AZV 6
AZV 7
AZV 6
AZV 9
AZV 10
AZV 11
AZV 12
AZV 13
TO BE AZV 14
AZV 15
DIMENSION AZVI12)»DOD(3) AZV 16
DIMENSION AZT(3)tW<3)iR(3)fAX(3)iAY<3) AZV 17
DIMENSION SSTAN(2.51)i ISTANS(2.100) AZV 18
COMMON /WDATA/ NUMSTAi SSTAN, iSTANSi RMJN» RMAX AZV 19
DATA RPD/.01745329/iDPR/57,2957795/ AZV 20
C AZV 21
SUM • 0.0 AZV 22
DO 120 I « liNP AZV 23
L * 1-1 AZV 24
APT • AZV(4»L*3) AZV 25
AZUS • AZV(4«L*1> AZV 26
IF (AZUS.GT,APT) AZUS • APT AZV 27
C AZV 28
C COMPUTE SECTOR SIZE AZV 29
C AZV 30
SDEO « 360./APT AZV 31
C AZV 32
C CALCULATE WIND AZIMUTH IN DEGREES CLOCKWISE FROM NORTH AZV 33
C AZV 34
AZT(I) « l8o.*AZUS»SDEO AZV 35
IF (AZT(I).6T.360.) AZT(I) »AZT(I)-360. AZV 36
AX B SIN(AZT(I)«RPD) AZV 37
AY(I) s COS(AZT
-------
C CALCULATE *(I) AND THE AZIMUTH AND VELOCITY OF INTEREST AZV 56
C AZV 57
SUMX * 0. AZV 58
SUMY » 0. AZV 59
SUMS n o.O AZV 60
DO 130 I = liNP AZV 61
L * 1-1 AZV 62
W AZV 66
130 CONTINUE AZV 67
AZM a DPR*»ATANa (SUMXtSUMY) AZV 68
IF (AZM.LT.O.) AZM • AZM*360. AZV 69
VEL * SUM2 AZV 70
RETURN AZV 71
C AZV 72
END AZV 73-
147
-------
C WRITTEN BY
C MARCH 1973
C MODIFIED TO
C MAY 1973
C
C
C BAS» CO) BAR 26
DATA IFIN/0/ BAR 27
C BAR 28
DATA NUMBAS/6/ BAR 29
DATA BAS/ BAR 30
c SAN GABRIEL MTS BAR 31
1 17.50* 50.59* 22.28* 47.13* BAR 32
2 22.28* 47.13. 36.60* 41.38* BAR 33
3 36.60* 41.38* 50.92* 41.38* BAR 34
C SANTA MONICA MTS BAR 35
4 -1.02* 35.17* 4.90* 37.01* BAR 36
5 4.90* 37.01* 19.41. 39.08. BAR 37
C PALOS VERDES HILLS BAR 38
6 14.16. 15.14. 17.89. 12.15 / BAR 39
C BAR 40
OK a 1.0 BAR 41
IF (NUMBAS.LE.O) GO TO 130 BAR 42
IF (IFIN.GT.O) GO TO 110 BAR *3
C BAR 44
C SETUP SLOPE INTERCEPT FORM OF A LINE BAR 45
DO 100 I » l.NUMBAS BAR 46
DY a BAS(2.I)-BAS(4.I) BAR 47
DX a BASdiD-BASOiII BAR 49
SLPIN(l.I) a DY/DX BAR 49
SLPIN(2*I) « BAS(2.I)-SLPIN(1.I)«BAS(1,I) BAR 50
100 CONTINUE BAR 51
IFIN « 1 BAR 52
110 CONTINUE BAR 54
C<1) » XS-X BAR 55
148
-------
C » YS-Y BAR 56
A(3) B 0. BAR 57
B(3) r o. BAR 56
CO) B 0. BAR 59
DO 12Q I a ItNUMBAS BAR 60
01 B YS-SLPIN(1»I)»XS-SLPIN(2,I ) BAR 61
D2 B Y-SLPIN(liI)»X-SLPIN(2»I) BAR 62
IF
-------
SUBROUTINE DATE
-------
IF (K2.LE.30) 60 TO 110 DAT 56
K2 = K2-30 DAT 57
GO TO 100 OAT 58
140 CONTINUE DAT 59
NEW(l) « 100»K22*K2 DAT 60
RETURN DAT 61
C DAT 62
C DECREMENT TIME DAT 63
150 CONTINUE DAT 64
K2 « I2-MOVE DAT 65
IF (K2.GE.O) GO TO 140 DAT 66
K2 « K2»60 DAT 67
K22 » 11-1 DAT 68
IF (K22.GE.O) GO TO 140 DAT 69
K22 • K22+24 DAT 70
NEW(l) » 100*K22*K2 DAT 71
K22 » J2 OAT 72
K2 « J3-1 DAT 73
IF (K2.GT.O) GO TO 110 DAT 74
K22 « J2-1 DAT 75
IF (J2.EQ.12) GO TO 170 DAT 76
IF (J2.EQ.10) GO TO 170 DAT 77
IF (J2.EQ.7) GO T° 170 OAT 78
IF (J2.EQ.5) GO TO 170 DAT 79
IF (J2.EQ.3) GO TO 180 DAT 80
K2 • 31 DAT 81
160 CONTINUE DAT 82
IF (K22.GTtO) GO TO 110 OAT 83
K22 « 12 DAT 84
Jl m Jl-l DAT 85
GO TO 110 DAT 86
170 CONTINUE DAT 87
K2 » 30 DAT 8B
GO TO 160 DAT 89
180 CONTINUE DAT 90
K2 - 28 OAT 91
GO TO 160 OAT 92
c DAT 93
END OAT 94-
151
-------
FUNCTION DOTTY(A.B) DOT 1
C DOT 2
C RETURNS THE DOT PRODUCT OF VECTOR A AND VECTOR B DOT 3
C OOT *
DIMENSION A(3),B(3) DOT 5
c DOT 6
DOTTY - 0.0 DOT 7
DO 100 1-1.3 DOT 8
DOTTY « A(I)«B(I)*DOTTY DOT 9
100 CONTINUE DOT 1"
RETURN DOT H
END DOT 12-
SUBROUTINE EDGE(X.Y.ITFiIEDSE) ED6 1
C ED6 2
C CHECK WHETHER NEW POINT IS OUTSIDE SRID EDO 3
C EOG 4
COMMON /GRID/ XI. X2. Yl, Y2. NX, NY, DELX, DELY, DELT EDO 5
DATA IONE/1/ EDS 6
C EDO 7
IF (X.LT.X1) GO TO 100 EDO 8
IF (X.OT.X2) GO TO 100 EDO 9
IF (Y.LT.Y1) GO TO 100 EDO 10
IF (Y.GT.Y2) GO TO 100 EDO 11
C EDO 12
C POINT IS OK EDO 13
C EOG 14
IEDGE « 0 EDO 15
GO TO 110 EDO 16
100 CONTINUE £DQ 17
c EDG 18
C POINT IS OUTSIDE GRID EDO 19
c EDG 20
IEDGE = ISIGNdONE.ITF) EDfi 21
110 RETURN EDG 22
END EDG 23-
152
-------
SUBROUTINE EXTRP(IHOUR»ARYtVAL) EXT 1
C EXT 2
C EXTRP SELECTS A VALUE OUT OF A 24-WORD ARRAY, IF THE VALUE EXT 3
C SOUGHT IS MISSING (INDICATED BY A NEGATIVE ENTRY)• EXTRP EXT 4
C "ILL ATTEMPT TO FILL THE GAP BY INTERPOLATION OR EXTRAPOLATION. EXT 5
C EXT 6
C IHOUR CLOCK TIME ON A 24 HOUR BASIS EXT 7
C ARY ARRAY OF 24 VALUES (WIND OR VELOCITY) EXT 6
C VAL VALUE SELECTED EXT 9
C EXT 10
C MISSING DATA SITUATIONS HANDLED BY EXTRP EXT 11
C EXT 12
C CASE 1-3 1-2 1-1 I 1*1 1*2 1*3 EXT 13
C 0 X
C 1 XX
C 2 X - X
C 3 X X -
C 4
C 5
C 6
X EXT 14
EXT 15
EXT 16
EXT 17
X X EXT 18
X - X EXT 19
-XX EXT 20
C EXT 21
DIMENSION ARY(24) EXT 22
C EXT 23
IPICK * IHOUR/100*! EXT 24
IF (IPICK.GT.24) IPICK « IPICK-24 EXT 25
VAL = ARY(IPICK) EXT 26
IF (VAL.GE.O.) RETURN EXT 27
C EXT 28
C ENTRY MISSING. MUST TRY TO GET VALUE BY INTERPOLATION OR EXTRAPOLATIONEXT 29
C IS THERE A VALUE ON BOTH SIDES EXT 30
VAL B -1. EXT 31
IF (IPICK.EO.l) GO TO 100 EXT 32
IF (IPICK.EO.24) GO TO 130 EXT 33
IF (ARY(IPICK-l) .LT.O.) GO TO 160 EXT 34
IF (ARY(IPICK*1).LT.O.) 60 TO 190 EXT 35
C EXT 36
C CASE 0 EXT 37
C EXT 38
VAL « 0«5*tLT.O.) GO TO llo EXT 44
IF (ARYO).LT.O.) GO TO 120 EXT 45
VAL • ARY(2)-(ARY(3)"ARY(2)) EXT 46
GO TO 220 EXT 47
110 CONTINUE EXT 46
IF (ARY(3).LT.O..OR.ARY(4).LT.Ot) RETURN EXT 49
VAL » ARY(3)-2.»(ARY(4)-ARY(3)) EXT 50
00 TO 220 f*T |1
120 CONTINUE EXT 52
IF (ARY(4).LT.O.) RETURN EXT 53
ARYI3) » 0.5«(ARY(2)*ARY(4» EXT 54
GO TO 100 EXT 55
153
-------
c EXT 56
C WE ARE AT THE LAST POINT EXT 57
130 CONTINUE EXT 58
IF (ARY(23>.LT.O.) SO TO 140 EXT 59
IF tLT.O.) GO TO 150 EXT *<>
VAL » ARY(23)*ARY(23)-ARY<22) EXT 61
SO TO 220 EXT 62
140 CONTINUE EXT 63
IF (ARY<22).LT.O.tOR.ARY(21>.LTtOt) RETURN EXT 64
VAL • ARY(22)*2.».LT.O.) GO TO 180 EXT 72
IF 60 TO 180 EXT 73
IF (ARY(IPICK»2).LT.O.) GO TO 170 EXT 74
C EXT 75
C CASE 4 EXT 76
VAL » ARY(IPICK*1>- 60 TO 180 EXT 80
IF .LT.O.) GO TO 180 EXT 81
C EXT 82
C CASE 5 EXT 83
VAL » ARY(IPICK*1)-0.5«(ARY(IPICK*3)-ARY(IPICK*1)) EXT 84
GO TO 220 EXT 85
180 CONTINUE EXT 86
VAL « VAL-1. EXT 87
IF (VAL.LT.-3.) RETURN EXT 88
IF (IPICK-2.LT.1) 60 TO 210 EXT 89
IF +2.«(ARY(IPICK-2)-ARY EXT 95
GO TO 220 EXT 96
190 CONTINUE EXT 97
IF EXT 102
GO TO 220 EXT 103
200 CONTINUE EXT 104
IF (IPICK-3.LT.1) GO TO 210 EXT 105
IF (ARY(IPICK-3),LT.O.) 00 TO 210 EXT 106
C EXT 107
C CASE 2 EXT 108
VAL = ARY(IPICK-D*0.5»(ARY(IPICK-l)-ARY(IPICK-3) ) EXT 109
GO TO 220 EXT 110
154
-------
210 CONTINUE EXT 111
VAL = VAL-1. EXT 112
IP (VAL.LT.-3.) RETURN EXT 113
IF (IPICK*2.GT.24) GO TO 180 EXT 114
IF .LT.O,) GO TO 180 EXT 115
IF (IPICK*3.GT.24) GO TO 180 EXT 116
IF (ARY(IPICK*3>.LT.O.) GO TO 180 EXT 117
C EXT 118
C CASE 6 EXT 119
VAL * ARY(IPICK*2>-2.»
-------
SUBROUTINE GETAZV(KOLD,ID«XS,YS»NC,AZV,NGOOD,DDIS) GET 1
C GET 2
C THIS SUBROUTINE RETRIEVES MEASUREMENT RECORDS FROM GET 3
C CLOSE STATIONS. GET 4
C WRITTEN BY MA HIRSCHBERG GET 5
C MARCH 1973 OET 6
C GET 7
C KOLD(l) - TIME - 24 HOUR CLOCK GET 8
C KOLD(2) DATE - YEAR-MONTH-DAY GET 9
C ID STATION ID (IF ANY) GET 10
C XS X COORDINATE OF POSITION GET 11
C YS Y COORDINATE OF POSITION GET 12
C NC NUMBER OF CLOSEST STATIONS TO USE GET 13
C AZV(l) AZIMUTH GET 14
C AZV<2) VELOCITY GET 15
C AZV(3) NUMBER OF DIGITAL WIND POINTS GET 16
C AZV(4) NAME OF CLOSEST POINT GET 17
C NGOOD NUMBER OF POINTS ACTUALLY FOUND TO BE GOOD GET 18
C DDIS DISTANCE TO POINTS FOUND GET 19
DIMENSION KOLD<2) IAZVI12) GET 20
DIMENSION PT(24) ,XIMPH(24) GET 21
DIMENSION DIS(IOO).IDIS(IOO) GET 22
DIMENSION DDIS<2> GET 23
DIMENSION ID(2) GET 24
DIMENSION NAM<2> GET 25
DIMENSION NAME(2) GET 26
DIMENSION SSTAN(2»51)» ISTANS(2»100> GET 27
DIMENSION IDATE(IO) ,ICT(10) GET 28
COMMON /WDATA/ NUMSTA, SSTAN, ISTANS, RMIN, RMAX GET 29
COMMON /DATES/ IDATE, ICT, NFILES GET 30
DATA IBLK /1H / GET 31
EQUIVALENCE (XID.KD) GET 32
C GET 33
C ZERO OUT AZV ARRAY GET 34
DO 100 I » 1,3 GET 35
L • 1-1 GET 36
AZV(4»L+1) « 0 GET 37
AZV(4»L*2) » 0 GET 38
KD a IBLK GET 39
AZV(4»L*3> « XID GET 40
AZV(4»L*4> = XID GET 41
100 CONTINUE GET 42
C GET 43
C ARE WE AT A STATION GET 44
IF (ID(I).EQ.IBLK) GO TO 170 GET 45
C GET 46
C YES GET THE STATION DATA GET 47
DO HO I = 1»NFILES GET 48
IF (KOLDI2).EQ.IDATE(I)) Go TO 130 GET 49
110 CONTINUE GET 50
130 CONTINUE GET 51
WRITE (6,1) KOLO(2) GET 52
NGOOD = 0 GET 53
RETURN GET 54
130 CONTINUE GET 55
156
-------
1C a 0 GET 56
IF a 1*10 GET 57
REWIND IF GET 56
140 CONTINUE GET 59
1C * IC+1 GET 60
IF (IC.GT.ICT(IF-IO) ) GO TO 150 GET 61
READ (IF) NWDTE»NAMtAPT»PT,XIMPH GET 62
IF (10(1).NE.NAM(l)) GO TO HO GET 63
IF GET 78
GO TO 170 GET 79
C GET 80
C DATA RECORDS HAVE GAPS. TRY NEIGHBORING STATION(S) GET 81
160 CONTINUE GET 82
WRITE (6,3) ID.KOLD GET 83
C GET 84
C ORDER THE STATIONS AND CHECK THEIR DATA GET 85
170 CONTINUE GET 86
CALL WSECLS(XS,YSiDIS»IDIS) GET 87
KCT « 0 GET 88
NGOOD * o 6ET 89
180 CONTINUE GET 90
IF (NGOOD.EQ.NC) GO TO 240 GET 91
KCT » KCT*1 GET 92
IF (KCT.GT.NUMSTA) GO TO 240 GET 93
KUSE • IDIS(KCT) GET 94
NAME(l) " ISTANSd.KUSE) GET 95
NAME(2) « ISTANS(2.KUSE) GET 96
DO 190 I o 1»10 GET 97
IF (KOLD(2).EQ.IDATE(I)) GO TO 200 GET 98
190 CONTINUE GET 99
GO TO 120 GET 10°
200 CONTINUE GET 101
1C » 0 GET I02
IF - 1*10 GET 103
REWIND IF GET 104
210 CONTINUE GEJ. }°5
READ (IF) NWDTE»NAM»APT,PT,XIMPH GET 106
ic » ic*i GET 107
IF
-------
220 CONTINUE GET 111
CALL EXTRP(KOLD»PT»ZAZ) GET 112
IF (ZAZ.LT.Ot) 60 TO 180 GET 113
CALL EXTRP(KOLD,XIMPH»VELL) GET 11*
IF (VELL.LT.O.) GO TO 180 GET 115
AZV<4*NGOOD*1> * ZAZ GET 116
AZV(4#NGOOD+2) « VELL GET 117
AZV(4»NGOOD*3> a APT GET 118
KD « NAM(l) GET 119
AZV(4*NGOOD*4> « XIO GET 120
DDIS(NGOOD*1> • SQRT(OIS(KCT)) GET 121
IF (DIS(KCT).LE.RMIN) 00 TO 230 GET 122
IF 80 TO 240 GET 123
C GET 124
C PERFORM ANGLE TEST GET 125
CALL ANGTST(XS.YStNGOODiKUSEiOK) GET 126
IF (OK.LT.O.) GO TO 180 GET 127
C GET 128
C PERFORM THE BARRIER TEST GET 129
XT « SSTAN(i,KuSE) GET 130
YT • SSTAN(2,KUSE> GET 131
CALL BARIER(XT»YT»XS.YS»OK> GET 132
IF (OK.LT.O.) GO TO 180 GET 133
NGOOD • NGOOD»1 GET 134
GO TO 180 GET 135
230 CONTINUE GET 136
NGOOD » 1 GET 137
240 CONTINUE GET 138
RETURN GET 139
1 FORMAT (//i33H GETAZV CANT FIND DATE FILE FOR ,I6i GET 140
1 22H IN MIND DATA TABLES..//) GET 141
2 FORMAT
-------
SUBROUTINE SETIN SET 1
C SET 2
C SETIN INITIALIZES WIND STATION NAMES AND COORDINATES, SET 3
C COMPftSS POINT AZIMUTHS, AND DISTANCE CRITERIA SET 4
C WRITTEN BY MA HIRSCHBERG SET 5
C MARCH 1973 SET 6
C SET 7
C ISTANS IS AN ARRAY CONTAINING THE NAMES OF THE WIND STATIONS SET 8
C SET 9
C SSTAN IS AN ARRAY CONTAINING THE X-Y COORDINATES OF THE WIND STATISET 10
C SET 11
C NUMSTA IS THE NUMBER OF STATIONS SET 12
C SET 13
C RMIN MINIMUM SQUARED DISTANCE. THAT IS, IF A STATION IS LESS SET 14
C THAN SORT(RMIN) AWAY FROM A CURRENT NODE, ONLY THAT SET 15
C STATION WILL 8E USED, SET 16
C SET 17
C RMAX MAXIMUM SQUARED DISTANCE, NO STATION FURTHER SET 18
C THAN SORT(RMAX) FROM A CURRENT NODE WILL BE USED. SET 19
C SET 20
DIMENSION ISS(2,100) SET 21
DIMENSION SSTAN(2»51>i ISTANS (2»lOO) SET 22
COMMON /WDATA/ NUMSTA, SSTAN, ISTANS, RMIN, RMAX SET 23
DATA ISS/4H 1CA.4HP ,4H6()AZ,4HU ,4H69BU,4HRK ,4H7lWE,4HST ,4SET 24
1H72L0.4HNB ,4H74REi4HSD ,4H75PO»4HMA ,4H76LEi4HNX ,4H79PAi4HSASET 25
2 ,4H80WH,4HTR ,4H 2L6«4HB ,4H 3LA,4HX ,4H 4NT»4HB ,4H SBUiSET 26
34HR ,4H 60N.4HT ,4H 7BU.4HRK ,4H 8PM,4HD ,4H 9WE.4HST ,4H1SET 27
40LA,4HCA »4HHVE»4HN »4H12PA»4HSA ,4H13CO,4HMA »4H14ELf4HM SET 2B
5»4H15RB«4H «4Hl6RVi4HA ,4Hl7MI*4HSH ,4H18LO»4HNB ,4Hl9CP«4HSET 29
6K ,4H20AZ,4Hu »4H2lRE,4HsD ,4H22WN,4HTT ,4H23EN,4HC ,4H24WSET 30
7H,4HTR ,4H25MA,4HLC ,4H26KF»4HI ,4H27NE,4HW »4H28PO,4HMA ,4SET 31
8H29H0.4HL »4H30FO,4HX ,4H3lPI,4HC ,4H32VE«4HR ,4H33SA»4HU SET 32
9 ,4H34RL,4HA ,4H35SM,4H ,4H36BK,4HT ,4H37MD,4HR ,4H38NP,SET 33
A4H ,4H39SP,4H ,4H4QMW»4HS ,4H4lZU,4HM »4H42CO,4HMM / SET 34
C SET 35
SSTAN(ltl) • 23.14 SET 36
SSTAN(2il) a 32.95 SET 37
SSTAN(1»2) » 41.03 SET 38
SSTAN(2i2) • 39.29 SET 39
SSTAN(1,3) •- 18.36 SET 40
SSTAN<2,3) * 41.98 SET *l
SSTAN(1,4) m 11.98 SET 42
SSTAN(2,4) «= 32.67 SET *3
SSTAN(1,5) - 25.79 SET 44
SSTAN(2,5) = 17.64 SET 45
SSTANI1.6) B 6.83 SET 46
SSTAN(2,6) » 43.96 SET 47
SSTAN(1,7) » 50.83 SET *8
SSTAN(2,7) • 34.72 SET 49
SSTANdiS) « 15.48 SET 50
SSTAN(2»8) » 25.07 SET 51
SSTAN(1,9) « 29.49 ||T 52
SSTAN(2f9) ' 39.32 SET 53
SSTAN(1,10) « 35.25 SET 54
SSTAN(2,10) » 24.64 SET 55
159
-------
SSTANd ill )
SSTAN(2tll>
SSTANdtl2)
SSTAN(2»12>
SSTAN(1»13)
SSTAN(2il3>
SSTANd.14)
SSTAN<2.14>
SSTAN(1»15)
SSTAN(2il5>
SSTAN(1,16)
SSTAN<2»16)
SSTAN(1,17)
SSTAN(2il7)
SSTANdilS)
SSTAN(2»16>
SSTAN(1»19)
SSTAN<2»19)
SSTAN(li20)
SSTAN(2t20>
SSTANd»21>
SSTAN(2i21)
SSTANI1 i22>
SSTAN(2»22)
SSTAN(1,23)
SSTAN(2»23)
SSTANd»24)
SSTAN<2»24)
SSTANd ,25)
SSTAN(2f25)
SSTANdi26>
SSTAN(2»26>
SSTANd»27>
SSTAN(2,27)
SSTANd,28)
SSTAN(2,28)
SSTANd,29)
SSTAN(2i29)
SSTANd ,30)
SSTAN(2»30>
SSTANd,31)
SSTAN(2.31)
SSTANd»32)
SSTAN<2»32>
SSTANd,33)
SSTAN(2»33)
SSTANd,34)
SSTAN(2»34>
SSTANd,35)
SSTAN(2,35)
SSTAN d,36)
SSTAN(2,36)
SSTANd,37)
SSTAN(2,37)
SSTANd ,38)
28.18
17.50
14,46
26.20
33.63
15.62
17.14
43,96
56.85
36.56
19,03
42.40
32. 82
73.54
12.14
32.96
25.01
44.60
9.45
29.62
29.63
39.40
23.00
22.54
35,32
35.66
14.15
19.24
30.93
26.36
10.25
49.12
26.23
16.28
2.36
44.68
41.42
39.88
6.83
43.96
45.75
29.98
6.54
41.26
35,32
= 24.94
= -3.11
= 32.56
a 35.66
= 21.52
= 6.53
« 57.28
= 51.36
= 34.96
=> 16.16
SET 56
SET 57
SET 58
SET 59
SET 60
SET 61
SET 62
SET 63
SET 64
SET 65
SET 66
SET 67
SET 68
SET 69
SET 70
SET 71
SET 72
SET 73
SET 74
SET 75
SET 76
SET 77
SET 78
SET 79
SET 60
SET 61
SET 62
SET 63
SET 64
SET 65
SET 66
SET 67
SET 88
SET 69
SET 90
SET 91
SET 92
SET 93
SET 94
SET 95
SET 96
SET 97
SET 98
SET 99
SET 100
SET 101
SET 102
SET 103
SET 10*
SET 105
SET 106
SET 107
SET 108
SET 109
SET HO
160
-------
SSTAN(2t38) a 36.58 S£T 111
SSTAN(li39) = ?4.95 SET H2
SSTAN<2»39> = B1.22 SET 113
SSTAN(1»40> = 15.77 SET
SSTAN(2»4Q> * 33.41 SET
SSTAN(li41) » 24,28 SET
SSTAN<2»41> • 29,92 SET I}7
SSTANIl.42) = 4.39 SET H8
SSTAN(2»42! o 59.02 SET 119
SSTAN(lt43) » 28.12 SET }20
SSTAN(2i43) = 25.00 SET 121
SSTAN(li44) = 8.42 SET 122
SSTAN(2,44) = 30.94 «T 12J
SSTAN(H45) » 49,71 SET 124
SSTAN(2i45) = 36.40 SET 125
SSTANU.46) 3 10.61 |^J J"
SSTAN(2i46> = 2B.48 5ET J|7
SSTANM1.47) c 42.57 SET 128
SSTAN(2,47> = 3.0T »" 129
SSTANI1.48) = 22.26 btT ^°
SSTAN(2.48) = 10.00 SET 131
SSTAN(1,49) - 33.98 SET 132
SSTANI2.49) " 45.82 =ET 133
SSTAN(lt50) - -11.16 HI \t*
SSTAN(2,50) m 32.02 SET 135
SSTAN<1,S1> - 26.56 «T 136
SSTAN(2.5l) • 30.29 ||T 137
at I 1 Jo
RMIN - 1. g? HI
RMAX - 225' SET m
51 £?
DO 100 1-1.2 !" 1J*
DO 100 J * liNUMSTA *" *=
ISTANS(I.J) = ISS1I.J)
100 CONTINUE
RFTURN SET
RETURN SET 150
161
-------
FUNCTION UNIDOT(A»B) UDT 1
C UDT 2
C UNIDOT RETURNS THE DOT PRODUCT OF A UNIT VECTOR PARALLEL UDT 3
C TO A WITH A UNIT VECTOR PARALLEL TO B» ItE. THE COSINE UDT 4
C OF THE ACUTE ANSLE SEPARATING A AND B. UDT 5
C UDT 6
DIMENSION A(3)t B(3) UDT 7
OENOM « SQRT«A<1)»*2*A<2)««2*A<3>»«2)«#»2)) UDT 8
UNIDOT » 0. UDT 9
IF (DENOM.EQtO.) RETURN UDT 10
DO 100 I • 1.3 UDT 11
UNIDOT « UNIDOT*A(I)*B(I) UDT 12
CONTINUE UDT 13
UNIDOT « UNIDOT/DENOM UDT 14
RETURN UDT 15
END UDT 16-
SUBROUTINE UNITV(A»B) UTV 1
C UTV 2
C RETURNS B THE UNIT VECTOR PARALLEL TO VECTOR A UTV 3
C UTV 4
DIMENSION A(3)»B(3) UTV 5
C UTV 6
X = SQRT«»2*A<2)»*2*A<3>»*2> UTV 7
DO 100 I « If3 UTV 8
B(I) * A(I)/X UTV 9
100 CONTINUE UTV 10
RETURN UTV 11
END UTV 12-
162
-------
SUBROUTINE WINDRD(KPWDAT.TITLE .JDATE) WRD 1
C WRD 2
C THIS SUBROUTINE READS WIND DATA AND PUTS IT ONTO AS MANY AS NFILEWRD 3
C SEPARATE FILES BY DATE. THE DATES ARE NOT ORDERED. WRD 4
C WRITTEN BY MA HIRSCHBERG WRD 5
C MARCH 1973 WRD 6
C WRD 7
DIMENSION TITLE<20>, JDATE(2> WRD 8
DIMENSION PT(24),XIMPH(24),10(3*1 .JQ124) WRD 9
DIMENSION NAM(2) WRD 10
DIMENSION IDATE(IO). ICT(IO) WRD 11
COMMON /DATES/ iDATEf ICT» NFILES WRD *2
DATA IBLNK/2H /,NONO/4HNO / WRD 13
C WRD 14
NFILES = 10 WRD 15
ISET e 0 WRD 16
IOLDD = 0 WRD 17
IFILE = 10 WRD 18
ICOLD » 0 WRD 19
IF (KPWDAT.EQ.NONO) 60 TO 100 WRD 20
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE.O.JDATE) WRD 21
WRITE (6.1) WRO 22
L = 0 WRD 23
C WRD 24
100 CONTINUE WRD 25
READ (5i2) NWDTE.NAM.APT.PT WRD 26
IF (NWDTE.EO.999999) GO TO 200 WRD 27
BACKSPACE 5 WRD 28
READ (5»3) IQ WRD 29
READ (5,4) XIMPH WRD 3o
BACKSPACE 5 WRD 31
READ (5»3) JQ WRD 32
IF (KPWDAT.EQ.NONO) GO TO 120 WRD 33
L x L*l WRD 34
IF (MODIL.51) .NE.O) GO TO 110 WRD 35
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE»0.JDATE) WRD 36
WRITE (6,1) WRD 37
110 CONTINUE WRD 38
WRITE (6.5) NWDTE.NAM.APT.PT WRD 39
WRITE (6.6) XIMPH WRD 40
120 CONTINUE WRD 41
C WRD 42
C REPLACE MISSING DATA WITH NEGATIVE INPUTS WRD 43
C WRD 44
DO 130 K a 1.24 WRD 45
IF (IO(K).EQ.IBLNK) PT(K) « -1. WRD 46
IF (JQ(K).EQ.IBLNK) XIMPH(K) « -1. «RD 47
130 CONTINUE WRD 4e
c WRD 49
IF (NWDTE.EQ.IOLDD) GO TO 170 WRD 50
IOLDO « NWOTE WRD 51
IF (ICOLD.EQ.O) GO TO 150 WR0 52
DO 140 I « 1,ICOLD WRD 53
IF (IDATE(I).EQ.NWDTE) GO TO 160 WRD 54
140 CONTINUE WRD 55
163
-------
150
C
160
170
IF (ICOLO.EQ.NFILES) GO TO 180
CONTINUE
ICOLD « ICOLD*!
IDATE(ICOLD) « NWDTE
I » ICOLD
ICT(ICOLD) « 0
IFILED » 1*10
REWIND IFILED
GO TO 170
CONTINUE
IFILED » IFILE*!
CONTINUE
£»»»»*»
C
C
ALL LOS ANGELES DATA IS INTERPRETED ON A 16 POINT SCALEt
C
180
190
APT
16,
WRITE (IFILED)
ICT(IFILED-IO)
GO TO 100
NftM .APTiPT»XIMPH
ICT(IFILED-10)*1
CONTINUE
IF (ISETtGT.Q) GO TO
WRITE (6*7) NFILES
ISET « 1
WRITE <6i5>
WRITE <6«6>
GO TO 100
190
NWDTE. NAM, APT. PT
XIMPH
C
200
210
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CONTINUE
DO 210 I =
IF * 1*10
END FILE IF
REWIND IF
CONTINUE
RETURN
FORMAT (//I
FORMAT (16,
FORMAT (32X
FORMAT (32X
FORMAT (1H
FORMAT (1H
FORMAT (//I
liICOLD
.50X.9HWIND DATA.//)
(I6,1X,A4,A2,15X,F2.0,2X,24F2.0)
(»24A2)
U24F2.0)
,I6,1X.A4,A2,15X,F3.0»2HPT,24F3.0>
,32X,24F3,0)
(//11H MORE THAN ,I3,4QH DATES HAVE BEEN FOUND IN THE
1DATA.»/»45H THE FOLLOWING ENTRIES COULD NOT BE ACCEPTED,.//)
END
WRD 56
WRD 57
WRD 58
WRD 59
WRD 60
WRD 61
WRD 62
WRD 63
WRD 64
WRD 65
WRD 66
WRD 67
WRD 68
WRD 69
WRD 70
WRD 71
WRD 72
WRD 73
WRo 7*
WRD 75
WRD 76
WRD 77
WRD 78
WRD 79
WRD 80
WRD 61
WRD 82
WRD 83
WRD 84
WRD 85
WRD 86
WRD 87
WRD 88
WRD 89
WRD 90
WRD 91
WRD 92
WRD 93
WRD 94
WRD 95
W«D 96
WRD 97
WRD 98
WRD 99
WIND WRD 100
WRD 101
WRD 102-
164
-------
SUBROUTINE WINDY(TITLEtJDATE) WIN 1
C WIN 2
C MAIN SUBPROGRAM FOR AIR TRAJECTORY MODULE WIN 3
C WIN 4
C WRITTEN BY MA HIRSCHBERG WIN 5
C MARCH 1973 WIN 6
C WIN 7
DIMENSION TITLE<20>» JDATEI2) WIN B
DIMENSION KOLD(2) ,KNEW<2) WIN 9
DIMENSION DDD(3) WIN 10
DIMENSION AZVI12) WIN 11
DIMENSION ID(2)»IDD(2) WIN 12
DIMENSION SSTAN(2.51)t ISTANS(2i100) WIN 13
DIMENSION IDATE(10)iICT (10) WIN 14
COMMON /WDATA/ NUMSTAi SSTANf iSTANSt RMJNt RMAX WIN 15
COMMON /DATES/ iDATEi ICT. NFILES WIN 16
COMMON /WIND/ TUOOli V(100)t TH(100)i NPTS WIN 17
COMMON /TRAJ/ TSTART* P(2»100>» IDXX(3tlOO> WIN 18
COMMON /CNTROL/ CARFAC* STAFAC* KSTOPi TSUN WIN 19
C WIN 20
DATA DALITE/4HDAYL/»IBLNK/iH /,IWAS/0/»NONO/4HNO / WIN 21
DATA KYES/4HYES / WIN 22
DATA NIT/3/ WIN 23
C WIN 24
IF (IWAS.GT.o) GO TO 130 WIN 25
C WIN 26
C SET UP BUILT IN WIND STATION DATA WIN 27
C WIN 26
CALL SETIN WIN 29
READ <5»9) KPSTAT»KPWDAT WIN 30
IF (KPSTAT.EO.NONO) GO TO 120 WIN 31
CALL NEWPAG(TlTlEfOiJDATE) WIN 32
WRITE <6tl> WIN 33
DO no I = l.NUMSTA WIN 34
IF (MOD(It52),NE.O) 60 TO 100 WIN 35
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE»0»JDATE) WIN 36
WRITE (6tl) WIN 37
100 CONTINUE WIN 36
WRITE <6i2> ISTANS(liI)iISTANS(2»I>»SSTAN(1•I>»SSTAN(2«I) WIN 39
110 CONTINUE WIN *0
120 CONTINUE WIN 41
C WIN 42
C READ WIND DATA WIN 43
CALL WINDRD(KPWDAT.TITLEtJDATE) WIN 44
IWAS » 1 WIN 45
C WIN 46
C READ MISCELLANEOUS DATA WIN 47
C WIN 48
READ (Sill) CONVRT WIN 49
IF (CONVRT.LE.O.) CONVRT a 1,0 WIN So
READ (5t9) KXTRA WIN 51
130 CONTINUE WIN 52
C WIN 53
C READ CASE DATA WIN 54
C WIN 55
165
-------
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
140
150
c
C IF
160
170
ICASES B 1
IK B 0
READ (5i8) IDT.XLCL
TSUN « Ot
READ (5.9) STIME
IF (STIME. EQ.DALITE) TSUN - 0100.
ILCL B IFIX(XLCL)
1ST n IFIX(XLCL-TSUN)
READ (5.10) ID.XS.YS
READ (5.11) TTOTAL
READ (5.11) DTSEO
ITN B IFIX(60.*OTSEG)
NN « IFIX«TTOTAL*0.9»DTSEG)/DTSEG)
READ (5.11) AZ.VEL
READ (5.12) ITF
READ (5.12) IRF
READ (5.12) NC
IDT DATE YEAR-MONTH-DAY
ID STATION IDENTIFICATION
-------
C WIN 111
C PRINT THE INITIAL INPUTS WIN 112
C WIN 113
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE»0»JDATE) WIN 114
WRITE (6,13) IDT.ILCL WIN 115
IF (TSUN.EQ.O.) WRITE (6,14) WIN H6
IF (TSUN.EQ.0100,1 WRITE (6*15) WIN 117
WRITE (6.16) XS,YS WIN 118
IF (ID(1).EQ.IBLNK) WRITE (6,17) WIN 119
IF (ID(l).NE.IBLNK) WRITE (6,18) ID WIN 120
WRITE (6,19) WIN 121
IF (VEL.6T.O.) WRITE (6,20) AZ.VEL WIN 122
WRITE (6.21) WIN 123
IF (ITF.GE.O) WRITE (6,22) WIN 124
IF (ITF.LT.O) WRITE (6,23) WIN J25
WRITE (6.24) TTOTAL WIN 126
WRITE (6,25) DTSEG WIN 127
WRITE (6*26) NC WIN 126
IF (IRF.EQ.l) WRITE (6,27) WIN 129
IF (IRF.EQ.2) WRITE (6*28) WIN 130
C WIN 131
KOLD(l) = 1ST WIN 132
KOLD<2> * IDT WIN 133
KNEW(l) B 1ST WIN 134
KN£W(2) « IDT WIN 135
IDD(l) • 10(1) WIN 136
100(2) • ID(2) WIN 137
IF (ITF.LT.O) CALL DATE(KQLD,IjNilTF,KNEW) WIN 138
IF (VEL.6T.O.) 60 TO 190 WIN 139
CALL GETAZV(KNEW,lDO.XS,YS,NC.AZViNGD»DDD) WIN 140
IF (NGD.LE.O) 00 TO 180 WIN 141
CALL AZVDIS(NGD»AZV»DDD»AZ,VEL,IRF) WIN 142
60 TO 190 WIN 143
180 CONTINUE WIN 144
IK • IK-1 WIN 145
WRITE (6,3) WIN 146
00 TO 280 WIN 147
C WIN 146
190 CONTINUE WIN 149
IK * 1 WIN ISO
P(l.l) * XS WIN 151
P(2,l) » YS WIN 152
NTM » 0 WIN 153
XMUL " DTSEG WIN 154
IF (ITF.GT.O) GO TO 200 WIN 155
XMUL « -DTSEG WIN 156
T(l) « FLOAT (KOLDUM WIN 157
IK • 2 WIN 156
GO TO 250 "IN 159
200 CONTINUE WIN 16°
IF (KXTRA.EO.KYES) WRITE (6.4) KOLDtXSiYS WIN 161
IF (ITF.GT.O) GO TO 210 WIN 162
KOLD(l) « KNEW(l) WIN 163
KOLD12) * KNEWI2) WIN 164
210 CONTINUE WIN 165
167
-------
C WIN 166
C APPLY MOVE NOW TO GET NEW POINT WIN 167
ANG • 90.-AZ WIN 168
IF (ANO.LT.O.) ANG « ANG*360. WIN 169
ANGUSE » ANG/57,89577951 WIN 170
T(IK) * FLOATIKOLDfl)> WIN 171
V(IK) » VEL»CONVRT WIN 172
TH(IK) s ANGUSE WIN 173
IF (KXTRA.EQ.KYES) WRITE (6»5) KOLDfVEL»ANG«(AZVII=4»12t4) WIN 174
XNEW « XS*XMUL»COS(ANGUSE)»VEL WIN 175
YNEW « YS»XMUL«SIN(ANGUSE)*VEL WIN 176
CALL BARIER(XNEWtYNEW,XS,YS.OK) WIN 177
IF (OK.LT.O.) GO TO 320 WIN 178
CALL EDGE(XNEWiYNEW.ITFiIEDGE) WIN 179
IF (IEOGE) 330.230i220 WIN 180
220 CONTINUE WIN 181
IF (NTM.GE.NN) GO TO 280 WIN 182
NN • NTM*1 WIN 183
230 CONTINUE WIN 184
XS • XNEW WIN 185
YS - YNEW WIN 186
C WIN 187
C LAST MOVE CHECK WIN 188
IF (NTM.GE.NN) GO TO 280 WIN 189
C WIN 190
IK • IK»1 WIN 191
C WIN 192
C CHANGE DATE WIN 193
CALL OAT£(KOLDiITNtITF.KNEW) WIN 194
IF (ITF.LT.O) GO TO 240 WIN 195
KOLD(l) * KNEW(l) WIN 196
KOLOI2) » KNEWI2) WIN 197
240 CONTINUE WIN 198
IDD(l) » IBLNK WIN 199
IDD<2) * IBLNK WIN 200
CALL GETAZV(KNEW,IDD»XS.YS,Nc.AZVtNGD»DDD) WIN 201
IF (NGO.LE.O) GO TO 180 WIN 202
CALL AZVDIS(NGOiAZV«DDDtAZ|VEL»IRF) WIN 203
C WIN 204
C WE JUST GOT A NEW AZIMUTH AND VELOCITY WIN 205
C IF WE ARE MOVING BACKWARD IN TIME* THERE FOLLOW NIT ITERATIONS WIN 206
c TO REFINE THE AZIMUTH AND VELOCITY. WIN 207
C (NIT IS SET IN A DATA STATEMENT ABOVE.) WIN 208
C WIN 209
IF (ITF.GT.O) GO TO 270 WIN 210
C WIN 211
250 CONTINUE WIN 212
IF (NIT.EQ.O) GO TO 27Q WIN 213
DO 260 IT » l.NIT WIN 214
ANG1 a 90."AZ WIN 215
IF (ANG1.LT.O.) ANG1 » ANG1*360. WIN 216
ANGYU = ANG1/57.29577951 WJN 217
XNUT B XS+XMUL»COS(ANGYU)*VEL WIN 218
YNUT e YS+XMUL»SIN(ANGYU)«VEL WIN 219
CALL BA«IEH(XNUT,YNUT,XS,YS,OK) WIN 220
168
-------
IF (OK.LT.O) GO TO 310 WIN 221
IDO(l) * IBLNK WIN 222
100(2) « IBLNK WIN 223
CALL GETAZV(KNEW,IDD»XNUT»YNUT»NC»AZV»NGO»DDD) WIN 224
IF (NGD.LE.O) GO TO 180 WIN 225
CALL AZVDIS(NGDtAZVtDDDiAZtVELiIRF) WIN 226
260 CONTINUE WIN 227
270 CONTINUE WIN 228
NTM B NTM*1 WIN 229
GO TO 200 WIN 230
C WIN 231
280 CONTINUE WIN 232
NPTS = IK WIN 233
C WIN 234
IF (ITF.GT.O) GO TO 300 WIN 235
C WIN 236
C REVERSE THE ORDER OF THE TIME» VELOCITY* ftND ANGLE LISTS WIN 237
c WIN 23e
NXY = (IK-MOD(IK,2))/2 WIN 239
DO 290 K B l.NXY WIN 240
J = IK-K*1 WIN 241
TT = T(K) WIN 242
T(K) m T(J) WIN 243
T(J) » TT WIN 244
VV « V (K) WIN 245
V(K) « V(J) WIN 246
V(J) • VV WIN 247
AA v TH(K) WIN 248
TH(K) » TH(J) WIN 249
TH(J) > AA WIN 250
290 CONTINUE WIN 261
V(IK) « VUK-1) WIN 252
TH(IK) « TH(IK-l) WIN 253
P(lil) B XS WIN 254
P(2il) • YS WIN 255
300 CONTINUE WIN 256
RETURN WIN 257
c WIN 256
C PRINT MESSAGE W*N 2*9
310 CONTINUE WIN 260
IK « IK-1 WIN 261
XNEW « XNUT WIN f<>2
YNEW • YNUT WIN 263
320 CONTINUE JjJN 264
WRITE (6,6) XS.YS.XNEW.YNEW WIN 265
GO TO 280 WIN 266
330 CONTINUE WIN 267
IK « IK-1 WIN 266
WRITE (6,7) «N |M
GO TO 280 WIN 27°
c WIN 271
1 FORMAT (//10X.25H STATIONS AND COORDINATES*/) WIN 272
2 FORMAT (1H 10X.2A4.2F10.2) WIN 273
3 FORMAT (26HOTHERE ARE NO CLOSE POINTS) "IN 274
4 FORMAT (1H ,I6,4X,I6,4X,2F6.2) WIN 275
169
-------
5
6
7
e
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
1
1
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
47H
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
56H
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
FORMAT
END
(40X.I2)
(///,33H AIR TRAJECTORY CALCULATION DATA »///
WIN
WIN
WIN
WIN
WIN
WIN
WIN
WIN
WIN
START DATE AND LOCAL TIME AT INITIAL POINT,I3X,16t4X,I*)WIN
<1H*»73X»20H HRS (STANDARD TIME)) WIN
(1H*»73X,20H HRS (DAYLIGHT TIME)) WIN
( /.30H LOCATION OF INITIAL POINT,30X,F6.2i4X,F6,2t3X) WIN
(1H*,76X,30H(NOT AT A MEASUREMENT STATION)) WIN
(1H*,78X,1H(,A4,A2»22H MEASUREMENT STATION)) WIN
(/* WIN
PRESCRIBED STARTING AZIMUTH AND VELOCITY (OPTIONAL) ) WIN
<1H*,S9X,F6,2»4X,F6.2»4H MPH) WIN
( /.40H DIRECTION OF TRAJECTORY DEVELOPMENT ) WIN
(1H»,59X,7HFORWARD ) WIN
<1H*,59X,8HBACKWARD ) WIN
( X.32H DESIRED TRAJECTORY DURATION,28X,F5,1,4H HRS ) WIN
( X,30H TRAJECTORY SEGMENT LENGTH,30X,F5,1,4H HRS ) WIN
( X.42H WIND MEASUREMENT INTERPOLATION SCHEME,1BX, II) WIN
(1H*,60X,39H CLOSEST STATIONS WITH 1/R WEIGHTING i//> WIN
(1H*,60X,42H CLOSEST STATIONS WITH 1/R«*2 WEIGHTING ,//)WIN
WIN
276
277
276
279
280
281
262
283
264
265
286
287
286
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
296
299
300
301
302-
170
-------
SUBROUTINE WSECLS(XiY.DISiIDIS) WSE 1
C WSE 2
C THIS SUBROUTINE CALCULATES SQUARED DISTANCES FROM A GIVEN WSE 3
C POINT TO EACH OF A SET OF POINTS ANO THEN ORDERS THE DISTANCESWSE 4
C OUT TO A MAXIMUM VALUE, WSE 5
C WSE 6
C X X COORDINATE OF GIVEN POINT WSE 7
C V Y COORDINATE OF GIVEN POINT WSE 8
C DIS THE SQUARE OF THE DISTANCE FROM THE GIVEN POINT TO WSE 9
C ALL THE POINTS IN THE POINT SET, THOSE VALUES OF WSE 10
C DIS LESS THAN RMAX ARE ARRANGED IN INCREASING WSE 11
C ORDER AT THE TOP OF THE TABLE. WSE 12
C IDIS THE NUMBER OF THE POINT IN THE POINT S£T WS£ 13
C CORRESPONDING TO THE DIS ARRAY WS£ 14
C WSE 15
DIMENSION DIS<2)t IDIStg) WSE 16
DIMENSION SSTAN(2iSl). ISTANS(2»100) WSE 17
COMMON /WDATA/ NUMSTA, SSTAN, ISTANS, RMINi RMAX WSE 18
C WSE 19
DO loo I » ItNUMSTA WSE 20
IDIS(I) » I WSE 21
DIs(I) « (SSTAN(1,I)-X) »«2* *»2 WSE 22
100 CONTINUE WSE 23
C WSE 24
00 110 N » 1,NUMSTA WSE 25
M B NUMSTA+1-N WSE 26
CALL FMINF(DISlN) ,M,FMIN,NMIN) WSE 27
NMIN « NMIN*N-1 WSE 28
IF (FMIN.GT.RMAX) GO TO 120 WSE 29
J = IDIS(N) WSE 30
IDIS(N) » IDIS(NMIN) WSE 31
IDIS(NMIN) « J WSE 32
XX B DIS(N) WSE 33
DIS(N) • FMIN WSE 3*
DIS(NMIN) » XX WSE 35
110 CONTINUE JSE 36
120 RETURN WSE 3e
END *SE 39-
171
-------
172
-------
F.3 FLUX GENERATION MODULE
-------
FUNCTION CLOCKT(TSTART.DT) CLO 1
C CUO 2
C CLOCK! RETURNS MILITARY CLOCK TIME AT TSTART * DT CLO 3
c TSTART * INITIAL CLOCK TIME CLO 4
C Of * ELAPSED TIME IN MINUTES CLO 5
C CLO 6
XMIN • AMOD(TSTARTilOOt) CLO 7
HRS » TSTART-XMIN CLO 8
XMIN * XMIN*DT CLO 9
RMIN « AMOD(XMIN.60.) CLO 10
HRS » HRS*100.»(XMIN-RMIN)/60. CLO 11
CLOCKT » HRS*RMIN CLO 12
IF (CLOCKT.GT.2400.) CLOCKT • AMOD(CLOCKTf2400.) CLO 13
RETURN CLO 14
END CLO 15-
FUNCTION DECMAL(A) DEC 1
C DEC 2
C GIVEN THE VECTOR A CONTAINING AN ANGLE IN DEGREESf DEC 3
C MINUTESi AND SECONDSt DECMAL RETURNS THE ANGLE IN DEC 4
C DECIMAL DEGREES DEC 5
C DEC 6
DIMENSION A(3) DEC 7
DECMAL « A(l>*A<2>/60.*A(3>/3600« DEC 8
RETURN DEC 9
END DEC 10-
173
-------
SUBROUTINE EFFLUX(TITLEtJDATE) EFF 1
C EFF 2
C MAIN SUBPROGRAM FOR FLUX GENERATION MODULE EFF 3
C EFF 4
DIMENSION TITLE<20>, JDATE12), ICHAR(26) EFF 5
DIMENSION TX<4)» NDX(4)i KSYM(SO) EFF 6
EQUIVALENCE i I0(2«100) EFF 9
COMMON /CROSS/ TC<500)i PC(2,500)i IDC<2»500)» NC EFF 10
COMMON /SKDULE/ SCMED1500). IDS(2i500)t KTMAX EFF 11
COMMON /GRID/ Xl»X2»Yl«Y2'NX«NY»DELX»DELY»DELT EFF 12
COMMON /COLDST/ NBETA. TCS(20). CSF(20»3) EFF 13
COMMON /TABLES/ THOUR124), TZ(8)i YFR{6) EFF U
COMMON /CNTROL/ CARFAC, STAFACi KSTOPi TSUN EFF 15
DATA ICHAR/1HA,1HB»1HC»1HD»1HE»1HF»1HG,1HH,1HI»1HJ,1HK»1HL,1HM»EFF 16
1 1HN»1HO»1HP,IHQ,1HR»1HS»1HT»1HU,1HV»1HW|1HX,1HY»1HZ/EFF 17
DATA K1MAX/24/, K3MAX/8/ EFF 18
DATA NCMAX/500/» JTMAX/500/ EFF 19
DATA SRD/57.29577951/ EFF 20
DATA NONO/4HNO / EFF 21
C EFF 22
KSTOP » 0 EFF 23
CALL SETUP EFF 24
IF (NPTS.GE.2) GO TO 100 EFF 25
KSTOP « 1 EFF 26
WRITE (6,5) EFF 27
RETURN EFF 28
100 CONTINUE EFF 29
C EFF 30
C TABULATE ALL TIMES ASSOCIATED WITH GRID LINE CROSSINGS EFF 31
C EFF 32
NC B 0 EFF 33
KSYM(l) * ICHAR(l) EFF 34
DO 250 K « 2,NPTS EFF 35
L « K-l EFF 36
DELT « T(K)-T(L) EFF 37
VX « V(L)»COS(TH(L)) EFF 38
VY * V(L)»SIN(TH(L>) EFF 39
CALL PLACIT(DELT,L,VX,VY»P(1,K),ID<1,KM EFF 40
TSAVE =0. EFF 41
TXMAX « 9999, EFF 42
IF (VX.NE.O,) TXMAX = ABS(DELX/VX) EFF 43
TYMAX a 9999. EFF 44
IF (VY.NE.Ot) TYMAX » ABSIDELY/VY) EFF 45
RX o P(1,L)-(ID(1.L)-D«DELX EFF 46
RY « P(2»L)"(ID(2tL)"l)»&ELY EFF *7
110 IF (VX) 120,130,140 EFF 48
120 TX(D » -RX/VX EFF 49
GO TO 150 EFF 50
130 TX(l) • 9999. EFF 51
GO TO 150 Epp 5?
140 TX(1) »
-------
160 TY = -RY/VY EFF 56
GO TO 190 EFF 57
170 TY • 9999. EFF 58
GO TO 190 EFF 59
180 TY = »IDC<1»NC>> EFF 70
IF (NC.EQ.NCMAX) GO TO 260 EFF 71
TSAVE » TNXT EFF 72
TNXT • TNXT»TSNX EFF 73
IF (TNXT-OELT) 210,210,220 EFF 74
210 IF (TNXT-TB) 200,200,230 EFF 75
220 IF (DELT-TB) 240»230t230 EFF 76
230 CONTINUE EFF 77
NC « NC*1 EFF 78
TC(NC) » TID+T8 EFF 79
CALL PLACIT(TB,L.VX,VY,PC(1»NC) iIDC(l»NC)) EFF BO
IF (NC.EQ.NCMAX) GO TO 260 EFF 81
TSAVE " TB EFF 82
RX « PC(1,NC)--1)«DELY EFF 84
GO TO 110 EFF 85
2*0 CONTINUE EFF 86
KK * K EFF 87
IF (K.GT.26) KK « MOD(K,26) EFF 88
IF (K.EQ.52) KK « 26 EFF 89
KSYM(K) * ICHAR(KK) EFF 90
CALL PLTPNT(P(1,K),P(2,K) ,KSYM(K)) EFF 91
250 CONTINUE EFF '2
GO TO 270 EFF 93
260 KSTOP » 2 EFT 94
NPTS • K EPP 95
270 CONTINUE E?F 9*
K « NPTS EFF 97
r EFF 98
C PRINT GRID LOCATIONS AND WIND VECTORS AT TRAJECTORY NODES EFF 99
c EFF 100
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE,0»JOATE) EFP 101
WRITE (6,1) EFF 102
DO 290 L • 1,K EFF 103
IF (MOD(L»25).NE.O) GO TO 280 EFF 104
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE.O,JDATE) EFF 105
WRITE (6,1) *££ }°*
280 CONTINUE EFF 107
VV . V(L)«60. EFF 108
AN6 « TH(L)*SRD EFF 109
WRITE (6,2) KSYM(L),T(L),ID(1,L),ID(2,L),P(1,L),P(2,L),VV,ANG EFF Ho
175
-------
29o CONTINUE EFF 111
C EFF 112
CALL PLTOUTI6) EFF 113
C EFF 114
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE.O»JDATE) EFF 115
WRITE (6.3) EFF 116
DO 310 I * IfNC EFF 117
IF (MOO(L.25).NE.O) 60 TO 300 EFF 118
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE»0»JDATE) EFF 119
WRITE (6i3) EFF 120
300 CONTINUE EFF 121
WRITE (6,4) TC(L) iPCU.L) iPC(2.L)iIDC(lfL)»IDC(2»L) EFF 122
310 CONTINUE EFF 123
C EFF 124
IF (KSTOP.EQ.2) WRITE (6,6) EFF 125
KSTOP « 0 EFF 126
C EFF 127
C ASSEMBLE SCHEDULE OF FLUX CHANGE TIMES EFF 128
C EFF 129
K2MAX • NC EFF 130
K4MAX « NBETA EFF 131
NT • 4 EFF 132
STRT » TIMIN(TSTART) , EFF 133
SCHED(l) * STRT EFF 134
TEND « STRT»T(K> EFF 135
J » 2 EFF 136
DAYS » 1. EFF 137
CALL XMIT(-NT»1»NDX) EFF 138
320 CONTINUE EFF 139
TMAX « AMINKDAYS«1440.tTEND) EFF 140
DELM • 1440.«(DArS-l.) EFF 141
330 TX(l) =. THOUR(K1)*DELM EFF 142
IF (K1.GT.K1MAX) TX(l) = TMAX EFF 143
TX(2) ' STRT*TC(K2) EFF 144
IF (K2.GT.K2MAX) TX(2) » TMAX EFF 145
TX(3) m TZ(K3)*OELM EFF 146
IF (K3.GT.K3MAX) TX(3) » TMAX EFF 147
TX(4) • TCS(K4)*DELM EFF 148
IF (K4.GT.K4MAX) TX<4) » TMAX EFF 149
CALL FMINF(TX.NT.TMIN.NMIN) EFF 150
NDX(NMIN) . NDX(NMIN)*! EFF jsj
IF (TMIN.LE.STRT) GO TO 330 EFF 152
IF (TMIN.EO.SCHED(J-l)I GO TO 330 EFF 153
SCHEO(J) * TMIN EFF 154
IF (TMIN.GE.TMAX) GO TO 340 EFF 155
IF (J.EQ.JTMAX) GO TO 350 EFF 156
J • J*! EFF 157
GO TO 330 EFF 15B
340 IF (TMAX.EQ.TEND) GO TO 360 EFF 159
DAYS * DAYS*!. EFF HQ
Kl = } EFF 161
K4 I EFF 162
K* " l EFF 163
J B J*1 EFF 164
GO TO 320 EFF 165
176
-------
C EFF 166
c TABULATE GRID SQUARE INDICES ASSOCIATED WITH FLUX CHANGE TIMESEFF i&7
C EFF 168
350 CONTINUE EFF 169
KSTOP a 2 EFF 170
360 CONTINUE EFF 171
IF (KSTOP.EQ.2) WRITE (6t6) EFF 172
KTMAX - J EFF 173
I « IDU.l) EFF 17*
J » !D(2.1) EFF 175
KT « 1 EFF 176
L = 0 EFF 177
370 L = L*l EFF 178
TIM a STRT*TC(L) EFF 179
IF (NO 380t380i390 EFF 180
380 TIM « SCHED(KTMAX)*1.0 EFF 181
390 DO 400 K " KTiKTMAX EFF 182
IF (SCHED(K).GEtTIM) GO TO 410 EFF 183
IDS(ltK) a I EFF 184
IDS(2,K) « J EFF 185
400 CONTINUE EFF 186
GO TO 430 EFF 187
410 KT « K EFF 188
I » IDCU»L> EFF 189
J • IDC(2,L) EFF 190
IF (I.GT.NX.OR.J.GT.NY) GO TO 420 EFF 191
IF (L-NC) 370»380,380 EFF 192
420 KTMAX * K-l EFF 193
430 CONTINUE EFF 194
C EFF 195
CALL FLXDAT(TITLE.JDATE) EFF 196
C EFF 197
RETURN EFF 196
C EFF 199
C EFF 200
1 FORMAT (IHOilSHTRAJECTORY DATA,/ EFF 201
1 1HO,48H SYMBOL T(MIN) I J X(MI) Y(MI), EFF 202
2 5X,15HV(MPH> THETA ) EFF 203
2 FORMAT (/6X»Al,Fl0.2t2l6,4F10.2> £FF 204
3 FORMAT
-------
c
c
c
SUBROUTINE FLXDAT(TITLE,JDATEI
FLXDAT COMPUTES A SCHEDULE OF POLLUTANT FLUXES
ALONG THE TRAJECTORY
DIMENSION TITLE<20>» JDATEI2)
DIMENSION TFWY(24), TSRFI24), TS(500), LBL(3)
DIMENSION TPPL(24)» TMSC<24)« VHTOTO)
COMMON /DATFL1/ FFWY(25,25), FSRF(25,25), FXN02 (25,25) ,
1 FXHCR(25,25), FPPN02(30,3)» FORN02(30t3),
2 FORHCR(30»3)
/DATFL2/ FSLOW(25,25,4)
/DATFL3/ FFAST(25,25,4)
/DATFL4/ FRATIO(25«25»4)
/WIND/ T(ioo>, vdooi, THUOO>» NPTS
/TRAJ/ TSTART, P(2,100), 10(2,100)
/CROSS/ TCI500), PC(2»500)» IDC(2,500), NC
/SKDULE/ SCHEDI500), IDS(2,500), KTMAX
/GRID/ X1,X2,Y1,Y2,NX,NY,DELX,DELY,DELT
/EMIT/ HEMFI3), CEMFI3)
/SPDFCT/ A(3), 6(3), C(3), VBAR
NBETA, TCS(20), CSF(20,3)
THOURI24) , TY(8) , YFR(8)
CARFACi STAFAC, KSTOP, TSUN
FYFACI3), SSFACO), PPFAC, ORFAC(2)» FXFAC(2)
FLXIN(3,500), FLXTIM(SOO), NFLUX
C1/2.58999E06/, C3/907.185/, C5/0.704/
,4HCO /
0.0591, 0,0768, 0.0648, 0,0536,
3*0.0746, 0,0598, 5«0.0302/
DATA TSRF/6«0.00677. 0,0293, 2*0.0651, 2*0.0502, 5*0.06088,
4*0.03077/
6»0.01666/
6*0.01666/
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
DATA
DATA
DATA
FLX
FLX
FLX
FLX
FLX
FLX
FLX
FLX
FLX
FLX
FLX
FLX 12
FLX 13
FLX
FLX
1
DATA
DATA
DATA
/COLDST/
/TABLES/
/CNTROL/
/ADJUST/
/FLUXES/
RHO/1.178/,
LBL/4HNO ,4HHC
TFWY/5»0«00776» 0.0178,
4*0.04940, 0.0569,
TSRF/6»0,00677. 0,0293,
2*0.0820, 2*0.0540,
TPPL/6»0,01666, 12*0,06667,
TMSC/6»0.01666, 12*0.06667,
NPPL/30/» NORF/30/
NXY * NX»NY
STRT • TIMIN(TSTART)
AREA » DELX«DELY
C2 « l./(60.»RHO«AREA*Cl)
C4 • 30./46.
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE»0,JDATE)
WRITE (6,1)
STEP THROUGH SCHEDULE OF FLUX CHANGE TIMES
DO 160 U = 1 ,KTMAX
TS(L) = CLOCKT(0.,SCHED(L))
FLxTIM(L) = SCHED(L)-SCHED(1)
TM = AMOD(SCHED(L>,1440.)
I = IDS11.L)
J = IDS(2,L)
M * 1*MOD(IFIX((TS(L)*0.001>/100.)t24)
STATIONARY SOURCE CONTRIBUTIONS IN SO I,J AT TIME TS (KG/HR)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
14
15
FLX 16
FLX 17
FLX
FLX
18
19
FLX 20
FLX 21
FLX 22
FLX 23
FLX 24
FLX 25
FLX 26
FLX 27
FLX 28
FLX 29
FLX 30
FLX 31
FLX 32
FLX 33
FLX 34
FLX 35
FLX 36
FLX 37
FLX 38
FLX 39
FLX 40
FLX 41
FLX 42
FLX 43
FLX 44
FLX 45
FLX 46
FLX 47
FLX 4fl
FLX 49
FLX 50
FLX 51
FLX 52
FLX 53
FLX 54
FLX 55
178
-------
c FU 56
PPN02 « o. FLX 57
DO 100 K = liNPPL FLX 58
IF ) .NE.I.OR.MIXER(FPPN02(K,2)).NE.J) GO TO 100 FLX 59
PPNO? » PPFAC»FPPN02(K.3) FLX 60
60 TO 110 FLX 61
100 CONTINUE FLX 62
110 CONTINUE FLX 63
ORN02 n o. FLX 64
DO 120 K * liNORF FLX 65
IF (MIXER(FORN02(K,1)) ,NE,I.OR.MIXER(FORN02(K,2)).NE,J) GO TO 120 FLX 66
ORN02 * ORFAC(1)»FORN02 iFRATIO«4.NXY.VBAR) FLX 88
VSLO • SPEEDF(TMtTHOUR(6)tFSLOW(ItJil>*4,NXY»VBAR> FLX 89
SRFMI » TSRF(M)»FSRF(I»J) FLX 90
FWYMI m TFWY(M)»FFWY(I,J) FLX 91
WTFST « FWYMI/(1.*ROFT) FLX 92
WTSLO * WTFST»ROFT FLX 93
C FLX 94
C VEHICLE SOURCE CONTRIBUTIONS IN SO IiJ AT TIME TS (KO/HR) FLX 95
C FLX 96
DO 160 N « 1.3 FLX 97
EMF » YOFT»CEMF(N)*(1.-YOFT)*H£MF(N) FLX 98
BOFT « TRPF(TM,TCS,CSF(1,N),NBETA,D FLX 99
VHSRF « EMF«SRFMI»BOFT FLX 100
EFAST - A(N)«VFST»«B(N)*C(N)»VFST FLX 101
ESLOW - A(N)«VSLO»*B(N)*C(N)»VSLO FLX 102
VHFWY * WTFST«EFAST*WTSLO»ESLOW FLX 103
VHTOT(N) « SSFAC(N)»VHSRF*FYFAC(N)*VHFWY FLX 104
160 CONTINUE FLX 105
VHNO • C4«CARFAC«VHTOT(1) FLX 106
VHHCR • C5*CARFAC*VHTOT(2) PLX 107
VHCO * CARFAC»VHTOT(3) f*-X. 108
IF (MOD(L.50).NE,0) GO TO 170 F|-X 109
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE»O.JDATE) FLX 110
179
-------
WRITE (6,1)
170 CONTINUE f*-X 112
WRITE (6,2) TS(L)»I,J,VHNO,STNO,VHHCR,STHCR,VHCO,STCO FLX 113
c FLX 114
C TOTAL FLUXES IN SQUARE lij AT TIME TS (M/MIN) FLX 115
c FLX 116
FLXIN(l.L) • (VHNO*STNO)»C2 PI-X H?
FLXIN(2,L) » (VHHCR«STHCR)»C2 FLX 118
FLXIN(3,L) « (VHCO + STCO)#C2 PL.X 119
C FLX 120
180 CONTINUE FLX 121
NFLUX « KTMAX FLX 122
RETURN FLX 123
C FLX 124
1 FORMAT 2)) FLX 129
END FLX 130-
SUBROUTINE GRIDS(XL»XR,YB,YT,DX»DY) GRI 1
C GRI 2
C PRINTER PLOT GRID INITIALIZATION ROUTINE GRI 3
C GRI 4
CALL SETPLT(XL,XR,Y8,YT) GRI '5
IF (DX.EQ.O.) GO TO 12Q GRI 6
IF (DY.EQ.O.) GO TO 120 GRI 7
IMAX »
-------
TITLE
»MCHAR - FORTRAN SUBPROGRAM"
ft
MCHAR
THIS IS A SUBPROGRAM FOR MOVING A STRING OF CHARACTERS FROM
A GIVEN CHARACTER IN ONE ARRAY TO A GIVEN CHARACTER IN
ANOTHER. THE FORMAT OF THE INVOKING FORTRAN STATEMENT
IS -
WHERE -
CALL MCHAR (I .A.J.B.K)
I = THE STARTING CHARACTER IN ARRAY A
A * THE SOURCE ARRAY
J s THE STARTING CHARACTER IN ARRAY B
B » THE TARGET ARRAY
K e THE LENGTH 01= STRING IN CHARACTERS
RESTRICTIONS -
EJECT
START
B
DC
DC
STM
BALR
USING
L
L
C
BH
S
STC
L
L
C
BL
S
A
L
L
C
BL
S
A
LR
AR
LR
AR
CR
I MUST BE GT 0
J MUST BE GT 0
K MUST BE GT 0 AND LT 357
SOURCE AND TARGET AREAS CANNOT OVERLAP
0
10(15)
X»s«
CL5*MCHAR«
U, 13. 13(13)
2,0
3.16 (0»1 >
4.0 (0.3)
ABENDIT
3,0 (Oil)
5.0(0.3)
5,«F*1*
ABENDIT
5.4(0.1)
3*8(0.1)
6.0 (0*3)
6,«F*1°
ABENDIT
7.5
7.4
8.6
6*4
6.5
BRANCH AROUND PRELOGUE
PRELOGUE
PRELOGUE
SAVE CALLING PROGRAMS REGS
LOAD BASE REG
ESTABLISH BASE REG
LOAD ADD" OF K
LOAD VALUE OF K
CHECK FOR K GT 256
IF GT 256 GO TO ABENDIT
SUB 1 FROM K FOR MVC LENGTH
STORE LENGTH IN MVC INST
LOAD ADDR OF I
LOAD VALUE OF I
CHECK FOR I LT 1
IF LT 1 GO TO ABENDIT
SUB I FROM I FOR OFFSET
ADO ADDRA FOR START AODR SOURCE
LOAD ADDR OF J
LOAD VALUE OF J
CHECK FOR J LT 1
IF J LT 1 GO TO ABENDIT
SUB 1 FROM J FOR OFFSET
ADO ADORB FOR START AODR TARGET
LOAD ADDR OF SOURCE
ADD K - 1 FOR END ADDR SOURCE
LOAD ADDR OF TARGET
ADD K - 1 FOR END ADDR TARGET
COMP START ADDR SOURCE W/ TARGET
181
-------
BH
BE
CR
BL
e
T66TSC CR
BH
6
NOOVEHLP MVJ
MOVE
ABENDIT
ENDMCHAR LM
BR
MVC
B
ABEND
END
TGGTSc
ABENOIT
8»5
NOOVERLP
6»7
NOOVERLP
ABENDIT
12(13) «X»FF*
0 U»6) «0 (5)
ENDMCHAR
1111. DUMP, STEP
jr TARGET GT SOURCE GO TO TGGTSC
OVERLAP OCCURS GO TO ASENDIT
COMP END ADOR TARGET W/ SOURCE
IF END ADOR TARGET LT SOUHCE OK
OVERLAP OCCURS GO TO ABENDIT
COMP END ADOR SOURCE */ TARGET
IF END ADOR SOURCE LT TARGET OK
OVERLAP OCCURS 90 TO A8ENDIT
INDICATE SUCCESFULL EXEC
PERFORM MOVE
BRANCH AROUND ABENDIT
ISSUE SYSTEH ABEND
RESTORE CALLING PROSRAMS RE6S
NOTE: This assembler-language subroutine
is for IBM 360 only.
182
-------
c
c
c
c
c
SUBROUTINE MINSEC(DECANGtANG)
CONVERTS INPUT ANGLE DECANG FROM DECIMAL DEGREES
TO DEGREES* MINUTES, AND DECIMAL SECONDS WHICH ARE
RETURNED IN CELLS 1, 2, AND 3 OF ANG.
DIMENSION ANGO)
ANG(i)
DECMIN
ANG<2)
ANGO)
RETURN
END
FLOATdFIX(DECANG))
60,»(DECANG-ANG(in
FLOATUFIX(DECMIN))
60.*
NDX(l)
NDXI2)
RETURN
END
P(lfL)»VX*OT
P(2»D*VY»DT
1*IFIX((POS(1)*
-------
c
c
c
c
SUBROUTINE SETPLT(A»B.CiD)
GENERAL-PURPOSE PRINTER-PLOT ROUTINE ... ARGUMENTS ARE DESCRIBED
IBM-360 VERSION BY J.R. MARTINEZ - 9/18/73
C
C
COMMON /IMAG/ IMAGE
DIMENSION IMAGE(26i51)i
EQUIVALENCE (IC.CI)
EQUIVALENCE (IARO.ARO)
DATA MAXX.MAXY.ARO/104i51tlH*/
DATA IBLNKiIDASH /4H t*H«——/
NCHAR IS THE NUMBER Of CHARACTERS PER WORD
DATA NCHAR/4/
LOGICAL CONFRM
LABX(5t6)»LABEL<5)
C
C
C-""FOR THIS ENTRY. CALL SETPLOT
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
130
140
(X-LOWt
X-HIGHt
Y-LOW,
Y-HIGH)
THIS IS THE INITIALIZING CALL - THE ARGUMENTS DEFINE THE
ENDS OF THE AXES TO BE PLOTTED
ENTRY SETPLOT
CONFRM • .FALSE.
100
110
120
DO 110 J B 1»51
DO 110 I B 1(26
IMAGE(ItJ) B IBLNK
CONTINUE
DO 120 I • 1*26
IMAGE(Id) B IDASH
DO 130 J « l.MAXY
DY B
XORG
YORG
IF (,
TO 140
* ,6«DY
DY • 5,/3,»DX
CALL MCHARIl (IHId (IMAGE (1 (J) d>
CONTINUE
DX » (B-AI/100.
(D-C)/(MAXY-1)
• A
B C
.NOT.CONFRM) GO
IF (DX.LT..6»DY) OX
IF (DY.LT.5./3.*DX)
KVAL B IBLNK
KGO B 19
DO 160 J • 1»6
VAL B XORG*DX«20»(J-1 I
00 TO 230
LABEL(l)
LABEL(2)
LABELO)
LABEL(4)
LABELI5)
150
160
C
LABXd.J) B
LABX(2(J) B
LABXI3.J) *
LABX(4(J) B
LABX(5(J) -
RETURN
SPL
SPL
BSPL
SPL
SPL
SPL
SPL
SPL
SPL
SPL 10
SPL 11
SPL 12
SPL 13
SPL 14
SPL 15
SPL 16
SPL 17
SPL IB
SPL 19
SPL 20
SPL 21
SPL 22
SPL 23
SPL 24
SPL 25
SPL 26
SPL 27
SPL 28
SPL 29
SPL 30
SPL 31
SPL 32
SPL 33
SPL 34
SPL 35
SPL 36
SPL 37
SPL 38
SPL 39
SPL 40
SPL 41
SPL 42
SPL 43
SPL 44
SPL 45
SPL 46
SPL 47
SPL 48
SPL 49
SPL 50
SPL 51
SPL 52
SPL 53
SPL 54
SPL 55
184
-------
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
170
180
C
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
• • « T U T C CKlTOV T C TftcMTT^AI Trt CffTnl ft T • C ¥ /** C" O T TT T C 1 1 1 C" r\ C f\D
""* 1 n 1 3 EN I H T 15 IDENTICAL TO at T PLU 1 f EACtrT i 1 la UotD r UK
PLOTTING X AND Y TO SAME SCALE
(A COMPUTED CIRCLE IS PLOTTED AS A CIRCLE)
ENTRY ISOPLT
CONFRM « .TRUE.
GO TO 100
• •_C*OD TUTQ C*KJTD Y * f A i i fcF Tfi y n v / n v »
^"Un I n 1 9 t ™ 1 W T f (* ML)- wC 1 U AU > V U A t
DY)
USE THIS ENTRY IF YOU NEED TO KNOW THE X- AND Y-INCREMENTS
WHICH HAVE BEEN COMPUTED BY ISOPLOT
ENTRY GTDXDY
A a DX
B = DY
RETURN
• ••PHD TUTC FMTDV* ^Al 1 Dl flTDMT tv~fnf\DT\m
* — r UK JnlJ ti>'IKTi CALL "LUI"NT (X — CwUKUl
Y-COORD*
CHARACTER)
CHARACTER MUST BE THE FIRST ONE IN THE WORDi E.G.i 1HA.
THIS IS THE ENTRY WHICH ENTERS A POINT IN THE PLOT
ENTRY PLTPNT
MGO • 1
CI « C
JX B (A»XORG)/DX«1.5
JY « (B-YORG)/DY*1,5
IF RETURN
IR • JX/NCHAR*!
JZ • MOD(jXiNCHAR)
IF (JZ.GT.O) GO TO ISO
IR » IR-1
JZ • NCHAR
CONTINUE
IF (MGO.EQ.2) GO TO 190
CALL MCHAR (liCIiJZi IMAGE (IRiJY)il)
RETURN
—FOR THIS ENTRYi CALL GETPNT (X-COORDi
Y-COORD i
CHARACTER) „ „
CHARACTER IS RETURNED IN THE FIRST POSITION OF VARIABLE -C-.
USE THIS ENTRY TO FIND OUT THE CHARACTER
NOW AT (XiY)
ENTRY GETPNT
MGO • 2
C - 0.
80 TO 170
SPL 56
CDI & T
SrL 57
SPL 58
SPL 59
SPL 60
SPL 61
SPL 62
SPL 63
SPL 64
SPL 65
C Dl At
SrL DO
SPL 67
SPL 68
SPL 69
SPL 70
SPL 71
SPL 72
SPL 73
SPL 74
SPL 75
SPL 76
COl T"T
— r L 77
SPL 76
SPL 79
SPL 80
SPL 81
SPL 82
SPL 83
SPL 84
SPL 85
SPL 86
SPL 87
SPL 88
SPL 89
SPL 90
SPL 91
SPL 92
SPL 93
SPL 94
SPL 95
SPL 96
SPL 97
SPL 98
SPL 99
SPL 100
SPL 101
SPL 102
SPL 103
SPL 104
SPL 105
SPL 106
SPL 107
SPL 108
SPL 109
SPL 110
185
-------
190 CALL MCHAR(JZ,IMAGE(IR,JY),1,C,1) SPL111
RETURN SPL 112
C SPL 113
C SPL 114
c -FOR THIS ENTRY* CALL PLOTXP1 (CHARACTER) SPL 115
C CHARACTER MUST BE THE FIRST ONE IN THE WORD, E.G., 1HA. SPL 116
C USE THIS ENTRY TO ADO A CHARACTER TO THE RIGHT OF SPL 117
C THE LAST MARK ENTERED SPL 118
C SPL 119
ENTRY PLTPXl SPL 120
JX a JX*1 SPL 121
IF (JX.GT.MAXX) RETURN SPL 122
CI A SPL 123
IR JX/NCHAR*! SPL 12*
JZ MOD(JXtNCHAR) SPL 125
IF JZ.GT.O) GO TO 200 SPL 126
IR IR-l SPL 127
JZ NCHAR SPL 12S
200 CONTINUE SPL 129
CALL MCHAR<1»CI,JZ,IMAGE(IR»JY) • !> SPL 130
RETURN SPL 131
C SPL 132
C SPL 133
c, ,FOR THIS ENTRY, CALL PLOTYMl (CHARACTER) SPL 134
C CHARACTER MUST BE THE FIRST ONE IN THE WORD, E.G.. 1HA. SPL 135
C USE THIS ENTRY TO ADD A CHARACTER BELOW SPL 136
C THE LAST MARK ENTERED SPL 137
C SPL 138
ENTRY PLTYM1 SPL 139
JY = JY-1 SPL 1*0
IF (jv.LE.o) RETURN SPL i4i
CI =• A SPL 142
CALL MCHAR(1»CI,JZ,IMAGE(IR,JY),1) SPL 143
RETURN SPL 144
C SPL 145
C SPL 146
C YOU MUST CALL PLOTOUT TO GET PLOT PRINTED SPL 147
c ,FOR THIS ENTRY, CALL PLOTOUT (PRINT-TAPE) SPL 148
C SPL 149
ENTRY PLTOUT SPL 150
CI * A SPL 151
IF (IC.LE.O.OR.IC.GT.49) 1C « 6 SPL 152
WRITE (IC»1) SPL 153
KVAL = IARO SPL 154
KGO • 14 SPL 155
DO 220 JYY = 1,MAXY SPL 156
jY B MAXY+1-JYY SPL 157
VAL * YORG*DY«(JY-1) SPL 158
LABEL(l) » IBLNK SPL 159
LABEL(2) = IBLNK SPL 160
LABEL(3) = IBLNK SPL 161
LABEL(4) = IBLNK SPL 162
LABEL (5) * IBLNK SPL 163
IF GO TO Z3Q SPL 164
210 WRITE (IC'2) LABEL'
-------
220 CONTINUE SPL 166
WRITE (1C.3)
-------
SUBROUTINE SETUP SET 1
C SET 2
C INITIALIZATION SUBROUTINE FOR FLUX GENERATION MODULE SET 3
C SET 4
DIMENSION TITLE<20>« JDATE(2> SET 5
DIMENSION CLAT(3),CLON(3)«OLAT<3)iOLON<3) , SET 6
1 PLATO,3) iPLON<3,2> .PLATO (2) .PLONO (2) » SET 7
2 ILAT<2»4) .XLATI4)tILON<2i4).XLON<4)« SET 8
3 PP(2f4)»IJ(2«4) SET 9
COMMON /WIND/ TdOO)» V(lOO). THdOOIt NPTS SET lQ
COMMON /TRAJ/ TSTARTf P(2.100)i ID(2tlOO) SET 11
COMMON /GRID/ XIiX2»Y1•Y2iNX.NYtDELX.DELY.DELT SET 12
COMMON /EMIT/ HEMF(3), CEMF(3) SET 13
COMMON /SPDFCT/ A(3)i B(3). C<3)» VBAR SET 14
COMMON /COLDST/ NBETAt TCS120). CSF(20»3) SET 15
COMMON /CNTROL/ CARFAC. STAFACi KSTOPi TSUN SET 16
COMMON /ADJUST/ FYFAC(3>. SSFAC(3)t PPFACi ORFAC(2)t FXFAC(2) SET 17
DATA CLAT/33.i55,t46tO/» CLON/l16..12.»9.o/ SET 18
DATA SRD/57.29577951/ SET 19
DATA MORE/4HMORE/ SET 20
C SET 21
SCALE « 6076.1/5280. SET 22
VFDC a 19.6 SET 23
C SET 24
C CONVERT WIND VELOCITIES TO MI/MIN AND TIMES TO SET 25
C MINUTES FROM START SET 26
C SET 27
V(l) B V(l)/60. SET 28
TSTART = T(1)*TSUN SET 29
TSHIFT » TIMIN(Td) ) SET 30
Ttl) « 0. SET 31
DO 100 K « 2»NPTS SET 32
V(K) » VtK>/60. SET 33
T(K) * TIMIN(T(K))-TSHIFT SET 34
IF (T(K) ,LT.T(K-1)) T(K) « T(K)*1440. SET 35
100 CONTINUE SET 36
C SET 37
C SET UP GRID AND LOCATE TRAJECTORY START POINT SET 38
C SET 39
WD • NX'DELX SET 40
HT » NY»DELY SET 41
CLATD * DECMAL(CLAT) SET 42
CLOND • DECMAL(CLON) SET 43
CSCLAT » COS(CLATD/SRD) SET 44
OLATD m CLATD-0.5«HT/(60."SCALE) SET 45
OLOND « CLOND*0.5«WO/(6Q,«SCALE*CSCLAT> SET 46
PLATD(l) • OLATD*P(2t1)/(60.»SCALE) SET 47
PLOND(l) B OLOND-P(lil)/(60.»SCALE«CSCLAT) SET 48
ID(lfi) « 1*IFIX (P(l111/DELX) SET 49
10(2.1) * l*IFIX(P(2il)/OELV) SET 50
c SET si
C INITIALIZE GRID FOR PRINTER-PLOT OF TRAJECTORY SET 52
C SET 53
READ (5»1) XL.XR.YBiYT SET 54
CALL GRIDSIXL.XR.YB.YT.DELX.DELY) SET 55
188
-------
CALL PLTPNT(P(1,1),P(2,1) ,1HA) SET 56
C SET 57
C PRINT LOCATIONS OF TRAJECTORY START POINT, GRID ORIGIN, SET 58
C AND GRID CENTER SET 59
C SET 60
CALL MINSEC(OLATD»OLAT<1) ) SET 61
CALL MINSEC(OLONDiOLON(l)) SET 62
CALL MINSEC(PLATD(1),PLAT<1,1» SET 63
CALL MINSEC(PLONDd) ,PLON(i,D ) SET 64
DO 110 L » 1,2 SET 65
ILAT(L.l) = CLAT(L) SET 66
110 ILON(L«1> a CLON(L) SET 67
XLATU) a CLATO) SET 66
XLON(l) a CLON(3) SET 69
PP(1»1> a WD/2. SET 70
PP(2,1) a HT/2. SET 71
DO 120 L • 1,2 SET 72
ILAT(Li2) a OLAT(L) SET 73
ILON(L»2) a OLON(L) SET 74
120 PP(L,2) » 0. SET 75
XLAT<2> « OLATO) SET 76
XLON(2) a OLONI3) SET 77
DO 130 L e 1,2 SET 78
ILAT(L»3) a PLAT(LU) SET 79
130 ILON(L.3) a PLON(L.l) SET 60
XLATI3) a PLATO,1) SET 81
XLON(3) = PLONOtl) SET 62
PP(1,3) a P(l,l) SET 83
PP(2,3) a P(2»l) SET 84
DO 140 K a 1,3 SET 85
IJ(1,K) a 1*IFIX(PP(1,K)/DELX) SET 66
140 IJ(2,K) a 1»IFIX (PP(2,K)/DELY) SET 67
WRITE (6,3) («ILAT(I,J),Ial,2),XLAT(J),(ILON(K,J),K«1,2),XLON(J) ,SET 66
1(PP(M,J),Mai,2)»(IJ(N,J)iNai,2))»J=1,3) SET 69
C SET 90
C READ IN VEHICLE EMISSION FACTORS (GM/MI) SET 91
C SET 92
READ (5,2> (HEMF(I)iI«l»3»,(CEMF(I)iI»lt3) SET 93
DO 150 I a 1,3 SET 94
All) a (HEMF(I)-C(I)»VFDC)»VFDC»«t-B(I)) SET 95
150 CONTINUE SET 96
C SET 97
C READ GROWTH FACTORS FOR VEHICLE POPULATION AND SET 98
C STATIONARY EMISSIONS SET 99
C SET 100
READ <5»2> CARFAC»STAFAC SET 101
C SET ^ 0••
C READ ADJUSTMENT FACTORS FOR INDIVIDUAL SOURCES AND SPECIES SET 103
C SET 104
C FREEWAY VEHICLES NO HC CO SET 105
C SURFACE ST. VEHICLES NO HC CO SET 106
C POWER PLANT NO SET 107
C OIL REFINERY NO HC SET 106
C AREA STATIONARY NO HC SET 109
C SET 110
189
-------
c
c
1
2
3
READ
READ
READ
READ
(5,2)
(5i2)
(5.3)
(5i2)
(FYFAC(I).I"1«3).
PPFAC
»I«1«2)
RETURN
FORMAT <30X.4FlOtO)
FORMAT (40X.3F10.0)
(!HOf////t21H GRID
9MLONGITUDE112X »8MX
10X.13HCENTER
FORMAT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8)
END
10X.13HORIGIN
10X.13HSTART POINT
SET 111
SET 112
SET 113
SET H4
SET 115
SET 116
SET 117
SET 118
SET 119
SET 120
REFERENCE DATA X30X,8HLATITUDE,8X, SET 121
(ST MI),5X,8HY(ST MI),6X1HI,6X1HJ// SET 122
2(6X13,1H/,I2,1H/,F4.1),4X,2(6XF7,3), SET 123
6XI2«5XI2//SET 124
2(6XI3,1H/,I2,1H/,F4,1)»4X.2(6XF7.3), SET 125
6XI2.5XI2//SET 126
2(6XI3,1H/,I2,1H/,F4.1),4X,2(6XF7.3), SET 127
6XI2.5XI2//SET 126
SET 129
SET 130-
100
110
120
130
HO
150
160
170
C
FUNCTION SPEEDF (T.TS.FS.NTF.NF.FBASE)
LINEAR INTERPOLATION ROUTINE FOR AVERAGE SPEED TABLES
DIMENSION TS(1). FS(NF.NTF)
KEND * NTF*2
DO 100 K » l.KEND
IF (TS(K)-T) lOOtlOOtllO
CONTINUE
K * KEND*1
KL = K-l
IF (K-2) 130,140.120
IF (K.KEND) 150.160.130
SPEEDF « FBASE
RETURN
A = FBASE
B « FS<1»1>
GO TO 170
SPEEDF m FS ( 1 tK-2) * (T-TS
RETURN
A « FS(l.NTF)
B * FBASE
SPEEDF a A* (T-TS(KL) )»(B-A)/(TS(K)"TS(KL) )
RETURN
END
( 1 ,KL) -F$ ( 1 .K-2) ) /
-------
FUNCTION TABFtX.XS.FS.NXFiNF) TAB 1
C TAB 2
C GENERAL STAIRSTEP EVALUATOR FOR TABULAR FUNCTIONS TAB 3
c (RETURNS NEAREST END VALUE OF FS WHEN x is TAB 4
C OUTSIDE THE RANSE OF XS ) TAB 5
C TAB 6
DIMENSION XS(NXF). FS(NFiNXF) TAB 7
C TAB 8
DO 100 * = 3»NXF TAB 9
IF (XS(K)-X) 100.100.110 TAB 10
100 CONTINUE TAB 11
TABF « FS(ltNXF) TAB IZ
RETURN TAB 13
C TAB 14
110 TABF n FS(l.K-l) TAB 15
RETURN TAB 16
C TAB 17
END TAB 18-
FUNCTION TIMIN(T) TIM 1
C TIM 2
C TIMIN CONVERTS MILITARY CLOCK TIME TO MINUTES TIM 3
C TIM 4
XMIN » AMOO(T»100t) TIM 5
HRS * (T-XM1N1/100. TIM 6
TIMIN m 60.*HRS*XMIN TIM 7
RETURN TIM 8
END TIM 9«
191
-------
FUNCTION TRPF(X.XS.FS.NXF.NF) TRP 1
C TRP 2
C GENERAL LINEAR INTERPOLATOR FOR TABULAR FUNCTIONS TRP 3
C (RETURNS NEAREST END VALUE OF FS WHEN X IS TRP 4
C OUTSIDE THE RAN8E OF XS ) TRP 5
C TRP 6
DIMENSION XS(NXF). FS(NFiNXF) TRP 7
C TRP 8
IF (XS(NXF)-XS(l)) 100»120tl20 TRP 9
100 DO 110 K " 1»NXF TRP 10
IF (X-XS(K)) 110.110*140 TRP 11
110 CONTINUE TRP 12
K « NXF*1 TRP 13
GO TO 1*0 TRP U
120 DO 130 K * l.NXF TRP 15
IF (XS(K)-X) 130.130.140 TRP 16
130 CONTINUE TRP 17
K » NXF*1 TRP 18
140 KL » K-l TRP 19
IF (K-2) 160.170.150 TRP 20
150 IF (K-NXF) 170.170.180 TRP Zl
160 TRPF • FS(l.l) TRP 22
RETURN TRP 23
170 TRpr m FS<1.KL)*(X-XS(KL))«(FS<1.K)-FS(1»KL))/(XS(K)-XS(KL)) TRP 24
RETURN TRP 25
180 TRPF • FS(l.NXF) TRP 26
RETURN TRP 27
C TRP 28
END TRP 29-
SUBROUTINE XMIT(N.A.B) XMT 1
c XMT 2
C IF N POSITIVE. TRANSMITS N WORDS FROM A TO B XMT 3
C IF N NEGATIVE. TRANSMITS A TO N WORDS OF B XMT 4
c XMT 5
DIMENSION A(2)»B<2> XMT 6
C XMT 7
IF (N) 100«120»120 XMT 8
100 K * lABS(N) XMT 9
DO 110 I » l.K XMT 10
B(I> » All) XMT 11
110 CONTINUE XMT 12
RETURN XMT 13
C XMT 14
120 DO 130 I » l.N XMT 15
8(1) = A(I) XMT 16
130 CONTINUE XMT 17
RETURN XMT 18
C XMT 19
END XMT 20-
192
-------
F.4 CHEMICAL MODULE
-------
SUBROUTINE COEQfNtAtX.FL) CO 1
C COEQ SOLVES CO-DIAGONAL MATRIX OF SIMULTANEOUS LINEAR EQUATIONCO 2
C FOR IMPLICIT FINITE DIFFERENCE METHOD CO 3
C CO *
C N * NUMBER OF ROWS IN THE MATRIX CO 5
c AIM) » MATRIX ELEMENTS IN A LINEAR VECTOR OF 4«N-2 ELEMENTS. co 6
C M = I*4«U-1) WHERE J»ROW NUMBER AND I«l»3 FOR FIRST AND LASTCO 7
C ROWS AND I«l,4 FOR OTHER ROWS. THE NON-ZERO ELEMENTS LOOK CO 6
C LIKE CO 9
C CO 10
C ROW 1 X X X I»li2.3 CO 11
C 2 X X X X I»4f5»6»7 CO *2
C 3 XXX X I=8»9»10.11 ETC CO 13
C CO U
C N-2 X X X X CO 15
C N-l X X X X CO 16
C N XXX CO 17
C CO 18
C FIRST ROW CORRESPONDS To LOWER BOUNDARY CO 19
C N-TH ROW CORRESPONDS TO UPPER BOUNDARY CO 20
C CO 21
C X(K) « SOLUTION VECTOR (K»1,N) CO 22
c FL » FAILURE INDEX. *o USUALLY* -i IF MATRIX is SINGULAR co 23
c co 2*
C NOTE. FOR GRADIENT TYPE BOUNDARY CONDITIONS, WRjTE GRADIENT IN CO 25
C USUAL FINITE-DIFFERENCE FORM USING A FICTITIOUS POINT CO 26
C OUTSIDE THE BOUNDARY. THEN APPLY THE FINITE-DIFFERENCE CO 27
C DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION TO ELIMINATE THIS FICTITIOUS POINT. CO 28
C CO 29
DIMENSION All) ,X(1) CO 30
FL » 0. CO 31
NMl • N-l CO 32
C NORMALIZE FIRST ROW SO 1 IS LEADING ELEMENT CO 33
IF (A(l).EQ.O.) GO TO 140 CO 34
A(2) » A(2)/A<1) CO 35
A(3) • A(3)/A(1) CO 36
C CO 37
C NORMALIZE ALL BUT LAST ROW AND SUBTRACT THE ROW ABOVE CO 38
M . 0 CO 39
DO 110 JR » 2iNMl CO 40
M « M»4 CO 41
Kl » M+l CO 42
K2 » M*2 CO 43
K3 - M*3 C0 **
C CO 45
C TEST FOR ZERO ELEMENTS CO 46
IF (A(M).NE.O.) 60 TO 100 CO 47
c A
-------
A(K2> a A(K2)/A(K1) CO 56
110 A(K3) s A(K3)/A(K1) CO 57
C CO SB
C LAST ROW CO 59
M • M*4 CO 60
Kl « M»l CO 61
«2 • M*2 CO 62
IF (AIM).£0.Oil 60 TO 120 CO 63
A(K1) » A(Kl)/A(M)-A(M-3) CO 64
A CO 69
M • M*3 CO 70
00 130 I n 1,NM1 CO 71
M • M-4 CO 72
Kl » N-I CO 73
130 X(K1) » A(M)-X(K1*1)*A(M-1) CO 74
RETURN CO 75
C CO 76
C SINGULAR MATRIX CO 77
140 FL • i. CO 78
RETURN CO 79
END CO 80-
194
-------
SUBROUTINE CRANK *SCALDF(2»°TAU
TRIDAT(l) = 1.-TRIDATI2)
CR
ACR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
f, U
CK
CR
CR
CR
CR
TRIDAT (3) a DELT«TOELZ»FLXWAL (NOSPl ) » (1 ,*TRIDAT <2> ) »TRACIN (1 ) -TRIDCR
1AT(2)»TRACIN(2)
M * o
DO 100 K a 2.NOSTM1
M « M*4
TRIDAT(M) a -TAU«SCALDF(K)
TRIDAT(M*l> a l,*TAU»(SCALDF(K)*SCALDF(K*l) )
TRIDAT (M»2) » -TAU»SCALDF (K*l )
TRIDAT (M»3) » -TRIDAT (M) «TRACIN (K-l ) * ( 1 .-TAU* (SCALDF (K) »SCALDF (K*
1) ) )»TRACIN(K) -TRIDAT (M*2)«TRACIN(K*1)
CONTINUE
TRIDAT(M*4) " -TAU» (SCALDF (N) *SCALDF (N*l ))
TRIDAT(M*5) « 1 .-TRIDAT (M*4 ) .. ., tl
TRIDAT (M*6) » -TRIDAT (M*4( «TRAClN (N-i ) * (1 ,*TRlDAT (M*4) ) #TRAClN (N)
1TDELZ»DELT*FLXDGE (NOSPl )
CALL COEQ(N»TRIDAT.TRACIN»M)
RETURN
END
CR
CR
CR
v~
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
1CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
.CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
CR
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
9 1
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
e A
50
51-
195
-------
SUBROUTINE DFFUSE(NOSTATiDELZ) OFF 1
C OFF 2
c ......... COMPUTES INITIAL PROFILE OF DIFFUSION COEFFICIENT OFF 3
C OFF 4
COMMON/SKY/ DFINIT(ll), ZEE(IO) OFF 5
DFINIT(l) » 60» OFF 6
CALL XMIT(-NOSTAT»30.iDFINIT<2)> OFF 7
RETURN OFF 8
END OFF 9-
SUBROUTINE DIFCOF(SCALDFiNOSTATiDCOFiSCALEtDSCALE) DIF 1
DIMENSION SCALDFU >• DCOF11) . SCALE tl). DIF Z
1 DSCALE(l) DIF 3
DO 100 I « ItNOSTAT DIF 4
DCOF(I) * SCALDF(I)*SCALDF(I+1) OIF 5
DSCALE(I) • l./SCALOFII) OIF 6
SCALE1I) » SCALOF(I*1>«DSCALE(I) OIF 7
IF (I.NE.LAND.I.NE.NOSTAT) 00 TO 100 DIF 8
DSCALE(I) » l./DCOFU) DIF 9
SCALE(I) « DSCALEd) OIF 10
100 CONTINUE DIF 11
RETURN DIF 12
END OIF 13-
196
-------
SUBROUTINE JACOB ( A »B» R.NtW ,NNiC I
DIMENSION A(NtN), B<1)» R(l),
wu), cm
100
c
c—
c
—-- THIS LOOP CONVERTS CONCENTRATION FROM MASS
TO PPHM
DO 100 I = l.NN
CONTINUE
•--- COMPUTE JACOBIAN OF
-,-REACTION
A(lil) = "R(2)»C(4)-R(5)#C(9)-R(7)»C(8)-R(15)«C(3)
A(1,2) * Ot
A(1 ,3) « *R(1)-R(15)*C(1)
A(l,4) * -R(2)»C(1)
A(l,5) = +R<10>
A(2.1) s Qt
A(2,2) « -R(4)»C(8)-R(9)«C(4)-R(1)«R(3)»C(3)
A(2,3) " -R(1)«R(3)«C(2)
AI2.4) • -R(9)»C<2)
AI2.5) = Ot
A(3,l) * *R(2)«C(4)*R(5)»C(9)-R(15)«C(3)
A(3.?l s Ot
A(3,3) « -R(1).R(6)»C(9).R(8)»C(8).R(11)#C(4)-R(12)»C(6)
A(3,4) • *R(2)»C<1)-R(11)»C<3)
A(3.5) • Ot
A(4,l) * -R(2)«C(4)
A(4,2) * -R(9)*C(4)
A(4,3) a *R(1)-R<11)«C<4)
AI4.4) * -R(2)«C (1)-R(9)»C(2)-R(11)*C(3)
A(4,5) * Ot
A(5,l) - *R(7)«C(8)»2.00»R(15)»C<3)
A(5,2) » Ot
A(5i3> « *2tOO*R(15>*C
A(S,4) • Ot
A(5,5) « -R(10)
RETURN
END
JAC 1
JAC 2
JAC 3
FRACTION JAC 4
JAC 5
JAC 6
JAC 7
JAC 8
JAC 9
JAC 10
JAC 11
JAC 12
JAC 13
JAC 14
JAC 15
JAC 16
JAC 17
JAC 18
JAC 19
JAC 20
JAC 21
JAC 22
JAC 23
-R(15)*C(1JAC 24
JAC 25
JAC 26
JAC 27
JAC 28
JAC 29
JAC 3Q
JAC 31
JAC 32
JAC 33
JAC 34
JAC 35
JAC 36
JAC 37
JAC 38
JAC 39-
197
-------
SUBROUTINE MATAOD(A»B»C»NRAiNCA)
C MAA 2
C ENTRY MATADD C» A * B MAA 3
C ENTRY MATSUB C» A - B MAA 4
C NRA • NUMBER OF ROMS MAA 5
C NCA • NUMBER OF COLUMNS MAA 6
C MAA 7
DIMENSION A(NRA.NCA). B (NRAfNCA>» C(NRAiNCA) MAA 8
C MAA 9
DO 100 I » 1'NRA MAA 10
DO 100 J • liNCA MAA 11
C(1»J) « A(ItJ)*B(I»J) MAA 12
100 CONTINUE MAA 13
RETURN MAA 14
C MAA 15
ENTRY MATSUB MAA 16
C MAA 17
DO 110 I » l.NRA MAA IB
DO 110 J B ItNCA MAA 19
C(ItJ) > AdtJ)-B(IiJ) MAA 20
110 CONTINUE MAA 21
RETURN MAA 22
END MAA 23-
198
-------
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
100
110
120
130
140
C
C
C
150
C
160
C
170
SUBROUTINE MATINV(AtN»NMAX.B,M,PIVOT.I PIVOTiINDEX»DETERM)
MEETS X3.9 FORTRAN STANDARD -• JUNEt 1970
SOURCE DATE 70.0630
MATRIX INVERSION WITH ACCOMPANYING SOLUTION OF LINEAR EQUATIONS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MIV 9
MIV 10
MIV 11
MIV
MIV
MIV
MIV
MIV
MIV
MIV
DIMENSION A(NMAX.NMAX)
DIMENSION B(NMAXtl)
DIMENSION INDEX(Ni2)
DIMENSION IPIVOT(N)
DIMENSION PIVOT(N)
INITIALIZATION
DETERM * 1.0
CALL XMIT(-N.O.IPIVOT)
DO 300 I » 1»N
SEARCH FOR PIVOT ELEMENT
AMAX « 0.0
DO 140 J * 1»N
IF (IPIVOT(J)-D 100»140«100
DO 130 K a 1,N
IF (IPIVOT(K)-l) 110il30»340
IF (ABS(AMAX)-A8S J
ICOLUM • K
AMAX • AfJ.K)
CONTINUE
CONTINUE
IPIVOT(ICOLUM) « IPIVOT(ICOLUM)*!
INTERCHANGE ROWS TO PUT PIVOT ELEMENT ON plASONAL
IF (IROW-ICOLUM) 150il90»150
OETERM • -DETERM
DO 160 L • l.N
SWAP « A(IROWiL)
A(IROWiL) " A(ICOLUMtL)
A(ICOLUMiL) " SWAP
IF (M) 190»190tl70
DO 180 L " l.M
MIV 13
MIV 14
MIV 15
MIV 16
MIV 17
MIV 18
MIV 19
MIV 20
MIV 21
MIV 22
MIV 23
MIV 24
MIV 25
MIV 26
MIV 27
MIV 28
MIV 29
MIV 30
MIV 31
MIV 32
MIV 33
MIV 34
MIV 35
MIV 36
MIV 37
MIV 38
MIV 39
MIV 40
MIV 41
MIV 42
MIV 43
MIV 44
MIV 45
MIV 46
MIV 47
MIV 46
MIV 49
MIV 50
MIV 51
MIV 52
MIV 53
MIV 54
MIV 55
199
-------
SWAP • B(IROWiL) MIV 56
B(IROWfL) « B(ICOLUMtL) MIV 57
180 B(ICOLUMiL) » SWAP MIV 58
190 INDEX(Iil) « IROW MIV 59
INDEXd.2) « ICOLUM MIV 60
PIVOT(l) • A(ICOLUM.ICOLUM) MIV 61
OETERM » DETERM«PIVOT(I) MIV 62
C MIV 63
C DIVIDE PIVOT ROW BY PIVOT ELEMENT MIV 64
C MIV 65
A(ICOLUMtlCOLUM) » 1.0 MIV 66
C MIV 67
DO 210 L * 1»N MIV 68
IF (PIVOT(I).NE.O.) 60 TO 200 MIV 69
PRINT 1 MIV 70
CALL EXIT MIV 71
200 AdCOLUM.L) * A(ICOLUMfL)/PIVOT(I) MIV 72
210 CONTINUE MIV 73
IF (M) 250.250.220 MIV 74
C MIV 75
220 DO 240 L « liM MIV 76
IF (PIVOT(I).NE.O.) 60 TO 23Q MIV 77
PRINT 1 Mjy 7e
CALL EXIT MIV 79
230 BdCOLUM.L) " B (ICOLUM f|_) /PIVOT (I) MIV 80
240 CONTINUE MIV 81
C MIV 82
C REDUCE NON-PIVOT ROWS MIV 83
C MIV 84
250 DO 300 LI = l.N MIV 85
IF (Ll-ICOLUM) 260.300.260 MIV 86
260 T m A(L1.ICOLUM) MIV 87
A(Ll.ICOLUM) • 0<0 MIV 88
C MIV 89
DO 270 L - ItN MIV 90
A(Ll.L) » A(Ll.L)-AdCOLUM.L)»T MIV 91
270 CONTINUE MIV 92
IF (M) 300.300.280 MIV 93
C MIV 94
280 DO 290 L » liM MIV 95
8(L1.L) «= B(L1.L)"B(ICOLUM,L)«T MIV 96
290 CONTINUE MIV 97
300 CONTINUE MIV 98
C MIV 99
C INTERCHAN6E COLUMNS MIV 100
C MIV 101
DO 330 I = 1»N MIV 10g
L « N»1-I MIV 103
IF (INDEX(L.l)-INDEX(Li2)) 3l0.330i310 MIV 104
310 JROW • INDEX(Ltl) MIV 105
JCOLUM a INDEX(L»2) MIV 106
C MIV 107
DO 320 K = ItN MIV 106
SWAP B A(K.JROW) MIV 109
AIK.JROW) o A(K,JCOLUM)
200
-------
A(K,JCOLUM) B SWAP MIV 111
320 CONTINUE MIV 112
330 CONTINUE MIV 113
340 RETURN MIV 114
C MIV 115
C MIV 116
C MIV 117
1 FORMAT <1H1»20X,38HZERO DIVISION IN -MATINV-, JOB ABORTED) MIV 118
END MIV 119-
SUBROUTINE MATMUL (A ,B ,C,NRA»NCARB,NCB> MM 1
C MM 2
C MM 3
C MEETS X3.9 FORTRAN STANDARD -- JUNE. 1970 MM 4
C MM 5
C MM 6
C ««««««#«»««»•«««««*««««««»««»#«»*««»««««««««»«»»««»»«0»«»««««««»ft»MM 7
C MM 8
C MM 9
C C • A * B» WHERE A»B»AND C ARE MATRICES MM 10
C NRA « NUMBER OF ROWS IN A (AND C) MM 11
c NCARB « NUMBER OF COLUMNS IN A AND ROWS IN B MM 12
C NCB « NUMBER OF COLUMNS IN B (AND C) MM 13
C MM 14
C *** NOTE *** MATRIX C MUST NOT OCCUPY THE SAME STORAGE AS MM 15
c MATRICES A OR B IN THE CALLING SEQUENCE. MM 16
c MM 17
g e««««»»««»»«»«»«««»«**tt««»»«ft««»«*«ft»»«»««««ft»«ft«ft»tt»«»««««»««»««OMM 18
C MM 19
DIMENSION A(NRA,NCARB) MM 20
DIMENSION B(NCARB,NCB) MM 21
DIMENSION C(NRA,NCB) MM 22
C MM 23
DO 110 I » 1,NRA MM 24
DO 110 J « 1»NCB MM 25
SUM » 0. MM 26
C MM 27
DO 100 K « 1,NCARB MM 28
SUM « SUM*A(I»K)»B(K,J) MM 29
100 CONTINUE MM 30
C(I.J) • SUM MM 31
110 CONTINUE MM 32
RETURN MM 33
c MM 34
END MM 35-
201
-------
SUBROUTINE MATNVT(A»NiO) MT *
C MT 2
C MT 3
C MEETS X3.9 FORTRAN STANDARD « JUNE. 1970 MT *
C MT 5
C MT 6
r ««#«»#»#»»»«»«*#«»«»«*»»#»«»«»#«»«»«#«»»»»*«*«»«***»»***»*****»«»*MT 7
C MT 8
C MATINVRT RETURNS A-INVERSE WHERE A IS AN N X N MATRIXi MT 9
c MT 10
C NOTE N IS LIMITED TO 24. IF DESIRED N EXCEEDS THIS LIMIT. MT 11
C SEE MATINV MT 12
C MT 13
C •«*»«»*«»«*»««««ft*«««*««««»«*««»««*«««*«***«»»«*****»»**»*«ft*«**«*MT 14
c MT 15
DIMENSION A(NiN) MT 16
DIMENSION WORK196) MT 17
C MT IB
CALL MATINV(AiN.N»B»OtWORK.WORK<25)tWORK<49)«D) MT 19
RETURN MT 20
C MT 21
END MT 22-
SUBROUTINE MATSCL(X.A»NR.NC) MS 1
C MS 2
C MULTIPLIES MATRIX A (WHICH IS NR ROWS BY NC COLUMNS) BY X MS 3
C MS 4
DIMENSION A(NR.NC) . MS 5
C MS 6
DO 100 K - liNC MS 7
00 100 L • liNR MS 6
100 A(LiK) * X«A(L,K) MS 9
RETURN MS 10
END MS 11-
SUBROUTINE MDATE(IDATE) MO 1
C MD 2
C MD 3
DIMENSION IDATE(l) MD 4
RETURN MD 5
F.NO MD 6-
202
-------
SUBROUTINE NEWPAG(TITLEiLSKIP,IOATE) NE 1
DIMENSION TITLE(20)» IDATE(l)
DATA NPAGE/0/ NE 3
PRINT 1 NE 4
IF (LSKIP.EO.O) 60 TO 110 NE 5
DO 100 I « liLSKIP NE 6
PRINT 2 NE 7
100 CONTINUE NE 8
110 NPAGE = NPASE*! NE 9
CALL SECOND(A) NE 10
PRINT 3i TITLEtA.IDATEtNPAGE NE 11
RETURN NE 12
C NE 13
C NE 14
1 FORMAT <1H1) NE 15
2 FORMAT (1H ) NE 16
3 FORMAT (1H ,IX.20*4,5x»9HCP TIME =,F8.2f2xiSHDATE ,2X.A10«2Xf5HPAGNE 17
C7l ENGAPH5»X2»4A2»X2» ETADH5iX2»2.8F«« EMIT PCH9»X5«4A02»Xl• HI( TAMROF 3
IE >I5) NE IB
END NE 19-
SUBROUTINE NUBETA(BETAfNR) NB 1
C NB 2
C NB 3
£„.._ MODIFIES BETA MATRIX ACCORDING TO STATIONARITY ASSUMPTIONS NB 4
DIMENSION BETA(NRtl) NB 5
C NB 6
BETA(3t4) = -!• NB 7
C NB 6
RETURN NB 9
r NB 10
r NB 11
END NB 12-
SUBROUTINE NURATE(RATEFF»RATKONtCONUP) NR 1
NR 2
DUE TO NR 3
NR 4
NR 5
CONUP(l) NR 6
NR 7
NR 8
NR 9
NR 10
NR 11-
C
c —
c—
c
c
c
THIS ROUTINE
STATIONARITY
DIMENSION
RATEFFO) =
RETURN
END
COMPUTES ANY PSEUDO-RATE CONSTAN
ASSUMPTIONS.
RATEFF(l), RATKON(l),
RATKON f 3) »RATKON ( 1 ) «CONUP (3 )
203
-------
c
c
120
C
130
C
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
SUBROUTINE PREDAT
EXPURGATED VERSION OF PREDATA 6.6.70
SUBROUTINE PREDATA PRINTS THE IMAGES OF DATA-CARDS.
THE I/O BUFFERS MUST BE OF THE FORM ... (INPUTfTAPE5»...)
(NOT TAPE5=INPUT)
PREDATA TRANSFERS DATA-CARDS FROM INPUT TO TAPEBt UNTIL
FINDING AN EOF
DIMENSION IMAGE(gO)
DATA LDTiLPT»ARO/5.6»lH*/
DATA UIN /3/
DATA MORE/4HMORE/
C
c
c
c
c
c
100
c
no
c
c
c
REWIND UDT
LYN o o
SSSSrsSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS
THIS =«SPIN* ROUTINE
LFR. LPT. LOT
CONTINUE
READ (LIN,1) IMAGE
IF (EOF. LIN) 120.110
CONTINUE
USES AS INPUT , . .
NOTE: For use on an IBM machine
lines 28 and 29 should be
deleted and replaced by the
following
READ (LIN ,1,ERR=130,END=120) IMAGE
IF .EQ.O) WRITE (LPTtS)
IF (MOD(LYN.IO).EO.O) WRITE (LPT. 3) (K »K = 1 .80 . 10 ) » ( ARO.K
LYN = LYN+1
WRITE (LPT, 4) LYN, IMAGE
WRITE (LDT.l) IMAGE
IF (IMAGE(l) .NE.MORE) GO TO 100
CONTINUE
REWIND LOT
WRITE (LPT»5)
RETURN
PRINT fe
CALL EXIT
FORMAT (20A4)
FORMAT (1H1 ,8X,20HIMAGES OF DATA-CARDS)
FORMAT (lH010XfiI10/14X6HCARD A1.B(9H..
FORMAT (I1B,2X,20A4)
FORMAT (1H1)
FORMAT (1H1 ,10X,J4HERROR ON TAPES)
END
.8)
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
e
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
16
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
36
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57-
204
-------
c
c
c
c
100
SUBROUTINE QGEN (A iB.CiN)
DIMENSION A(NtN)
THIS ROUTINE GENERATES THE Q-MATRIX
DO 100
A (JiJ)
DO 100
= ItN
B-A(JiJ)
» liN
CONTINUE
RETURN
END
QG
QG
QG
QG
OG
QG
QG
QG
OG
QG
QG
QG
QG
1
Z
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13-
100
110
120
130
SUBROUTINE SECOND (A)
RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE SOURCE (CONUP)
COMMON/CHEM/ ISTOY R (20 120 ) t RATE(20tlO)»
1 CONIN(20flO)i RATEFF(20)»
2 NKt NOREAC.
3 NOSPEC. WTMOLE(20)t
4 JJ(21). NSTDY
DIMENSION CONUP(l)
CALCULATION OF RATE
DO 130 K « l.NOSTAT
_ _ _____ rnwuFPT rowrFNTRATlONS TO PPHM
DO 100 J » 1. NOSPEC
CONUP(J) » CONIN(JfK)««TMOLE(J)
CONTINUE
CALL NURATE(RATEFF,RATKON, CONUP)
DO 130 J * ItNK
KA • JJ(J)
KB • JJIJ+D-1
CUE • 0.
DO 120 N • KAiKB
I • II (N)
PROD • 1.
DO 110 L « 1. NOSPEC
PROD • PROD»CONUP(L) *»ISTOYR (I »L>
CONTINUE
CUE « CUE*PROD«fATEFF(I>»BETA(ItJ)
CONTINUE
RATE(J.K) " CUE/WTMOLEU)
CONTINUE
RETURN
END
SE
SE
SE
SE
SE
SO
BETA(20«20) .SO
• RATKONI20) . SO
NOSTAT. SO
11(400). SO
SO
SO
SO
SO
SO
SO
SO
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
so
1
2
3
4
5-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
26
29
30
31
32-
205
-------
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
100
c
c
c
SUBROUTINE STATE (CONEW.CONUP tNROW)
DIMENSION CONEW (NROW.l ), CONUP ( 1 )
COMMON/CHEM/ ISTOYR (20 »2fl ) i RATE(2o»10)i BETA(ZO»20)
1 CONIN(20ilO)i RATEFF<20). RATKON(20)t
2 NKt NOREACi NOSTAT.
3 NOSPEC* WTMOLE(20)t 11(400).
4 JJ(21)i NSTOY
.. . „. COMPUTES STEADY STATE CONCENTRATIONS - MARK 17
16-REACTION KINETIC MODEL
FOR SINGLE HYDROCARBON MIXTURE
....._..—.,. FOUR STEADY-STATE SPECIES — N03i N205«OHiR02
DO 110 K • 1, NOSTAT
............ CONVERT FROM MASS FRACTION TO PPHM
DO 100 J » 1»NK
CONUP (J) • CONEW /RATKON ( U » /RATKONST
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
c
c
c
c
c
c
1(12)
..... CONVERT BACK TO MASS FRACTION
CONEW(6»K) « CONEW(6.K)/WTMOLE<6)
- N205
CONEW(7iK) * RATKON(11>»CONUP<3>«CONUP(4)/RATKON<14)
,.— . CONVERT BACK TO MASS FRACTION
CONEW(T.K) v CONEW(7.K)/WTMOLE(7)
Al • .(RATKON(4)»CONUP(2)*RATKON(7)»CONUP(D *RATKON (g) »CONUP (3) )
A2 « BETA (5.8)«RATKON(5)*CONUP(1)
A3 » BETA(4.9)»RATKON(4)#CONUP(2)
A* » -
DET B A1»A4-A2»A3
..... OH
83 « (A4»B1-A2»B2)/DET
,. CONVERT BACK TO MASS FRACTION
C°NEW(8.K) a B3/WTMOLE<8)
- R02
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
•ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
ST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
la
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
206
-------
c . CONVERT BACK TO MASS FRACTION ST 56
B4 « (Al«B2-A3»8l)/DET ST 57
C ST 58
CONEW(9iK) « B4/WTMOLE(9) ST 59
C ST 60
110 CONTINUE ST 61
RETURN ST 62
END ST 63-
SUBROUTINE TIMEX (KSTEPfTITLEtIDATE) TI 1
DIMENSION TITLE(l). IDATE(l) TI 2
IF (KSTEP.GT.l) GO TO 100 TI 3
TIME "0. TI 4
NSTEP » 0 TI 5
IGO r o TI 6
ICYCLE * -1 TI 7
100 ICYCLE » ICYCLE*! TI 8
110 CALL SECOND(CTIME) TI 9
IF (IGO.EQ.l) GO TO 130 TI 10
IF (ICYCLE.GTtO) GO TO 120 TI 11
TIME * CTIME TI 12
TSTART * CTIME TI 13
RETURN TI 14
C TI 15
120 I « KSTEP-NSTEP TI 16
T " CTIME-TIME TI 17
PRINT 1. ICYCLEil.T TI 18
NSTEP « KSTEP TI 19
TIME « CTIME TI 20
RETURN TI 21
C TI 22
130 T » CTIME-TSTART TI 23
CALL NEWPAG(TITLE»0»IDATE) TI 24
PRINT 2t T TI 25
RETURN TI 26
C TI 27
C TI 28
ENTRY ENDRUN TI 29
IGO « 1 TI 30
GO TO 110 TI 31
C TI 32
C TI 33
C TI 34
1 FORMAT
-------
SUBROUTINE TRIVRT(A.D»SCALE»WORK|NRA.NCA»NMAT»NNR.U) TR 1
DIMENSION A(NRAiNCA)i D(NRA.NMAT)t U(NRAiNMAT)i TR 2
1 WORK(NRA.NRA). SCALE(NRA) TR 3
C TR *
C .....ARRAY - A - MUST BE Of SIZE (NRA |NRA«NMAT), TR 5
C I.E.i NCA » NRA»NMAT TR 6
C TR 7
C SUBROUTINE TRIVRT INVERTS A TRIDIASONAL MATRIX WHOSE ENTRIES TR 8
C ARE ALSO MATRICES. THE LOWER-DIAGONAL ENTRIES ARE TR 9
C IDENTITY MATRICES. THE UPPER-DIAGONAL ELEMENTS ARE TR 10
C SCALED IDENTITY MATRICES. TR H
C TR 12
C MODIFIED VERSION OF OLD TRIVRT. CODE DATE 4.22.71 TR 13
C TR 14
J « 1 TR 15
CALL MATNVT(AtNNRfDET) TR 16
IF (ABS(DET).LT,1.E-06) PRINT lfJ»DET TR 17
CALL MATMUL(AiD.WORK»NNR,NNRtl) TR 18
CALL XMIT(NNR.WORK»D) TR 19
J = NMAT-1 TR 20
DO 100 I * 2.J TR 21
IA » (I-1)«NRA*1 TR 22
IB * IA-NRA TR 23
CALL MATSUB(AdilA) tAd»IB)»A<1tIA)iNNR.NNR) TR 24
CALL MATNVT(AdilA) iNNRiDET) TR 25
IF (ABS(DET).LT.1.E-06) PRINT l.JiDET TR 26
CALL MATSUBiO
-------
100
1
2
C
C
C
C
1
c
C
100
110
SUBROUTINE UPFLUXITIME.J.LOC.NUM)
COMMON/FLUXES/FLXIN(3»500) . FLXTIM (500 ) i NFLUX
COMMON/TRACER/NOSPl . NOSTM1 , TDELZt
1 TRACIN(IO), SCALOF(ll)i FLXDGE<20>.
2 FLXWALI20)
DIMENSION LOC(l)
IF (NUM.EQ.O) RETURN
WRITE (10.1) TI«E
DO 100 I = l.NUM
K = LOC(I)
FLXWAL (K) * FLXINd .J)
IF (I.EQ.D FLXWAL(K) = FLXWAL (K ) *0 t25
FLxDGE(K) = o.
FLXWAL(K) * FLXWAL(K)<*1,E*8
WRITE (10»2) KiFLXWAL(K)
CONTINUE
FORMAT (1H0.10X.23HFLUXES UPDATED AT TIME iG15.8>
FORMAT (1H0.10X.17HSPECIES NUMBER « .I3.5X.
1 15HSCALED FLUX IS .615.8)
RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE UPR ATE (TIME. RATNEW, RATOLD.RATEFF)
DIMENSION RATOLD(l). HATEFF(l)
RATOLD(l) * RATNEW
RATEFF(l) « RATNEW
RATOLD(IO) » 1.0E-3»RATOLD(l)/.267
RATEFF(IO) e RATOLD(IO)
WRITE (lOtl) TIME.RATOLDU)
RETURN
FORMAT (1H0.10X.19HK1 UPDATED AT TIME »Gl5.8.2X»8H-"- Kl = »Gl5.8)
END
SUBROUTINE WXMIT(NWOS,NCLS,SF.F«OMiTO)
DIMENSION FROM(NCLSil) i TO ( 1 )
IF (NWDS.OT.O) 80 TO 100
A « FROM(lil)»SF
CALL XMIT(NWDS»AiTO>
RETURN
DO lio I * liNWDS
TO (I) • FROM(1.I)»SF
CONTINUE
RETURN
END
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UPF
UR
UR
UR
1 ID
UK
UR
UR
UR
UR
UR
UR
UR
UR
UR
UR
UR
WX
WX
WX
WX
WX
WX
WX
WX
WX
WX
WX
WX
WX
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 A
io
11
12
13-
209
-------
210
-------
F.5 BLOCK DATA
-------
BLOCKDATA
BLOCK DATA PROGRAM NUMBER ONE
LOAD TRAFFIC AND STATIONARY SOURCE DATA INTO COMMON /DATFIL/
COMMON /DATFL1/ FFWY(25,25), FSRF (25,35), FXN02(25,25),
1 FXHCR<25*25)* FPPN02(30»3>• FORN02(3oi3)t
2 FORHCR(30,3)
DIMENSION FFWYAO85), FFWYB1240)* FSRFA(264), FSRFB(163).
1 FSRFC<154)« FSRFD144I* FXN02A(291>. FXN02BU74).
2 FXN02C(160>. FXHCRAI290). FXHCRBU72). FXHCRCU63)
EQUIVALENCE (FFwyA(1) ,FFWY(111)I» (FFWYB(1),FFWY(11,16)),
1 (FSRFAd ) »FSRF (1 tl) ) i (FSRFB (1) tFSRF (15i 11) ) i
2 >» (FSRFD(1)iFSRF(7,24)).
3 (FXN02AU) ,FxN02(l,l) ) , (FXN02B (1 ) ,FxN02 (17 ,12) ) ,
4 (FXN02C<1> *FXN02<16*19> )i (FXHCRA (I ) iFXHCR (1 11 ) ) t
5 (FXHCRBU > *FXHCR<16»12) ) , (FXHCRC(1)fFXHCR(13t19))
DIMENSION IPPN08(30)» JPPN02(30)» XPPN02I30),
1 IOpN02(30), JOsN02(30)» XOpN02(30),
IORHCRI30)* JORHCR<30>* XORHCRI30)
EQUIVALENCE UPPN02I1)iFPPN02(lil))i
1 (XPPN02U) iFPPN02(l,3) ) ,
2 (JORN02H) iFORN02(l t2) ) i
3 *FORHCR<1»1» »
4 (XORHCR(1),FORHCR(1,3) )
(JPPN02U) »FPPN02(112» ,
(IORN02(1) ,FORN02(1,1)>,
(XORN02<1)»FORN02(1*3>) I
(JORHCR(l) iFORHCRd »2) I t
DATA FFWYA/
45» 0«»
61.00.
91.00*
10* 0.*
1* 0.*
529.00.
161.00*
4« 0.*
236.00*
138.00*
1» 0..
2* 0.*
257.00.
14» 0.,
3Q.OO*
444.00*
283.00.
21.00*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
18.00*
59.00*
11.00*
257.00*
349.00*
11* 0.»
145.00*
2* 0.*
loe.oo*
241.00*
15.00*
1* 0.*
348,00*
DATA FFWYB/
531.00*
70*00*
426.00*
234.00*
3* 0.*
311.00*
159.00*
33.00*
332.00*
3.00*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
449.00*
3» 0.»
466.00*
285.00*
205.00*
254.00.
4* 0,»
24« 0"
19* 0..
153.00*
22.00*
131.00*
213.00*
131.00*
68.00*
276.00*
207.00*
1* 0..
2» 0.*
159.00*
2* 0..
404.QO*
14* 0.*
1» 0.*
5* 0.*
623.00*
32.00*
795.00*
147.00.
436.QO*
362.00*
356.00*
So.OO*
115.00*
78.00.
5« 0.*
11» 0.*
144.00*
343.00*
1* 0.*
1» 0..
85.00*
56.00*
16.00*
131.00*
305.00*
2* 0»»
295.00*
265.00*
101.00*
576.00*
15.00*
452.00*
5« 0. •
620.00*
291.00.
3* 0. »
6.QO *
160.00*
2* 0.,
181.00*
143.00*
1» 0.,
545.00*
137.00*
59.00*
8* 0.,
383.00,
7* 0..
1* 0.,
2» 0.,
366.00*
160.00*
2* 0.,
295.00*
2* 0,,
S* 0.*
565.00*
16.00*
257.00*
214.00*
215.00*
0"
163.00*
67.00.
112.00*
45.00*
25.00*
340.00*
11« 0.*
83.00*
391.00*
102.00*
351.00*
314.00*
302.00*
2* 0.*
2« 0.*
12.00*
511.00*
205.00*
473.00*
518.00*
4* 0,*
257.00*
203.00*
194.00*
97.00*
148.00*
169.00*
183.00*
107.00*
398,00*
323.00*
625,00*
330.00*
326.00i
243.00*
32.00*
289.00*
1* 0.*
281.00*
391.00.
59.00.
51.00*
263.00*
141.00*
224.00*
242.00*
297.00*
170.00*
290.00*
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
95.QO*BL
1* O..BL
77.00.BL
150.00.BL
2* 0.»BL
156.00.BL
195.00.BL
1* 0.*BL
25l.00.6L
217.00.BL
253.00.Bl.
1« 0.*BL
104.00.BL
527,00.81
129.00»BL
2* O..BL
42.00.BL.
2* O./BL
BL
156.00.BL
333.00'BL
79.00.BL
137.00.BL
306.00*BL
l73.00*BL
335.00.BL
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
la
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
211
-------
a
9
i
2
3
4
5
6
193
423
66
383
51
3*
20*
119
.00.
.00*
,00i
.00*
.00.
o.«
O.t
.00.
109.00*
1» 0.*
65.00*
890.001
17* 0.*
37.00*
155.00*
19* O./
15* O.i
13.00i
43.00i
456, OOi
222.00i
15* O.i
69,00*
352.00*
90
11
426
1«
242
144
.00*
.00*
.00*
0>*
.00*
.00*
2* 0.,
28.00*
2* 0.,
494.00*
126.00*
1« 0.,
18* 0.,
140.00*
2» Ot*
169.00*
178,00.
I7.00i
156.00*
59.00*
275.00*
41.00*
271.00*
395.00.
104.00*
158.00*
3* 0.*
DATA FSRFA/
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
21*
52
18*
15
135
5
195
30
153
266
254
209
1
282
123
124
305
124
O.t
.00*
o..
.00*
.00.
.00.
.00*
.00.
.00*
.00*
.00.
.00*
.00*
.00.
.00.
.00.
.00.
.00*
5.00*
20* 0.*
36.00*
9* O.I
116.00*
25.00*
116.00i
49,001
175.001
182.00i
I57.00i
220.001
239.001
165.001
109.001
79.00*
242.00*
215.00*
119,00*
34.00*
126.00*
5.00*
74.00.
176.00i
166.00*
28.00*
60.00*
32.00*
413.00*
255.00*
304.00*
155.00*
11.00*
204.00*
323.00*
412.00*
18
104
107
5
80
88
203
142
125
6*
386
149
249
173
6»
288
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
O.i
.00.
.00*
.00*
.OOi
0.*
.00*
24UOO*
322
.00*
20* 0.,
277.00*
248.00*
5* O.i
11.00*
4* 0.,
190.00*
145.00*
2l2.00i
46.00*
317.00.
168.00*
175.00*
259.00*
9,00i
430.00*
113.00*
210.00*
7.00*
94,00*
215.00*
36.00*
26.00*
33.00*
98.00*
75.00*
200.00*
121.00*
162.00*
163.00*
94.00*
228.00*
360.00*
204.00*
31.00*
121.00*
218.00*
114,00*
100.00*
24.00*
6* O.i
48.00*
19.00*
1» 0..
219.00*
188.00*
75.00.
28.00*
283.00*
304.00.
324.00*
138.00*
6.00*
270.00*
DATA FSRFB/1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
301
82
176
114
22
255
103
392
190
5
477
?]
476
324
121
117
579
180
.00*
.00*
.00.
.00.
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
93.00*
48.00'
265.001
62.00i
261.00i
386.00*
21.00*
331.00i
295,00*
4* O.i
364.00*
82,00*
254,00*
293.00*
45,00*
231,00*
290,00*
142.00*
96.00*
30.00*
293.00*
129.00.
296.00*
263.00*
9.00*
393,00.
119.00i
88.00,
292.00*
42.00*
338.00*
264,00*
53,00*
512,00*
199,00,
18.00*
104
6*
257
114
397
229
7
273
42
305
273
90
261
195
27
346
186
48
.00*
o.»
.00*
.00.
,00*
,00*
.00.
.00.
.00*
.00*
.00.
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
270,00*
189.00*
298.00*
95,00.
285.00*
234.00*
5* 0.,
322.00*
22.00*
255.00*
299,00,
33.00*
412.00*
127,00*
5,00*
459,00*
75,00,
50.00*
179,00*
255,00*
241.00*
57,00*
314.00*
181.00*
106.00*
305.00*
1.00.
255.00*
198.00*
12.001
413.001
43.00i
47,00*
478,00*
108.00*
73.00*
290.00*
328.00*
230.00*
4.00*
254.00*
24Q.OO*
266.00*
265,00*
37.00*
311.00*
185.00*
4* O.i
512.00*
39,00*
64.00*
468.00*
173.00.
1* 0..
DATA FSRFC/
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1*
473
114
25
375
IPS
25
o.«
.00*
.00*
.00.
.00*
.00*
.00*
7,00*
226,00*
190.00*
1» 0, ,
259.00*
160.00*
30,00*
98.00,
217.00*
280.00*
2.00*
164.QO*
130.00*
17.00.
283
229
244
30
116
155
12
.00*
.00*
,00*
.00*
.00*
,00*
.00*
403.00.
285.00*
71.00*
70.00,
190.00*
232.00*
59,00.
549.00*
243.00*
10.00*
32,00*
236,00*
143.00*
63.00*
512.00*
250.00*
99.00*
260.00*
227.00*
66.00*
121.00*
1« O..BL
74.00»0l
311.00.BL
190.00.BL
150.00*61
109.00.8U
94.00*81
BL
BL
BL
196.00.BL
10.00.BL
29.00.BL
133.00.BL
4.00.BL
114.00*BL
6* O..BL
126.00*BU
249.00.BL
266.00.BL
116.00.BU
6* O..BL
192.00.BL
169.00»BL
231.00»BL
186.00*61
6* O..BL
312.00/BL
BL
197,00*BL
358.00'BL
135.00.BL
5* O..BL
292.00.BL
156.00.BL
413.00.BL
253.00.BL
l.OO.BL
478.00.8L
69.00.BL
125.00.BL
328.00.Bl
227.00.BL
99.00*BL
642.00*BL
131.00.BL
18.00/BL
BL
572.00.BL
242.00'BL
9,00*BL
478.00.BL
236,00'BL
77.00.BL
155.00.BL
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
212
-------
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
e
9
116
241
32
2BO
21?
?*
276
21
255
20
2
.00. 25.00.
.00. 218.00i
.00. 139.00*
.00. 247.00*
.00. 156.00*
O.t 239,00*
.00* 212.00.
.00 » 1 .00*
.00* 238.00*
.00.
.00.
27.00t
2» O.t
245.00.
183.00.
118,00.
180. OOt
91 ,00.
25Q.OO t
215.00.
2.00.
238. OOt
157.00i
60.00.
242.00.
77, OOt
107.00.
204.00.
57, OOt
249, OOt
4.00.
3* 0,.
266.00*
50.00.
155.00.
191.00.
126.00.
194.00.
204.00.
l.OOt
250.00.
131.00.
ItOOt
295.00t
4.00,
202. OOt
162.00t
149. OOt
182.00*
21. OOt
6. OOt
264.00.
58.00.
2.00*
251.00*
2» 0, .
223.00.
318. OOt
191.00.
350.00*
173.00.
6.00.
414.00.
91.00*
2» 0.*
233.00*
1.00
252.00
308.00.8L
76. OO.BL
268.00«BU
241.00.BL
2,00,61
328. OO.BL
113.00.BL
137.00.8U
54.00.BL
5«
O.iBL
221.00/BL
DATA FSRFO/
1
2
3
4
5
C
C
152
2
146
4
2«
• 00*
.00*
85.00*
6» O.t
.00* 172.001
.00*
O./
2.00*
66.QO*
2.00.
135,00.
1.00*
84.00*
2* 0..
43.00.
2.00*
73.00*
35. OOt
28. OOt
2.00.
7.00'
12.00.
17.00.
1.00.
2*00
34.00
1.00
3* 0.
2«
BL
O..BL
149.00.BL
2«
O..BL
2.00'Bl
DATA FXN02A/
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
e
9
i
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
20*
5
11
10«
11
14
22
11
35
11
29
11
5
23
11
25
11
25
0**
.00.
.00.
O.t
.00.
.00.
.00.
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00.
.00*
.00.
.00.
.00*
ItOO*
11,00»
ll.OOt
4.00*
11.00.
18.00.
13.00.
11.00.
35.00*
ll.OOi
29.001
11.00.
21.00.
23.00*
5.00*
25.00*
11.00*
22.00*
3.00*
11.00*
19« O.t
6.00.
11.00.
21.00.
ll.OOt
7« 0..
28.00.
ll.OOt
30.00.
11.00.
27.00.
19,00.
7« 0.*
24.00.
11.00.
22.00*
22° 0**
11.00.
5.00.
15,00*
11.00.
23.00.
11.00*
10.00*
21.00*
11.00*
30.00*
11.00*
34.00*
11.00*
6.00*
23,00.
11.00.
24.00*
3.00*
20* 0..
ll.OOt
20. OOt
11.00,
25. OOt
ll.OOt
18.00*
21.00.
11.00.
26.00.
11.00.
34.00.
11.00.
21<00.
23.00.
2.00.
24.00.
11«00>
5.00.
11.00.
2.00.
11.00.
37.00.
11.00.
21.00*
ll.OOt
8« 0.*
22.00*
11.00*
25.00*
ll.OOt
27.00*
19,00t
7* O.t
24.00*
11*00*
ll.OOt
ll.OOt
4» O.t
11.00,
37.00i
ll.OOt
23.00*
11.00.
19.00*
22.00*
8.00*
25.00.
ll.OOt
34.00*
19.00*
28.00.
23.00*
21*
BL
BL
BL
BL
O..BL
11. OO.BL
ll.OO.BL
S.OOtBL
8*
30.
11.
23.
11.
24.
18.
7*
24.
11.
34.
11.
29,
23.
DATA FXN02B/
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
27
6
24
5
31
10»
38
9
20
21
ie
19
20
1
10
10
.00*
• 00*
.00.
.00*
.00*
O.t
.00*
• 00*
.00.
.00.
.00*
• 00*
.00*
.00.
.00*
.00*
27.00*
29.00*
23.00*
8« 0,»
31.00»
10.00.
38,00*
2.00*
20.00*
21.00*
9.00*
19.00*
19.00*
1.00*
10.00*
lO.OOt
23.00.
29.QO*
23.00*
13, OOt
26.00*
19. OOt
29,00.
ItOO*
20.00.
9.00.
8.00*
20.00.
19.00.
1.00*
11.00.
13.00*
11.00*
25.00*
27.00*
25,00.
22.00*
21.00.
21.00.
1.00*
19,00*
1.00.
8.00*
20.00*
22.00*
10.00.
12.00.
13.00.
ll.OOt
22.00.
27. OOt
25. OOt
22*00*
21. OOt
21,00.
9* 0.*
19.00*
6. OOt
8.00.
21.00*
22.00.
3* O.t
12. OOt
12. OOt
ll.OOt
22.00*
23.00*
22. OOt
22*00*
20.00*
I9,00t
4.00*
37.00.
15.00*
8.00*
21*00*
21.00*
1.00*
12.00*
11.00*
8.00.
24.00*
11.00.
20.00.
18. 00*
19.00.
S.OOt
9.00t
37.00.
19.00.
9.00.
21*00*
20.00*
6.00.
12.00*
11.00*
7*
O..BL
00, BL
00, BL
00* BL
00, BL
OO.BL
OO.BL
O..BL
OOtBL
00, BL
OO.BL
OO.BL
OO.BL
00/BL
BL
O..BL
24.00»BL
11.
20.
7.
20.
3.
18.
29.
18.
19.
21.
20.
10.
11.
9.
OO.BL
OO.BL
OO.BL
OOtBL
00, BL
OO.BL
OOtBL
OOtBL
OO.BL
OO.BL
OO.BL
OOtBL
OO.BL
OOtBL
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
16Q
161
162
163
164
213
-------
8 9,00*
9 18,00*
1.00*
19,00*
10.00*
19.00*
3* 0.*
19.00*
1.00*
19.00*
3.00*
19.00*
7.00*
18.00*
DATA FXN02C/
1 18.00*
2 9.00*
3 10.00*
4 18.00*
5 8.00*
6 9.00*
T 16.00*
8 8.00*
9 15.00*
1 3,00*
2 15.00*
3 12* 0,*
4 11.00*
5 9.00*
19.00*
9,00*
10.00*
18.00*
8.00*
10.00*
19.00*
8.00*
12.00*
9« 0.*
15.00*
1.00*
9.00*
1.00*
19.00*
4« 0..
9.QO*
14.00*
12.00*
10.00*
16.00*
9.00*
7.00*
8,00*
12.00*
1.00*
7.00.
1 .00*
20.00*
4.00*
9.00*
13.00*
14.00*
9,00*
14.00*
13.00*
4.00*
9,00*
1,00*
1.00*
2.00*
15* O./
20.00*
4.00*
18.00*
9.00*
12.00.
1.00*
13,00*
18.00*
8.00*
9.00*
1.00*
10.00*
17» 0.,
20.00*
4.00*
16.00*
9.00*
8.00*
9.00*
9.00*
15.00*
8.00*
18.00*
8.00*
10.00*
9.00*
17.00*
8.00*
8,00*
7.00*
8.00*
10.00*
9.00*
15.00*
8.00*
17.00*
4,00*
12,00*
9,00*
DATA FXHCRA/
1 21» O.i
2 11.00,
3 12* 0..
4 10* 0. *
5 11.00*
6 25.00*
7 3.00*
8 11.00*
9 33.00*
1 11.00*
2 39.00*
3 32.00*
4 7» 0.*
5 36.00*
6 11.00*
7 61.00*
8 13.00*
9 56.00*
5,00*
11.00*
5.00*
10.00*
11.00*
30.00*
14,00*
11,00*
33.00*
11.00*
47.00*
13.00*
6.00*
36.00*
11.00*
36,00*
11.00*
56.00*
23* 0.*
20* 0.*
6« 0.*
15.00*
11.00*
32.00*
11.00*
7» 0..
33.00*
11.00*
47.00*
11.00*
31,00*
36,00*
5.00*
36.00*
11.00*
56.00*
10.00*
5.00*
5.00*
21.00*
11.00*
33.00*
11.00*
15.00*
33.00*
11.00*
34,00*
11.00*
46.00*
34.00*
7« 0.*
36.00*
11.00*
56.00*
11.00*
11.00*
11.00*
31.00*
11.00*
18.00*
11.00*
30.00*
33.00*
11.00*
34.00*
11.00*
61.00*
15.00*
6.00*
36.00*
11.00*
70,00*
21* 0.*
11.00*
11.00*
11.00*
11.00*
18.00,
11.00*
32,00*
11.00*
7* 0.*
34.00*
11.00*
61.00*
13.00*
31.00*
36.00*
2.00*
70.00*
5,00*
11,00*
11.00*
4» 0.*
11.00*
18,00*
11.00*
33,00*
11.00*
1.00*
34.00*
11.00*
36.00*
11.00*
46.00*
34.00*
7» 0.*
57.00.
DATA FXHCRB/
1 45.00*
2 7» 0.*
3 70.00*
4 11.00,
5 51.00*
6 20.00*
7 47.00*
8 34.00*
9 4» 0.*
1 49.00*
2 22.00*
3 30,00,
4 37.00,
5 62.00*
6 3* 0. •
7 37.00.
8 49.00.
36.00*
10.00*
57,00*
5.00*
90.00*
4.00*
49,00*
19,00*
20.00*
110.00*
39.00*
30.00*
37,00*
49.00,
5,00.
60.00*
36.00*
36.00*
56,00*
45.00*
8* 0..
90.00*
4.00*
49.00*
12.00*
40.00*
110.00*
39.00*
35.00,
60.00*
36.00*
24.00*
60.00*
36.00*
33.00*
56.00*
45.00*
30.00*
69,00*
8* 0>*
110.00*
34.00.
40.00*
82.00*
32.00*
39,00*
60.00*
36.00*
39,00*
53.00*
31.00*
11.00*
56.00.
36.00*
51.00*
50.00*
25.00*
110.00*
9.00*
45.00*
56.00*
32.00*
39.00.
53.00*
1.00*
33.00*
45.00*
31.00*
11.00*
56.00*
36.00*
51.00*
50.00*
40.00*
82.00*
2.00*
45.00*
56,00*
1.00*
33.00*
45.00*
1.00*
33.00*
45.00*
4.00*
11.00*
56.00*
33,00*
51.00*
35.00*
45.00*
56.00*
2.00*
47.00.
34.00*
1» 0.*
33.00*
45.00*
4.00*
35.00*
62.00*
30.00*
9.00.BL
18,00'BL
BL
17.00.BL
9.00.BL
16.00.BL
1« O..BL
8.00.BL
10.00.BL
9.00.BL
17.00.BL
8.00.BL
15.00.BL
l.OOiBL
12.00.BL
9.00.BL
BL
BL
BL
ll.OO.BL
ll.OO.BL
ll.OO.BL
5.00.BL
8« O..BL
18.00.BL
ll.OO.BL
33.00.BL
ll.OO.BL
31.00.BL
34.00.BL
10.00.BL
36.00.BL
ll.OO.BL
61.00.BL
34.00.BL
51.00.BL
45,00/BL
BL
6.00.BL
70.00.BL
ll.OO.BL
51.00.BL
35.00.BL
45.00.BL
56.00.BL
l.OO.BL
49.00.BL
4.00*BL
30.00.BL
35.00.BL
62.00*BL
30.00,BL
37.00.BL
62,00*BL
4« O..BL
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
214
-------
9
DATA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
fl
9
1
2
3
4
5
DATA
1
2
DATA
1
2
DATA
1
2
DATA
1
2
DATA
1
2
DATA
1
2
DATA
1
2
DATA
1
2
DATA
1
2
END
5.00,
FXHCRC/
48.00*
38.00.
1*0.,
36.00*
41.00,
31.00,
42.00,
39.00,
31.00,
P3.00*
31.00*
13.00,
36.00,
1.00,
IPPN02/
16,
10,
JPPN02/
7,
22,
XPPN02/
2696.,
211.,
IORN02/
12,
9,
JORN02/
9,
10,
XORN02/
573.,
344.,
IORHCR/
12,
9,
JORHCR/
9,
10,
XORHCR/
44.,
26.,
15.00,
44.00,
31.00,
15.00,
36.00*
41.00,
30.00*
36.00*
41.00*
35,00,
31.00*
31.00*
13.00*
42.00,
32.00*
7,
11,
12,
21,
998.,
60.,
15,
17,
12,
13,
69.,
79.,
15,
17,
12,
13,
5.,
6.,
23.00,
40.00,
31.00*
15,00.
35.00*
30.00,
30.00,
6,00,
41.00,
39,00,
31.00,
35,00,
31.QO,
42,00,
32.00*
8*
20»0 /
10*
20*0 /
33.00
40.00
32.00
19.00
35.00
30.00
30.00
35.00
* 36
• 49
• 30
, 34
, 35
, 20
, 34
, 35
30.00, 15
39.00
30.00
39.00
16.00
40.00
31.00
19,
3*
2005., 1225.,
20*0, /
14,
12,
11,
10,
42.,
116.,
14,
12,
11,
10,
3, ,
9.,
11*
12,
9,
8,
34.,
445.,
11,
12,
9,
8,
3.,
34.,
, 53
» 25
» 39
, 5
, 37
» 31
11*
8*
333.,
11*
7*
10*
12,
27.,
556.,
11,
7,
10,
12,
2.,
43.,
.00, 39
•00* 49
.00* 1*
.00, 38
.00* 37
.00* 10
.00, 34
•00* 35
.00, 2*
.00, 53
.00, 15
•00, 53
.00, 14*
.00, 27
>OQ, 1
6,
14,
78,,
17,
17*0 /
12,
17*0 /
135.,
17»0 ./
17,
17*0 /
12,
17*0 /
10.,
l7*0./
.00,
.00*
0.,
.00,
.00*
.00*
.00*
.00,
0.,
.00,
.00*
.00*
0.,
.00*
39
43
1
42
37
30
38
37
30
48
9*
53
3
10
.00* 16*
8*
24*
186.,
14,
14,
7,,
14,
14,
1 . ,
.00,
.00,
.00,
• 00,
.00*
.00*
.00,
.00,
.00,
.00,
0.,
,00*
.00,
,00, ]
o./
15,
20,
31.,
14,
8,
27.,
14,
8*
2.,
48,00/BL
BL
38.00,81
1.00»Bl
42.00,BL
39.00*BL
31.00.BL
42.00.BL
37.00*BL
31.00,BL
33.00,91-
30.00*BL
48.00*BL
36.00.BL
16« 0,,BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
215
-------
BLOCK DATA BL
BL
BLOCK DATA PROGRAM NUMBER TWO BL
BL
BL
COMMON /DATFL2/ FSLOW (25*25*4) BL
DIMENSION FSLOW6I625)* FSLOW7(625 • FSLOW8<625>» FSLOW9(626> BL
EQUIVALENCE (FSLOW6 ( 1 ) iFSLOW ( 1 , 1 , 1 ) ) i (FSLOW7 ( 1 ) i FSLOW ( 1 , 1 ,2) ) , BL
1 00*BL
50.00.BL
BL
BL
BL
50.00.BL
3*60. .BL
40,00*BL
268
269
270
271
272
273
374
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
216
-------
if
5
A
7
8
9
l
35.00 »
25.00.
55.00.
55.00*
45.00.
45.00*
55.00.
30.00 i
35.00<
SO.OOi
11*60. i
45.00i
2«60.i
55.00i
- 35.00*
• 50.00*
i 35.00*
i 40*00*
i 15*60..
> 45.00*
i 2*60.*
35.00i 1*60.» 50.00» 40.00»BL 323
40.00* 16*60,
50.00* 35.00
3*60«* 55.00
45.00. 2*60.
45.00. 13*60.
55.00*114*60,/
END
t 40.00*
i 50.00*
• 55.00*
, 55.00,
« 55.00*
t
35.00*
55,00*
45.00*
55.00,
SO. 00*
3*60.. BU
55,00*BL
45.0Q.BU
1*60, ,BL
55.00*BL
BL
BL
BL
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
BLOCK DATA BL
BL
BLOCK DATA PROGRAM NUMBER THREE BL
BL
BL
COMMON /DATFL3/ FFAST (25.25,4) BL
DIMENSION FFAST6<625)» FFAST7<625>« FFAST8<625>* FFAST9<625) BL
EQUIVALENCE (FFAST6 ( 1 ) ,FFAST ( 1 , 1 , 1 )) , (FFAST7 ( 1 ) ,FFAST ( 1 .1 ,2) ) . BL
1 (FFAST8U) ,FFAST(1, 1,3)1 , (FFAST9 < 1 > .FFAST (1 » 1 •»» BL
BL
DATA FFAST6/ BL
1 40<5*60. , 58,00. 55.00, 51*60. • 55.00. 55.00. 24060., 55.00*BL
2 55. 00*135*60. / BL
BL
DATA FFAST7/ BL
1 258*60.* 55.00* 50.00*128*60.. 55.00, 21*60.* 55.00* 55.00'BL
2 22*60.* 55.00* 55.00* 50.00* 23*60.* 55.00* 55.00, 55.00.BL
3 55.00* 21*60.* 55.00* 2*60.* 55.00* 55.00, 135*60. / BL
BL
DATA FFAST8/ BL
1 211*60., 55,00, 23*60., 55.00. 79*60., 50.00, 16*60., 55.00,BL
2 23*60., 50.00* 55.00* 23*60,* 55.00, 3*60.* 55.00* 55.00.BL
3 18»60.» 55.00, 4*60., 55,00, 55,00, 17*60., 55,00, 55.00.BL
4 4*60.* 55.00* 30.00* 24*60** 55.00* 55.00* 55.00* 15*60. *BL
5 55.00* 8*60«» 55.00* 55,00 »139*60 .X BL
BL
DATA FFAST9/ Bl-
1 282*60.. 55.00* 55.00,126*60.* 55.00, 24*60., 50.00, 55.00»BL
2 25*60.. 55.00* 55.00. 24*60.* 55.00. 55.00 , 135*60 ./ BL
BL
END BL
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
3*1
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
217
-------
c
c
c
c
1
c
BUOCK DATA
BLOCK DATA PROGRAM NUMBER FOUR
COMMON /DATFL4/ FRATIO <25t25t4 )
DIMENSION FRAT6 <625)t FRAT7(625»t FRAT8(625)t FRAT9I625)
EQUIVALENCE (FRAT6 (1 ) iFRATlO (1 .1 il ) ) t (FRAT7 (1 ) »FRATIO ( 1 t 1 »2) )
(FRATB(l) ,FRATIO(l,li3)) » (FRAT9 (I J tFRATIO ( 1 » 1 t4) )
DATA FRAT6/
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
C
190*
1
13*
1
1
2*
1
2*
2
1
3
4
2
3<*
1
5
1
1
l.f
.25.
l.t
.20.
,39.
1..
.14t
1..
.20.
.29.
.79,
.00.
.51,
1.,
.54,
.72,
.70*
.10,
1.2Qi
19* 1.,
3.40i
13* l.t
a* l.t
1.45,
2* l.»
1.07.
1.29.
1.39t
3.50,
1.5Q,
2.37.
1.75,
2* l.t
11* 1,,
1.03t
66* I./
1.10,
1.60,
2.09,
2.70t
1.39,
1* l.t
1.67.
2* l.t
4* l.t
1.50,
11* 1.,
3.00.
2.23i
1.74,
1.79,
1.50,
1.10*
19* 1..
1* 1..
1.35,
2.50t
1.39,
1.50.
1.60.
1.70,
2.00.
2* 1..
1.54,
3.06,
2.09,
1.03,
1.78,
2.00,
23* l.t
1.50,
1.10,
1* l.t
1* l.t
14* 1.,
1.39,
1.53.
1.70.
1.70.
2.5o,
1.54,
3.06,
1.89,
1* l.t
1* l.t
2.48,
l.lOt
1.39,
5* l.t
1.20*
1.28*
3.00,
15* l.t
15* l.t
14* l.t
16* l.t
3.50»
3* l.t
2.92t
1.79.
5.00,
1.03,
2.29,
1.14.
1.39,
1.10,
4* l.t
1* l.t
2* l.t
3.23,
2.50.
1.10.
1.54,
3.79,
1.71,
2.79.
4* l.f
5.50,
2* l.t
1.79,
22* l.f
1
1
1
1
1
2*
2
1
1
3
1
2
1
15*
5
1
1
DATA FRAT7/
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
fl
9
C
190*
1
1
13*
1*
2*
1
2*
?»
1
2
3*
1
1
3
1
1
22*
1.,
.20,
.56.
1.,
1.,
l.f
.35,
1.,
1.,
.21,
.50,
1.,
.79,
.50,
.50,
.25,
.36,
1,,
1.20,
21* 1.,
1* 1.,
1.38,
1.50.
1.54,
2* 1.,
1.28,
1.21,
1.25,
2.59,
1.60,
1.78,
4* 1. ,
4.00*
2* l.t
1.29,
1.29,
1.10,
1.29,
1.39,
1.10,
1.20.
1* l.t
1.57.
2* 1.,
1.20,
1.29,
2.59,
1.60,
1.70,
1.20,
15* 1.,
4.19.
1.39,
1.39,
19* 1.,
2* l.t
2* l.t
1* l.t
1.20,
1.39t
.89,
1.60,
1.70,
1.39,
2.59,
3.00»
1.77,
3* l.t
1.20,
4.25«
1.45,
22* l.t
1.10,
1.29,
1.39,
1.49.
14* 1,,
1.29,
.89.
16* 1.,
1.50,
1.50,
2.50,
1.20,
1.75,
1.52,
2* 1.,
10* l.f
1.45,
1.10,
1.20.
17* l.t
1* l.t
1* l.f
1.63,
15* l.t
15* 1.,
1.20,
3* l.t
1.10,
11* 1.,
1.79,
1.71,
1.56,
1.46,
1.34t
1.39,
1.20,
1.14,
1.03,
1.10,
1.50,
2* l.t
1.86,
1.79.
1.60,
2.00,
1.50,
1.20,
1.81,
1.65,
1.28,
1.47,
1,35,
1.39,
66* I./
1
1
1
1
2*
1
1
12*
1
1
1
1
1
1*
1
DATA FRAT8/
1
2
3
4
190«
19*
1
1
1.,
1.,
.11.
.39,
1.10,
1.20,
2.04,
1* 1.'
20« 1.,
1* 1.,
1* l.t
1.79,
1.29,
1.10,
1.20,
1* l.t
1.10,
2* 1.,
2* I.,
1.29,
1.10,
1.14,
1.20,
1.35,
1.10,
17* 1.,
16* 1.,
1* l.t
1
1
1
1
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
t BL
BL
BL
BL
.29. BL
.lOtBL
.29, BL
.29, BL
.21, BL
l.tBL
,7o» BL
.50. BL
.29, BL
.79, BL
,7o,BL
,59, BL
.54, BL
l.tBL
»59tBL
.79, BL
.04* BL
BL
BL
BL
.20, BL
.87, BL
.10. BL
.53,BL
.42, BL
l.tBL
.79.BL
,25, BL
l.,BL
.79.BL
.20.BL
.81. BL
.60. BL
.25, BL
1..BL
.35" BL
.29.BL
BL
BL
BL
.14.BL
.29. BL
.46, BL
.20'BL
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
218
-------
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
I
1
1
1
1
2
3*
1
1
3
1
1
22*
.10. 15» 1 . ,
.25,
.29,
.50,
.09,
.25,
.79.
1..
.70.
.10.
.50,
.50,
.54,
l.t
1.10.
1.20,
1.35,
2.00,
1.29.
2.79.
1.32.
1.60.
4* l.t
3.59.
2*1.,
1.50*
1.29*
1.64,
15* 1 .,
15* 1.,
15* 1.,
1 .45,
1.39,
2.79,
1.32,
1.70,
1.20,
15* 1.,
3.62,
1.45,
1.39,
2* l.t
1.82.
1.60,
1.10,
3* 1..
1.50*
2.70,
3.00,
1.50.
3* 1 .1
1.20,
3.62,
1.39,
22* l.t
1.6Q.
2* l.t
1.79,
1.39,
1.50,
1.10*
2.70,
1.50,
1.39,
1.35,
2* 1.,
10* 1. ,
1.38,
1.29,
2* 1.,
1.39,
2* 1.,
1.25,
2.00,
l.BOt
10* l.t
1.79,
1.29t
1.34,
1.35,
1.39,
1.39,
1.29.
1
2*
1
2*
11*
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
66*
.39,
1..
.20,
1.,
1.,
.79,
.20.
.61,
.20,
.53,
.35,
.45,
.39,
I./
DATA FRAT9/
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
235*
1
1
3*
3*
1
3*
1
1
1*
1
END
1 > <
.60.
.35.
1..
1..
.65.
.20.
1..
.20,
.20,
l.t
.70,
1.20*
1* l.t
4* l.t
1.25t
1.27»
1.29.
1.10,
1.39,
l.lOt
2.59.
1.29.
1.50*
22* l.t
1.39,
1.10,
1.25,
15* l.t
1.29,
1.50,
1.39,
11* 1.,
2.59.
2* 1.,
l.SOt
1.35.
5* l.t
1.10.
15* 1.,
1.20.
16* l.t
1.29,
2.50,
1.25,
15* l.t
2,59,
1.50*
1.15,
1.10,
15* l.t
1.60,
1 .39,
1.25,
1.29,
2.50,
3* 1.,
1.25.
2.60,
2* 1.,
1.53,
15* l.t
1.92,
1.79,
1.10.
1.10.
15* l.i
1.29,
1.50,
2* l.t
12* l.t
1.20.1
21*
1
2*
2*
2*
1
1
1
1
1
1
14*
l.t
.79,
1.,
1..
1..
.10,
.25.
.29,
.45,
.50,
.70.
I./
1* 1..BL
1 .46.BL
2* 1..BL
1.09,BL
1.14.BL
2.7Q.BL
1.20.BL
1.79.BL
1.10.BL
1.5Q.BL
1* 1..BL
1.50.BL
1.29.BL
BL
8L
BL
1.6o» BL
2* 1..BL
1.20.BL
1.04.BL
.85, BL
l.lOtBL
1.25.BL
1.29,BL
1.29,BL
1.50.BL
1.76.BL
BL
BL
BL
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
219
-------
BLOCK DATA BL 446
C BL 449
C BLOCK DATA PROGRAM NUMBER FIVE BL 450
C BL 451
COMMON /COLDST/ NBETAt TCS<20)» CSFI60) BL 452
COMMON /GRID/ XI» X2« VIi Y2i NX* NYi DELX* DELY* DELT BL 453
COMMON /TABLES/ THOURI24). TZ<8>* YFR(8) BL *54
COMMON /SPDFCT/ A (3). 8(3), C(3)i VBAR BL 455
C BL 456
DATA NBETA/20'* TCS/360.* 3651. 370** 375.• 38o«» 385.• 39Qti BL 457
1 395.i 400. t 410.i 420.» 425., 430.* 435.1 440, t 500.1 520. • BL 458
2 535., 550., 560./» CSF/20»1.0* 1.0, 1.057, 1.087* 1,074, 1,054, BL 459
3 1.03B, 1.029, 1.023, 1.019, 1.014, l.Ollt 1.007t 1,002* 0.998, BL 460
4 0.996* 0.994* 0.992* 0.989, 0.998* 1.0* 1.0* 1*186* 1*287* BL 461
5 1.243, 1,179* 1.125* 1.094, 1.075* 1.063* 1.047, 1,038* 1.025, BL *62
6 1.007, 0.995, 0.988, 0.979, 0.972, 0.965. 0,993* 1,0 / BL 463
DATA Xl*X2»Yl,Y2/0.*50.*0..5o./» NX*NY/25»25/* DELX»DELY/2.»2»/ BL 464
DATA THOUR/0.«60.»120.*l80.»240.*300,*360.*420,*4eO.,540.*600.* BU 465
1 660.,780,,780.,840.,900.,960.,1020..1080,.1140..1200.t!260., BL 466
2 1320.*1380./ BL 467
DATA TZ/O.i 360,* 540.* 690.. 810.* 990.* 1110.* 1260./ BL 468
DATA YFR/0.90* 0.85* 0.25. 0.30. 0.20. 0.50* 0.15* 0.20/ BL 469
DATA 8/0..-0.40»-0.49/. C/0..0.«0./» VBAR/60./ BL 470
C BL 471
END BL 472
220
-------
APPENDIX G
COMPUTATION OF NO PHOTODISSOCIATION RATE CONSTANT
G.I INTRODUCTION
In this section we explain the operation and use of a program for
kl
the computation of k , the rate constant of the reaction hv + N0~ -»•
NO + 0 . In this reaction, which is one of the principal reactions in
smog chemistry, photons collide with NO causing it to dissociate into
nitric oxide and atomic oxygen. Sunlight intensity thus determines the
reaction rate, and the rate constant, k , is a function of sunlight
9 11
intensity in the region 3000-4000A. Leighton provides an extensive
discussion of the many factors which enter into a determination of k .
The value of k computed by the program corresponds to sunlight
intensities under clear-sky conditions. Attenuation of incident sunlight
by aerosols and clouds, for example, will change the value of k .
Comparisons of clear-day and actual values of k in the Los Angeles
Basin are found in Ref.12, where it is shown that the differences can be
substantial and, as might be expected, that k varies from point to
point in the geographical area in question. The difficulties inherent
in obtaining adequate data for a more realistic evaluation of k have
resulted in our use of clear-day values of k as an approximation.
221
-------
G.2 COMPUTATION OF k,
The evaluation of k as a function of time of day is based on the
relationship between k]_ and the solar zenith angle. This relationship
was derived by LeightonH and is shown in Table G.I.
TABLE G.I
NO PHOTODISSOCIATION RATE CONSTANT AS A FUNCTION. OF SOLAR
ZENITH ANGLE FOR WAVELENGTHS 2900-3850 A
Solar Zenith Angle (deg) (min )
0 0.438
20 0.420
40 0.366
60 0.252
80 0.072
90 0
*From Ref.11, p. 59.
Thus, to obtain k1 we need to know the solar zenith angle and then com-
pute k.. by interpolation using Table G.I. Since the solar zenith angle
is a function of time of day, we will obtain a set of rate constants as
a function of time.
The solar zenith angle is a function of the geographical location
of the region in question and is obtained using emphemeris tables for the
sun such as are contained in The American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac.
The zenith angle is obtained from the equation
cos Z = sinX sin6 + cosX cos6 cosct
222
-------
where
Z = zenith angle
A = latitude of observer
6 = declination angle of the sun
a = local hour angle of the sun
The declination of the sun is obtained from the emphemeris tables, but the
local hour angle must be computed since it is a function of the observer's
meridian (longitude)- The local hour angle is given by
a = s + AT + a - m + 12h
where
s = local standard time
AT = longitude of observer minus meridian of the observer's
standard time zone
a = apparent solar time at observer's meridian
m = mean solar time at observer's meridian
12 = a factor of twelve hours added or subtracted such that
the hour angle is zero when the sun crosses the observer's
meridian.
The difference (a-m) is obtained from the ephemeris transit data con-
tained in the ephemeris tables. In using these tables we have made the
approximation that ephemeris time equals universal time since the differ-
ence is only about 30 seconds. (The reader is referred to any edition
of The American_Ephemeris^ and Nautical Almanac for more elaborate expla-
nations of the terms used.) The error in computing the zenith angle
using the above procedure is less than one degree. This ensures that k
is computed with a maximum absolute error less than 0.01.
223
-------
G.3 READING INPUTJDATA
The program reads the input data from logical unit number 5, e.g.,
READ (5,N) LIST. Thus appropriate job control cards must be used in order
to ensure the equivalence of unit 5 and the card reader of the user's
installation.
224
-------
G.4 PROBLEM-CONTROL INPUTS
The inputs required by the program are described in Table G.2. The
order of their appearance is the same as the order in which the code reads
them.
TABLE G.2
PROBLEM-CONTROL INPUTS FOR COMPUTING kn
Input No. Variable Name Variable Function Format
Used in Code
Remarks
TITLE
ALONG
ALAT
STDTIM
TIMIN
TIMOUT
DELTAT
Label for output (20A4)
Observer's longi-
tude in degrees
(40X.F10.0)
Observer's latitude (40X,F10.0)
in degrees
Meridian of ob-
server's standard
time in degrees
(40X.F10.0)
Initial time of day (40X.I10)
when kj_
computed.
when kj_ is to be
Final time of day
when k;L is to be
computed.
(40X,I10)
The time resolution (40X,I10)
of k^, in minutes.
May contain any
comments user wishes
to make. All 80
columns of the card
may be used.
West longitudes are
negative and east
longitudes are posi-
tive.
See remarks for input
number 2 and Table G.3.
The time must be stand-
ard time specified
using a 24-hour clock,
e.g., 1:00 pm would be
input as 1300. Note
that this is an inte-
ger variable.
See remarks for input
number 5.
This is an integer
variable. The finest
resolution that may
be used is one minute.
225
-------
TABLE G.2 (Continued)
Input No.
Variable Name
Used in Code
Variable Function Format
Remarks
KPUNCH
10
MONTH
IDAY
Table of k/s out- (40X,A4)
put in punched cards
(YES) or printed
output only (NO)
Month for which
k^'s are to be
computed.
Vector of days of
month for which k^
is to be computed.
(40X.I10)
(40X.I10)
11
DECL.EQTIM
Declination angle
and ephemeris
transit of sun.
(A4,26X,
2F10.0)
This is a hollerith
variable which is
either YES or NO. In
either case the word
must start in column 41
and must contain no
blanks.
Input consists of the
number of the month,
e.g., June requires
a 6 in column 50.
The maximum number of
days which may be
input is 31. The last
day of this input
group must be followed
by a card with a nega-
tive number in cols.
41-50 to stop the pro-
gram from reading days.
See section G.4.1
226
-------
TABLE G.3
STANDARD TIME MERIDIANS OF UNITED STATES
Standard Time Designation Meridian (Degrees West of Greenwich)
Atlantic 60
Eastern 75
Central 90
Mountain 105
Pacific 120
Yukon 135
Alaska-Hawaii 150
Bering 165
*
Longitudes west of Greenwich are negative.
G.4.1 INPUT OF DECLINATION ANGLE AND EPHEMERIS TRANSIT
These inputs are taken directly from the ephemeris tables of The
American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac. For convenience, these quanti-
ties are input in compressed form, as is explained below. The following
is a reproduction of the entry for Sept. 1, 1969 of the ephemeris tables;
the ellipses indicate the presence of other quantities which are not
pertinent for our purposes. Note that the entry for the declination
angle is given in degrees, minutes and seconds, and that for the ephemeris
transit in hours, minutes and seconds. In order to facilitate input of
these quantities in the code, each of them is read as if it were a single
decimal quantity. For example, the declination is input as 82550.5 and
the ephemeris transit as 115959.05. The declination is keypunched in
columns 41-50 and the ephemeris transit in columns 51-60. The code is
programmed to unravel these numbers.
227
-------
SUN, 1969
FOR Oh EPHEMERIS TIME
Date
Apparent
Declination
Ephemeris
Transit
m
Sept. 1
+8 25 50.5
11 59 59.05
Reproduced from The American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac for the Year
1969, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
To compute solar zenith angles on any days in a given month, the
user must input cards with the declination and the ephemeris transit for
all the days in that month. This information is obtained directly from
the ephemeris tables. Thus even though we may wish to compute k , and
hence the solar zenith angle, for a single day of a month, the declination
and ephemeris transit data must be input for the whole month. In addi-
tion, the declination and ephemeris transit must be input for the last
day of the previous month and the first day of the following month. This
is necessary for purposes of interpolation. For example, if we wish to
compute k... for some day in September, we must input ephemeris data for
August 31, Sept. 1 through Sept. 30, and Oct. 1, always in that order.
Finally, to stop the program from reading the ephemeris data, a card
which contains the word "LAST" in cols. 1-4 must be inserted after the
last data card.
228
-------
G.5 OUTPUT
The program produces output in printed form and in punched-card
form. The punched-card output is optional and is controlled by an input
card (see input number 8, Table G.2).
The printed output consists of a list of the time of day, the solar
zenith angle, and the rate constant (k ) . The listing is preceded by a
page heading which contains the page label specified by the user (see
Table G.2, input no. 1) and the date for which the rate constants are
calculated. The punched-card output is produced using a format compatible
with the DIFKIN code. Hence, the punched-cards may be input directly into
DIFKIN without further processing. The cards contain the time of day,
e.g., 1200, the rate constant, and the date for which the rate constant
is computed, in that order.
229
-------
G.6 OPERATIONAL TECHNIQUES FOR USING THE CODE TO COMPUTE k
G.6.1 MULTIPLE CASES
The user may string together several cases in a single run. The
code handles two kinds of multiple runs. The first kind is the case when
it is desired to compute k for a single location but for several months,
The second case is when the location is changed. The procedure is as
follows.
Case I - Computation of k1 for several months at a single location.
1. Insert a card with "MORE" punched in columns 1-4 immediately
after the ephemeris data for the preceding case.
2. Follow the "MORE" card with the input data beginning with
input number 9 (Table G.2).
Case II - Computation of k at a new geographical location.
1. Insert a card with "NEW" punched in columns 1-3 immediately
after ephemeris data for the preceding case.
2. Follow the "NEW" card with the complete set of input data
indicated in Table G.2, beginning with input number 1.
G.6.2 TERMINATING RUNS
To terminate a run insert a card with "END" punched in columns 1-3
immediately after the data for the last case.
230
-------
G.7 SUBROUTINES FOR PROGRAM ZENITH
1. Subroutine EFMRIS (XLONG, XLAT, STDTIM, IDAY)
Use. Reads ephemeris tables and computes the cosine of the solar
zenith angle for a given geographical location.
Arguments. XLONG = The longitude of the geographical location
in degrees. Longitudes west and east of
Greenwich are negative and positive, re-
spectively.
XLAT = Latitude of geographical location in degrees.
STDTIM = Meridian (longitude) of standard time in
degrees. Same sign convention as in XLONG
is used.
IDAY = The day of the month for which solar zenith
angle is to be computed. If IDAY = 0, the
emphemeris data are read, but no computation
takes place.
Remarks. Blank COMMON is used to transmit the output of EFMRIS to
the main program as well as to transmit input data from the main
program to EFMRIS.
2. Function ALINT (X, XI, X2, Yl, Y2)
Use. Performs linear interpolation using formula
y = y^ + (x-x1)(y2-y1)/(x2-x1)
Arguments. See formula above.
3. Subroutine TIME (IHOUR, IN, IOUT, IDELTA)
Use. Produces a vector (IHOUR) containing time of day from time IN
to time IOUT at intervals specified by IDELTA.
231
-------
Arguments. IHOUR = Integer vector of times of day. Time is
specified on a 24-hour clock, e.g., 1:10 PM
is represented by 1310.
IN = Initial time specified on a 24-hour clock,
e.g., 0520.
IOUT = Final time specified on a 24-hour clock,
e.g., 1710.
IDELTA = Time interval in minutes.
4. Function TRPLAT (X, XS, FS, NXF, NPT, NX, NF)
Use. General interpolation-extrapolation subroutine. Uses poly-
nomials as interpolating functions.
Arguments. X = The value of the independent variable for
which interpolation or extrapolation is to
be performed.
XS = Array of known independent variables.
FS = Array of known dependent variables.
NXF = Number of columns of XS and FS.
NPT = Number of points used in interpolation,
e.g., NPT = 2 is linear interpolation.
NX = Number of rows of XS.
NF = Number of rows of FS.
232
-------
PROGRAM ZENITH 2EN j
C ZEN 2
c COMPUTES CLEAR-DAY K! AS A FUNCTION OF TIME OF DAY ZEN 3
C ZEN 4
COMMON SOL(1441) ZEN 5
COMMON TIMIN.TIMOUT,DELTAT ZEN 6
DIMENSION IDAYO1> »ITIME<1441> ,ZANGLE<6> Z£N 7
DIMENSION RATKON(6),TITLE(20) ZEN 8
INTEGER TIMIN.TIMOUT,DELTAT ZEN 9
DATA RATKON/.438,.420,,366,,252,.072,0./ ZEN 10
DATA ZANGLE/0.,20.,40.,60.«80.,90,/ ZEN 11
DATA PTD/57.2956/ ZEN 12
DATA IES.AMOR.PLACE/4HYES ,4HMORE,4HNEW / Z£N 13
C ZEN 14
100 READ (5»4) TITLE ZEN 15
READ <5»i) ALONG ZEN 16
READ (5,1) ALAT ZEN 17
READ (5.1) STDTIM ZEN 18
READ (5,3) TIMIN ZEN lg
READ (5,3) TlMOUT ZEN 20
READ (5,3) DELTAT ZEN 21
READ <5«2> KPUNCH ZEN 22
C ZEN 23
CALL TIMEdTIME,TIMIN.TIMOUT,DELTAT) ZEN 24
I B TIMIN/lOO ZEN 25
I = I»60+MOD(TIMIN,100> ZEN 26
J « TIMOUT/100 ZEN 27
j B J«60+MOD(TIMOUT,100) ZEN 2e
INT « (J-D/DELTAT*! ZEN Zg
110 CONTlN|jE ZEN 30
READ (5,3) MONTH ZEN 31
C ZEN 32
c COMPUTE RATE COEFFICIENT FOR SPECIFIED MONTHS ZEN 33
c ZEN 34
c.—_. . READ DAYS OF MONTH FOR WHICH RATE CONSTANT is TO BE COMPUZEN 35
c ZEN 36
DO 120 i « i»32 ZEN 37
READ (5,3) J ZEN 38
IF (J.LT.O) GO TO 130 ZEN 39
IDAY(I) » J ZEN *°
120 CONTINUE ZEN **
PRINT 5 ZEN 42
CALL EXIT ZEN 43
130 NDATE » 1-1 ZEN 44
c ZEN 45
CALL EFMRISIALONG,ALAT,STDTIM,o) ZEN 46
DO 150 I » 1,NDATE ZEN 47
CALL EFMRIS(ALONG»ALAT,STDTIM,IDAY(D) ZEN 48
PRINT 7, TITLE,MONTH,IDAY(I) ZEN 49
PRINT 8 ZEN 50
DO 140 J » l.INT ZEN 51
ANGLE » ACOS
-------
IF ZEN 63
2 FORMAT <40X,A4) ZEN 64
3 FORMAT (40X.I10) ZEN 65
4 FORMAT (20A4) ZEN 66
5 FORMAT (!H1.10Xt43HTHE NUMBER OF DAYS EXCEEDS 31. JOB ABORTED.) ZEN 67
6 FORMAT
-------
SUBROUTINE EFMR1S(XLONG,XLAT|STDTIM,IDAY) EFM 1
C" C u O
C THIS SUBROUTINE READS EPHEMERIS TABLES AND COMPUTES THE SOLAR EFM 3
C ZENITH ANGLE FOR A GIVEN GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION, EFM 4
EFM S
C ARGUMENTS EFM 6
C XLONG » LONGITUDE OF GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION IN DEGREES EFM 7
C LONGITUDES ARE NEGATIVE WEST OF GREENWICH AND EFM 8
C POSITIVE OTHERWISE. EFM 9
c XLAT m LATITUDE OF GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION IN DEGREES. EFM 10
c STDTIM « MERIDIAN OF STANDARD TIME IN DEGREES. EFM 11
c USE SAME SIGN CONVENTION AS FOR LONGITUDE. EFM 12
C IDAY » THE DAY OF THE MONTH FOR WHICH ZENITH ANGLE EFM 13
C IS TO BE COMPUTED. IF IDAY « Oi THE DATA EFM 14
C FROM THE EPHEMERIS TABLES ARE READ. BUT NO EFM 15
C COMPUTATION TAKES PLACE. EFM 16
c EFM 17
COMMON SOL(1441) EFM ie
COMMON TIMIN.TIMOUT.DELTAT EFM 19
INTEGER TIMIN.TIMOUTtDELTAT EFM 20
DIMENSION DECH33) »EQTIM<33) EFM 21
DATA RTD/57.2956/ EFM 22
DATA AI-AST/4HLAST/ EFM 23
C EFM 2*
IF (IDAY.NE.O> GO TO 120 EFM 25
ALAT « XLAT/RTD EFM 26
COSIN » COS(ALAT) EFM 27
SINE a SIN(ALAT) EFM 26
C EFM 29
C — COMPUTE LOCAL MEAN SOLAR TIME CORRECTION EFM 30
C EFM 31
ALONG • (XLONG-STDTIM)#4. EFM 32
C EFM 33
c — READ DECLINATION ANGLE AND EQUATION OF TIME FOR SPECIFIC MEFM 34
C EFM 35
C EFM 36
c..__—--„__. FOR PURPOSES OF INTERPOLATION* THE FIRST CARD MUST CONTAINEFM 37
C THE EPHEMERIS DATA FOR THE LAST DAY OF THE PREVIOUS MONTH EFM 36
C THE LAST DATA CARD MUST CONTAIN THE DATA FOR THE FIRST DAYEFM 39
c.......—... . A - IS JUST AN INDICATOR WHICH ALLOWS THE PROGRAM TO EFM 41
C STOP READING THE EPHEMERIS TABLES WHEN A « 4HLAST EFM 42
C IN COLS. 1-4. THUS THE LAST CARD IN THE TABLE IS EFM 43
C A DUMMY DATA CARD WITH -LAST- PUNCHED IN COLS. 1-4. EFM 44
C EFM 45
DO 100 I « 1'34 EFM 46
READ (5.2) A.BiC EFM 47
IF (A.EQ.ALAST) GO TO 110 EFM 48
C EFM 49
C CONVERT FROM DEGREESiMINUTES.SECONDS TO DEGREES AND DECIMALS. EFM 50
C EFM 51
A « ABS(B) EFM 52
Q « A»1.0E-4 EFM 53
DEG • AINT(Q) EFM 54
0 « A»0.01 EFM 55
Q « AINT(Q) EFM 56
235
-------
AM1N • AMOD(QilOOt) EFM 57
SEC « AMOD(AilOO.)/60. EFM 5e
A » DEG*(AMIN*SEC>/60, EFM 59
A m SIGN(AtB) EFM 60
c EFM 61
DECL(I) • A/RTD EFM *2
c EFM 63
C CONVERT EPHEMERIS TRANSIT TO EQUATION OF TIME EFM 64
c EFM 65
Q « C«l«OE-4 EFM 66
HOUR • AINT(Q) E|FM 67
0 • C«0.01 EFM 6a
0 « AINT(Q) EFM 69
AMIN « AMOD(Q»100,) EFM 70
SEC " AMOD(CilOO.)/60. EFM 71
A • 720.-(HOUR»60.*AMlN«SEC) EFM 72
EQTIM(I) « A EFM 73
100 CONTINUE EFM 7*
PRINT 1 EFM 75
CALL EXIT EFM 76
110 NDATA • 1-2 EFM 77
RETURN EFM 78
EFM 79
EFM 80
EFM 81
EFM 82
EFM 83
EFM 84
EFM 85
EFM 86
EFM 87
EFM 88
EFM 89
EFM 90
EFM 91
EFM 92
EFM 93
EFM 94
EFM 95
EFM 96
EFM 97
EFM 98
EFM 99
TRUE • X*ALONG*EQ EFM 100
L a L*l EFM 101
SOL(U) « «TRUE-720t>*0.25)'RTD EFM 102
140 CONTINUE EFM 103
C EFM 104
£ _,„ COMPUTE COS OF ZENITH AN6LE EFM 105
C EFM 106
XI « 0. EFM 107
X2 « 1440. EFM 108
Yl • OECL(I) EFM 109
Y2 « DECL(I*1) EFM 110
J B 0 EFM 111
236
C
c
c
120
— - COMPUTE TRUE SOLAR TIME AND HOUR ANOLE IN RADIANS
Kl • TIMIN/100
Kl • Kl»60
K2 « TIMOUT/100
K2 • 60«K2
I • IDAY»1
XI • -720.
X2 « 720.
Yl » EQTIM(I-l)
Y2 • EOTIM(I)
L • 0
00 140 J « KliK2fOELTAT
130
IF (J.LT.720) GO TO
Yl • EQTIM(I)
Y2 » EOTIM(I*D
Xl • 720.
X2 • 2160.
X - J
130
EO « ALINT(X»XltX2tYl»Y2>
-------
150
1
2
DO 150 L a KltK2tDELTAT
J = J*l
X » L
THETA * ALINT
CONTINUE
FORMAT
RETURN
END
EFM 112
EFM 113
EFM 114
EFM 115
EFM 116
EFM 117
EFM lie
EFM 119
JOB ABORTED BY EFMRIS) EFM 120
EFM 121
EFM 1*2
EFM 123
FUNCTION ALINT(XtXliX2iYltY2)
THIS FUNCTION PERFORMS LINEAR INTERPOLATION
ALINT « Y1*(X-X1)«(Y2-Y1)/
RETURN
END
ALI
ALI
ALI
ALI
ALI
1
2
3
4
5-
SUBROUTINE TIME(IHOURiIN.I OUT*IDELTA)
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
100
... PRODUCES A VECTOR
TIME "IN* TO TIME
— ARGUMENTS
IHOUR >
IN =
IOUT «
IDELTA'
(IHOUR) CONTAINING TIMES OF THE DAY FROM
*IOUT* AT INTERVALS SPECIFIED BY *IDELTA*
VECTOR OF TIMES TO BE GENERATED
INITIAL TIME IN HOURS
FINAL TIME IN HOURS
TIME INTERVAL IN MINUTES
DIMENSION IHOUR(l)
KIN » MOO*MOD(J»60)
CONTINUE
RETURN
END
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
e
9
TIM
TIM
TIM
TIM
TIM
TIM
TIM
TIM
TIM
TIM 10
TIM 11
TIM 12
TIM 13
TIM 14
TIM 15
TIM 16
TIM 17
TIM 18
TIM 19
TIM 20
TIM 21-
237
-------
FUNCTION TRPLAT(X»XSiFSiNXF»NPTiNX»NF) TRP 1
DIMENSION XS(NXiNXF)iFS(NFiNXF) TRP 2
IF (XS(l.l).OT.XS(liNXF)) SO TO 110 TRP 3
DO 100 K « 2iNXF TRP 4
IF (XS(1.K).6T,X) GO TO 130 TRP 5
100 CONTINUE TRP 6
K • NXF TRP 7
GO TO 130 TRP 8
110 DO 120 K « 2»NXF TRP 9
IF (XS(l.K).LT.X) GO TO l3o TRP 10
120 CONTINUE TRP 11
K « NXF TRP 12
130 KHI • K TRP 13
KLO » KHI-1 TRP 14
MOP, • NPT-2 TRP 15
IF (MORtLCtO) 60 TO 200 TRP 16
PRCSN » l.E-10»ABS(XS(liNXF)"XS(lil)) TRP 17
KL « 0 TRP 18
KH • 0 TRP 19
DO 190 M a ItMOR TRP 20
IF (KL.GT.O) GO TO UQ TRP 21
IF (KLO.LE.l) GO TO 140 TRP 22
IF .LTiPRCSN) GO TO 140 TRP 23
KL « KLO-1 TRP 24
UO IF (KH.GT.O) 60 TO 150 TRP 25
IF (KHI.6EtNXF) 60 TO 150 TRP 26
IF (ABS(XS(1.KHI)-XS(1.KHI»1)).LT.PRCSN) 60 TO 150 TRP 27
KH » KHI*1 TRP 28
150 IF (KL*KH.EQ.O) 60 TO 200 TRP 29
IF (KH»KL.EQ.O) 60 TO 170 TRP 30
IF (ABSU-XSd.KH) > .LT.ABS(X-XS(1»KU » 60 TO 180 TRP 31
160 KUO • KL TRP 32
KL » 0 TRP 33
60 TO 190 TRP 34
170 IF (KL.6T.O) GO TO 160 TRP 35
180 KHI • KH TRP 36
KH « 0 TRP 37
190 CONTINUE TRP 38
200 TRP « Ot TRP 39
DO 220 KK « KLOtKHI TRP 40
PROD « FS(ltKK) TRP 41
DO 210 K a KLOiKHI TRP 42
IF (K.EQ.KK) 60 TO 210 TRP 43
PROD • PROD»(X-XS(1tK)>/(XS(1»KK)-XS(1iK)) TRP 44
210 CONTINUE TRP 45
220 TRP m TRP*PROD TRP 46
TRPLAT « TRP TRP 47
RETURN TRP 48
END TRP 49-
238
-------
REFERENCES
!• A- Q- Eschenroeder and J. R. Martinez, Further Development of the
Photochemical Smog Model for the Los Angeles Basin, General
Research Corporation CR-1-191, March 1971.
2. A. Q. Eschenroeder and J. R. Martinez, "Concepts and Applications
of Photochemical Smog Models," Advances in Chemistry, Vol. 113,
1973.
3. P- J. W. Roberts, P. M. Roth, and C. L. Nelson, Development of
a Simulation Model for Estimating Ground Level Concentrations
of Photochemical Pollutants, Appendix A, Systems Applications, Inc.
Report 71SAI-6, March 1971.
4. P- J. W. Roberts, M. Liu, and P. M. Roth, A Vehicle Emissions Model
for the Los Angeles Basin—Extensions and Modifications, Systems
Applications, Inc. Report R72-8, April 1972.
5. S. D. Reynolds, T. A. Hecht, P. M. Roth, M. Liu, and P.J.W. Roberts,
Evaluation of a Simulation Model for Estimating Ground Level Con-
centrations of Photochemical Pollutants, Systems Applications, Inc.
Monthly Technical Progress Narrative #8, August 11, 1972.
6. P- M. Roth, S. D. Reynolds, M. Liu, and T. A. Hecht, Evaluation of
a Simulation Model for Estimating Ground Level Concentrations of
Photochemical Pollutants, Systems Applications, Inc. Monthly
Technical Progress Narrative #10, October 12, 1972.
7. Federal Register, November 10, 1970, Vol. 35, No. 219, Part II,
p. 17311.
8. J. R. Martinez, R. A. Nordsieck, and A. Q. Eschenroeder, Morning
Vehicle-Start Effects on Photochemical Smog, General Research
Corporation CR-2-191, June 1971.
9. A. H. Rose, Jr., R. Smith, W. F. McMichael, and R. E. Kruse,
Comparison of Auto Exhaust Emissions in Two Major Cities, Journal
of the Air Pollution Control Association, Vol. 15, No. 8, August
1965.
10. Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors (Second Edition),
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, AP-42.
239
-------
11. P. A. Leighton, Photochemistry of Air Pollution, N.Y. Academic
Press, 1961. See Ch. II and pp. 52-60.
12. A. Q. Eschenroeder, J. R. Martinez, R. A. Nordsieck, Evaluation
of a Diffusion Model for Photochemical Smog Simulation, General
Research Corporation CR-1-273, October 1972.
240
------- |